Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 664

®

Product & Application Handbook


VO LU M E I I - 2 0 0 7
Welcome ...
...to the second edition of the BAC Product & Application Handbook.
Based on the overwhelming response to our first edition in 2005, the marketplace
clearly demonstrated a need for this resource tool.

Our objective with Volume II is to continue to enhance industry knowledge


and product application information throughout the book.

Working with feedback and comments from you, our customer, we added
over 250 pages of additional information including new products, product
updates and additional technical resource material.

We are committed to continuing to provide products, services, and technical


resources that will help you meet your day-to-day evaporative cooling and ice
thermal storage application requirements. We hope you find our second edition
even more valuable than the first.

Sincerely,

Steve Duerwachter
President, Baltimore Aircoil Company
A1

Contents
Table of Contents

Table of Contents
Baltimore Aircoil Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B1 The Value of Standards and Independent

Introduction to Evaporative Cooling Products . . . . . . . . . . . . .C1 Certification Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M20

Open Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D1 CTI Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M22

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D1 What’s a Green Building? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M24

Series 3000 Open Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D8 Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M26

Series 1500 Open Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D36 Remote Sump Selection for an Open Cooling Tower . . .M28

FXT Open Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D56 Remote Sump Selection for a Closed

Series V Open Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D70 Circuit Cooling Tower or Evaporative Condenser . . . . . .M32

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D92 Layout Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M36

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E1 Connection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M56

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E1 Friction Loss Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M58

Advantages of Closed Circuit Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . .E7 Piping Considerations – Maximum Fluid Velocity . . . . . .M59

FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E10 Cooling Tower Pumping and Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M60

Series V Closed Circuit Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E34 Refrigerant Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M105

HXV Closed Circuit Hybrid Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . .E60 Thermophysical Properties of Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . .M114

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E81 Cooling Towers in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M121

ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F1 Fundamentals of Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M124

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F21 Fundamentals of Cooling System Filtration . . . . . . . . . .M159

Custom Engineered Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G1 Product Report, Automatic Bearing Greaser . . . . . . . . . .M167

Remote Sump Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H1 Water Quality Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M168

Evaporative Condensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J1 Maintenance Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M170

Engineering Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J54 Replacement Spare Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M172

Aircoil™ Evaporators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K1 Maintenance Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N1

Application Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K41 The Value of Maintaining Evaporative

ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L1 Cooling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N1

Technical Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M1 Crossflow Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N10

Wet-bulb Temperature Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M2 Crossflow Coil Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N33

Temperature Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M13 Counterflow Cooling Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N49

Formulas and Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M14 Ice Thermal Storage Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N63

Conversion Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M16 Aircoil™ Evaporators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N75

Selection Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M18 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P1


B1

Commitment. . .
For nearly seven decades Baltimore Aircoil Company has been dedicated
to the development of innovative, cost effective heat transfer solutions for
its customers. This has established BAC as the global leader of factory
assembled evaporative heat rejection and thermal storage equipment.

Design
Ongoing investment in research, combined with an advanced R&D laboratory facility enables
BAC to consistently offer technology and products to meet developing industry demands.

Selection
BAC offers the widest array of evaporative heat rejection and thermal storage equipment
in the industry. Breadth of product enables BAC to provide its customers with optimized
solutions to meet their specific needs. Whether an application calls for open or closed
circuit, axial or centrifugal fan, special materials of construction or unique layout
considerations, BAC has the right solution.

Performance
All BAC products are engineered to minimize lifecycle costs through a combination of
low energy consumption and low maintenance. An extensive array of product and options
address such issues as sound, energy and reduced water consumption requirements.

Certification
All standard BAC cooling towers, both open and closed circuit, are independently certified
by the Cooling Technology Institute (CTI). This ensures published thermal capacities for
BAC cooling towers accurately reflect actual thermal performance, eliminating the need
for customers to conduct costly individual cooling tower testing.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


is recognized as the world’s largest manufacturer of evaporative heat rejection and
thermal storage equipment. BAC products are supplied to the commercial, industrial,
refrigeration, process and power markets to meet a variety of heat transfer applications.
B2

How can we help?


From employees to partners every action at BAC centers
on you, the customer. From application to installation
to aftermarket needs, whether you are working with
BAC representatives, the Product & Application
Handbook, or accessing www.BaltimoreAircoil.com,
BAC stands ready to meet your needs.

BAC Sales Channel


BAC employs the most extensive and
experienced network of manufacturer’s
representatives available to provide
unrivalled local support for all of your
specific application needs. Integrated globally,
our network of representatives facilitates
design support for projects coordinated
on a local, national, or international scale.

BAC Product & Application


Handbook
A revolutionary tool for assisting with
equipment application and selection
requirements, this handbook is the only
place to find key industry technical and
product information consolidated in one
convenient format.

www. BaltimoreAircoil.com
A proprietary website tool that allows access
to resources and education to assist in product
evaluation, application, comparison and selection.

• Product Information
• BAC Selection Software
• Equipment Specifications
• Technical Articles
• Rigging and Installation Manuals
• Operating and Maintenance Manuals
• The online Product & Application Handbook
...because temperature matters TM
C1

Evaporative Cooling Products


Evaporative cooling products minimize the energy consumption of the entire system by providing lower
operating temperatures than possible with comparably sized air-cooled equipment. BAC has a large selection
of evaporative cooling products to offer, each of which falls into one of these three main categories:
Evaporative Cooling Products

Open Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages D1 - D95


Open cooling towers are a proven and cost-effective method of cooling condenser water loops and industrial
processes. In operation, the condenser water (or process water) flows directly over the heat transfer surface
of the open cooling tower. As air is introduced into the tower, a fraction of this water is evaporated, cooling the
remaining water. BAC offers four distinct open cooling tower product lines.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages E1 - E86


Closed circuit cooling towers keep the process fluid clean and contaminant free in a closed loop. This creates
two separate fluid circuits: (1) an external circuit, in which spray water circulates over the coil and mixes with
the outside air, and (2) an internal circuit, in which the process fluid to be cooled circulates inside the coil.
During operation, heat is transferred from the warm fluid in the coil to the spray water, and then to the
atmosphere as a portion of the water evaporates. In addition to chiller applications and industrial process
cooling, closed circuit cooling towers are often used in heat pump loops, where closed loop cooling is
preferred. BAC offers three distinct closed circuit cooling tower product lines.

Evaporative Condensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages J1 - J72


When applied to HVAC and light industrial systems, evaporative condensers provide lower condensing
temperatures and compressor horsepower savings of up to 15 percent compared with traditional systems. In
an evaporative condenser, refrigerant vapor is condensed in a coil, which is continually wetted on the outside
by a recirculating water system. Air is circulated over the coil, causing a small portion of the recirculating water
to evaporate. The evaporation removes heat from the vapor in the coil, causing it to condense. BAC offers two
distinct evaporative condenser product lines.

Need help deciding which


product to use?
Contact your local BAC
Representative for assistance.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


C2

Evaporative Cooling Products

...because temperature matters™


D1

Open Cooling Towers


Open cooling towers provide evaporative cooling for many types of systems. The specific application will
largely determine which BAC Cooling Tower is best suited for a project. The table on pages D5 and D6 is
intended as a general guide. Specific application assistance is available through your local BAC Representative.
Overview

Principle of Operation
Open cooling towers reject heat from water-cooled systems to the atmosphere. Hot water from the system
enters the cooling tower and is distributed over the fill (heat transfer surface). Air is induced or forced through
the fill, causing a small portion of the water to evaporate. This evaporation removes heat from the remaining
water, which is collected in the cold water basin and returned to the system to absorb more heat.

Each open cooling tower line, although operating under the same basic principle of operation, is arranged a
little differently. See the schematics on pages D5 and D6 for product specific details.

Configuration
There are two main configurations of factory assembled open cooling towers: crossflow and counterflow. In
crossflow cooling towers, the water flows vertically down the fill as air flows horizontally across.
In counterflow cooling towers, the water flows vertically down the fill as air flows vertically up.

Water down

Air across

Crossflow configuration

Water down

Air up
Counterflow configuration

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D2

Water Distribution System


Open cooling towers employ either
gravity distribution or pressurized spray
systems to distribute water over the fill.
Gravity systems, employed on BAC’s
crossflow cooling towers, feature hot
water basins mounted on top of the

Cooling Towers
tower above the fill. A series of metering
orifices in each hot water basin distribute
the water evenly over the fill. Gravity
distribution systems generally require
minimal pump head, can be inspected
while the unit is in operation and are
easy to access for routine maintenance
and service.

Gravity distribution basin

Spray distribution systems, employed on counterflow cooling towers, feature a series of PVC branches or
pipes fitted with spray nozzles mounted inside the tower above the fill. These systems typically require 2 to 7
psi water pressure at the water inlet and require the unit to be out of service for inspection and maintenance.

Spray distribution

...because temperature matters™


D3

Fan System

The flow of air through most factory assembled cooling towers is provided by one or more mechanically
driven fans. The fan(s) may be axial or centrifugal, each type having its own distinct advantages.

Axial fan units require approximately half the fan motor horsepower of comparably sized centrifugal fan
Overview

units, offering significant lifecycle cost savings.

Centrifugal fan units are capable of overcoming reasonable amounts of external static pressure (≤ 0.5” or
12.7mm of H2O), making them suitable for both indoor and outdoor installations. Centrifugal fans are also
inherently quieter than axial fans, although the difference is minimal and can often be overcome through the
application of optional low sound fans and/or sound attenuation on axial fan units.

Centrifugal fan Axial fan

Induced Draft
The axial fans of induced draft equipment are mounted in the top deck of the unit, minimizing the impact of
fan noise on nearby neighbors and providing maximum protection from fan icing with units operating in sub-
freezing conditions. The use of corrosion resistant materials ensures long life and minimizes maintenance
requirements for the air handling components.

Forced Draft
The fans are located on the air inlet face at the base of forced draft towers, facilitating easy access for routine
maintenance and service. Additionally, location of these components in the dry entering air stream extends
component life by isolating them from the saturated discharge air.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D4

Capacity Range

On the following pages, product capacities are called out in terms of nominal tons. A nominal cooling tower
ton is defined as the capability to cool 3 GPM (0.19 l/s) of water from a 95ºF (35.0ºC) entering water
temperature to an 85ºF (29.4ºC) leaving water temperature at a 78ºF (25.6ºC) entering wet-bulb temperature.
Nominal conditions are typical of conventional HVAC designs in most parts of the country, but will not apply to
all projects. BAC offers selection software to evaluate the performance of a tower at many conditions; see

Cooling Towers
page M18 for details.

All capacities shown are for a single cell! Multiple cell selections can be applied to achieve larger capacities.

Maximum Entering Water Temperature

As previously stated, typical HVAC conditions call for an entering water temperature of approximately 95ºF
(35.0˚C). All BAC Cooling Towers are capable of withstanding temperatures of at least 120ºF (48.9˚C) with
standard fill materials. For applications where the entering water temperature exceeds 120ºF (48.9˚C), check
the following table to determine whether alternate fill materials are required for your project.

Typical Applications

A list of typical applications is provided on pages D5 and D6 for your reference.

...because temperature matters™


D5

Open Circuit Cooling Towers


Product Lines
Series 3000 Series 1500 FXT
Overview

Principle of
Operation

Configuration Crossflow Crossflow Crossflow

Water
Gravity Gravity Gravity
distribution

Fan system Axial fan, induced draft Axial fan, induced draft Axial fan, forced draft

220 - 1,350 Nominal Tons 128 - 428 Nominal Tons 6 - 268 Nominal Tons
Capacity range
(Single cell) 660 - 4,050 GPM at 384 - 1,284 GPM at 18 - 804 GPM at
95˚F/85˚F/78˚F 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F

130˚F (54.4˚C) Standard Fill; 120˚F (48.9˚C) Standard Fill; 125˚F (51.7˚C) Standard Fill;
Maximum
entering water
140˚F (60.0˚C) with 135˚F (57.2˚C) with 140˚F (60.0˚F) with
temperature
alternative fill material alternative fill material alternative fill material

Medium HVAC & industrial


applications
Medium to large HVAC &
Counterflow unit replacements
industrial applications
Typical Small HVAC & industrial
applications Crossflow unit replacements applications
Replacement of field erected
towers w/basinless units
Tight enclosures &
installations requiring a
single air inlet

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D6

Series V

VTL VT0 VT1

Cooling Towers
Counterflow Counterflow Counterflow

Pressurized Pressurized Pressurized

Centrifugal fan, forced draft Centrifugal fan, forced draft Centrifugal fan, forced draft

134 - 1,335 Nominal Tons


16 - 272 Nominal Tons 12 -176 Nominal Tons
402 - 4,005 GPM at
48 - 816 GPM at 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F 36 - 528 GPM at 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F
95˚F/85˚F/78˚F

130˚F (54.4˚C) Standard Fill; 130˚F (54.4˚C) Standard Fill; 130˚F (54.4˚C) Std Fill;

170˚F (76.7˚C) with 170˚F (76.7˚C) with 170˚F (76.7˚C) with


alternative fill material alternative fill material alternative fill material
Small to medium HVAC &
industrial applications Medium HVAC & industrial
Small HVAC & industrial applications applications
Installations with extremely low
height requirements Indoor installations Indoor applications

Indoor installations High temperature industrial High temperature industrial


applications applications
High temperature industrial
applications Tight enclosures & installations Tight enclosures & installations
requiring a single air inlet requiring a single air inlet
Tight enclosures & installations
requiring a single air inlet

...because temperature matters™


D7

University of Maryland
Terrapins Play it
Project Report

COOL in the New


Comcast Center!
November 24, 2002 marked the
beginning of a new era for the University
of Maryland’s men’s basketball team.
With a National Championship under their
belts from the previous year, the Terps were eager to repeat history, but there were a few details they
wouldn’t miss this time around. “Gone were the wooden seats and balmy temperatures,” recalls Chris
Stuchko, former Athletic Media Relations Associate for Maryland. Even with the record-setting crowd of
17,950 Terp basketball fans, the players ran out onto a cool and comfortable court, unlike what they
were used to in the past at Cole Fieldhouse. The team would now enjoy playing in an air-conditioned
arena, thanks to the construction of the Comcast Center located in the northeast edge of the College
Park campus. Baltimore Aircoil Company is proud to have installed four of their Series 3000 Cooling
Towers as part of the system cooling this innovative center.

The BAC Cooling Towers were shipped to the Comcast Center on September 24, 2001 and installed by
the Poole & Kent Company, a contracting firm located in Baltimore, MD. Each of the four cooling
towers are capable of producing 758 nominal tons of cooling, which is used in the enormous arena, an
academic support and career center, locker rooms, administrative offices, a University of Maryland
team shop, eateries, a gym used by 19 sports teams, weight rooms, and a wrestling room.

The BAC Series 3000 Cooling Towers are constructed from galvanized steel and FRP (fiberglass
reinforced polyester) casing panels for increased life expectancy. Each tower is gear driven. In
addition, all towers contain electric immersion heater elements to ensure that the basin water does not
freeze, as well as heater controls, bottom equalizers, and one 50 hp motor each.

The EASY CONNECT® Piping Arrangement with BALANCE CLEAN® Chamber design incorporates a
single bottom water inlet with a balancing chamber, ensuring that the water is evenly distributed to the
nozzles and strainer. This arrangement allows for all maintenance of the hot water distribution system
to be performed from the interior of the tower, rather than from the fan deck. Furthermore, this
innovative option reduces installation and field maintenance costs, through the elimination of overhead
piping.

All four Cooling Towers are CTI certified, as are all Series 3000 towers manufactured by BAC. The
Cooling Technology Institute (CTI) is a nonprofit, self-governing, technical association dedicated to
improving and standardizing measurements of evaporative cooling equipment. Simply stated, CTI
certification assures the customers they get what they pay for.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D8

Series 3000
Open Cooling Towers

Open Cooling Towers


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D9

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D11

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D13

Custom Features & Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D15

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D18

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D21

Structural Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D29

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D31

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D92


D9

Series 3000 Open Cooling Towers


Single Cell Capacity:
220 – 1,350 Nominal Tons
660 – 4,050 GPM at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF
Series 3000

Series 3000 Cooling Towers deliver independently verified, fully rated thermal performance over a wide
range of flow and temperature requirements. Standard design features satisfy today’s environmental
concerns, minimize installation costs, maximize year-round operating reliability, and simplify maintenance
requirements.

Series 3000 Cooling Towers


• Low energy consumption
• Low installed cost
• Easy maintenance
• Reliable year-round operation
• Long service life
• ASHRAE Standard 90.1 compliant
• Five-year warranty on mechanical equipment

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D10

Open Cooling Towers

...because temperature matters™


D11

Benefits
Low Energy Consumption
• Evaporative cooling equipment minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system because it
provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving
Series 3000

natural resources and reducing environmental impact.


• The Series 3000 provides the heat rejection required at the lowest possible energy input via:
• High efficiency, low horsepower axial fans
• High efficiency BACross® Fill, which provides maximum air/water contact time
at low air pressure drops
• Variable Frequency Drives (Optional) (see page G1 for details)
• ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (Optional) (see page D16 for details)
• BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System (Optional) (see page G1 for details)
• All units meet or exceed ASHRAE Standard 90.1 energy efficiency requirements.

Low Installed Cost


• Support – All models mount directly on two parallel I-beams and ship complete with motors and
drives factory-installed and aligned.
• Modular Design – Models 3728A through 31056A and 31132A through 31301A ship in two sections
to minimize the size and weight of the heaviest lift, allowing for the use of smaller, less costly cranes.
• Piping – The optional EASY CONNECT® Piping Arrangement with BALANCE CLEAN® Chamber
further reduces installation costs by eliminating overhead piping and piping support requirements
(see page D17 for details).

Easy Maintenance
• Easy Cleaning – The fill surface is elevated
above the sloped cold water basin floor to facilitate
flushing of dirt and debris from this critical area.
• Hinged Access Doors – Provide easy access to the
unit interior to adjust the make-up float valve,
clean the cold water basin and strainer, and service
the fan drive system.
• Single Inlet – The optional EASY CONNECT®
Piping Arrangement with BALANCE CLEAN® Easy access to hot water basin
Chamber simplifies maintenance by allowing all routine maintenance of the water distribution system
to be performed from the unit interior. This option includes an integral strainer that collects dirt and
debris before reaching the hot water basins, keeping nozzles clean (see page D17 for details).

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D12

Reliable Year-Round Operation


• Drive System – Backed by a
5-year fan motor and drive warranty, the
BALTIDRIVE® Power Train utilizes special
corrosion-resistant materials of construction
and state-of-the-art technology to ensure
ease of maintenance and reliable year-round

Open Cooling Towers


performance.

BALTIDRIVE® Power Train


• Separate Air Inlet Louvers – Reduce the potential for scale build-up and damaging ice formations
at the air/water interface by providing a line of sight from the outside of the unit into the fill.

Long Service Life

• Frame Construction – Enables casing panels, critical links for long service life, to be constructed of
corrosion-resistant, fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP).

• Materials of Construction – Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance, unit
operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project (see page D15 for construction options).

Series 3000 Cooling Tower (FRP casing panels removed to show framed construction)

...because temperature matters™


D13

Construction Details
Series 3000

5
2

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D14

1 Heavy-Duty Construction 5 Water Distribution System

Open Cooling Towers


• Heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 Metric) hot-dip • Steel covers in easy to remove sections
galvanized steel frame • Low pump head gravity distribution basins
• Designed to meet anchorage requirements • Large orifice, 360º non-clog nozzles
of UBC 1997, Importance Factor 1.0,
Seismic Zone 2B conditions and
30 psf wind loads BACross® Fill Surface
6
with Integral Drift Eliminators
• High efficiency heat transfer surface
2 FRP Casing Panels
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
•Corrosion resistant
• Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
• Maintenance free
• Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-77a
• UV resistant finish

7 FRP Air Inlet Louvers


3 BALTIDRIVE® Power Train
• Corrosion resistant
• Premium quality, solid backed, multi-groove belt
• Maintenance free
• Corrosion resistant cast aluminum sheaves
• UV resistant finish
• Heavy-duty bearings (280,000 hour average life)
• Cooling tower duty fan motor
• 5-year motor and
8 Cold Water Basin
drive warranty
• Sloped cold water basin for easy cleaning
• Suction strainer with anti-vortex hood
• Adjustable water make-up assembly
4 Low HP Axial Fan
• High efficiency
• Quiet operation
9 Hinged Access Doors
• Corrosion resistant
(Not Shown)
• Inward swinging door on each end wall

...because temperature matters™


D15

Custom Features and Options


Construction Options
• Standard Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip
galvanized steel. Casing panels and air inlet louvers are constructed of UV-resistant, fiberglass
Series 3000

reinforced polyester (FRP).


• Optional BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System:
The BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment
life, is applied to all hot-dip galvanized steel components of the cooling tower.
• Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A Series 300 stainless steel cold water basin is provided. Seams between panels inside the cold
water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded seams are provided with
a 5-year leak-proof warranty.
• Optional Stainless Steel Hot and Cold Water Basins:
Series 300 stainless steel hot water basins are provided in addition to the cold water basin
described above.
• Optional JE PREMIER SERIES® Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel. Seams between
panels inside the cold water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded
seams are provided with a 5-year leak-proof warranty. Casing panels and air inlet louvers are
constructed of corrosion and UV resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP). Each cooling tower
provided with the JE PREMIER SERIES® Construction is backed by a comprehensive
Louver-to-LouverSM Five-Year Warranty, which covers ALL components from the fan to the cold
water basin, from louver to louver, including the motor.
• Optional Seismic and Wind Rated Unit
All steel panels and structure elements have been upgraded to resist seismic forces of Seismic
Zone 4 per the 1997 Uniform Building Code and wind load in accordance with ASCE 7-98 for roof
top installations with an Importance factor of 1.0.
See page M26 for more details on the materials described above.
Fan Drive System
The fan drive system provides the cooling air necessary to reject unwanted heat from the system to the
atmosphere. The standard fan drive system on the Series 3000 is the exclusive BALTIDRIVE® Power
Train. This BAC engineered drive system consists of a specially designed powerband and two cast
aluminum sheaves located on minimum shaft centerline distances to maximize belt life. A TEAO
cooling tower duty fan motor, custom engineered for BAC to provide maximum performance for cooling
tower service, is provided and backed by BAC’s comprehensive 5-year motor and fan drive warranty.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D16

ENERGY-MISER® Fan System


The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System consists of two
standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full
speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 the
design horsepower. This configuration allows the

Open Cooling Towers


system to be operated like a two-speed motor, but
with the reserve capacity of a standby motor in the
event of failure. As a minimum, approximately 70%
capacity will be available from the low horsepower
ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
motor, even on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and
wiring are the same as those required for a two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy savings
are achieved when operating at low speed during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb
temperatures.

BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System


The BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System builds on the
advantages of the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System by
adding a VFD to the smaller motor. Using the VFD
on the smaller fan motor, as opposed to the larger
motor, reduces the cost of the VFD, and wiring for the
motor. For more information on the BALTIGUARD
PLUSTM Fan System refer to page G1.

Gear Drive System,


Close-Coupled Motor
A gear drive system is available as a fan drive option Gear drive system, close-coupled motor
on Series 3000 Cooling Towers. Both the gear drive
and couplings are selected with a 2.0 service factor.
Gear construction includes a nickel-alloy steel shaft,
casehardened gears, self lubrication, and a single
piece, gray iron housing. This drive system ships
completely installed and aligned.

Gear Drive System,


Externally Mounted Motor
A gear drive system with a TEFC motor mounted
outside the airstream is also available on Series 3000
Cooling Towers. A non-corrosive carbon-fiber
composite drive shaft with stainless steel hubs is
selected with a 2.0 service factor. The motor and drive Gear drive system,
shaft ship separately for easy field installation. externally mounted motor

...because temperature matters™


D17

Custom Features and Options


Low Sound Operation
The low sound levels generated by Series 3000 Cooling Towers make
them suitable for installation in most environments. For very sound
Series 3000

sensitive installations, the Series 3000 is available with a low sound fan
option that significantly reduces the sound levels generated from the
tower with minimal impact on thermal performance. The cooling tower
thermal performance with the low sound fan has been certified in
accordance with CTI Standard STD-201. Unit with intake and discharge
sound attenuation
For extremely sound sensitive installations, factory designed, tested and
rated sound attenuation is available for both the air intake and discharge of Series 3000 Cooling Towers.
For more information on sound, see page M124.

Basinless Unit Construction


The basinless unit construction option enables Series
3000 Cooling Towers to be directly installed on to new or
existing concrete cold water basins. This custom
feature reduces maintenance costs by eliminating the
integral basin from traditional units. It simplifies piping and
pumping requirements of multi-cell installations and
provides a cost-effective solution for many field-erected
cooling tower replacement projects.
Basinless Series 3000 Cooling Tower
on a concrete basin

EASY CONNECT® Piping Arrangement with


BALANCE CLEAN® Chamber
This exclusive BAC option reduces routine maintenance and simplifies
water inlet piping on the Series 3000. The BALANCE CLEAN® Chamber
features an integral strainer which prevents large debris from reaching
Integral strainer, BALANCE
the hot water distribution basins. The BALANCE CLEAN® Chamber CLEAN® Chamber option
automatically balances flow within each cell, eliminating the need for flow
balancing valves. The unique design of the water distribution system
enables all routine maintenance to be performed from the unit interior,
thereby eliminating the need to use the cooling tower fan deck as a
working surface to perform routine maintenance on the water distribution
system. A single water inlet connection, located on the side or bottom of
each unit, eliminates the need for overhead piping and piping supports.
Optional EASY CONNECT®
Piping Arrangement with
BALANCE CLEAN® Chamber

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D18

Accessories
Ladder, Safety Cage, Gate and Handrails
In the event the owner requires easy access to the cooling
tower fan deck, the Series 3000 can be furnished with ladders
extending from the top of the unit to the base, as well as safety

Open Cooling Towers


cages, safety gates, and handrail packages. All components are
designed to meet OSHA requirements. All access to the top of
the equipment must be made in accordance with applicable
governmental occupational safety standards.

External Service Platforms


For external service, louver face platforms, access door
platforms and fan deck extensions can be added to the cooling
tower when the unit is purchased or as an aftermarket item.
Safety cages and safety gates are also available. All
components are designed to meet OSHA requirements. External platform at louver face

Internal Walkway and


Service Platform
A galvanized steel internal walkway is
available to provide a permanent working
surface for easy access to the strainer,
outlet, and make-up water assembly. For
access to the motor and drive assemblies
on two-piece units, an internal ladder and
upper service platform with handrails is
available. Safety gates are available for
all handrail openings. All components are
designed to meet OSHA requirements.
Internal walkway Internal ladder and
service platform

Vibration Cutout Switch


A factory mounted vibration cutout switch is available to effectively protect against equipment failure due
to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide either a mechanical or
solid-state electronic vibration cutout switch in a NEMA 4 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Additional contacts can be provided to either switch type to activate an alarm.

...because temperature matters™


D19

Accessories
Basin Heaters
Cooling towers exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing
of the water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed electric immersion heaters,
which maintain +40°F (4.4°C) water temperature, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such
Series 3000

protection.

Heater Sizing Data


0˚F (-17.8˚C) Ambient Heaters -20˚F (-28.9˚C) Ambient Heaters
Model Numbers Number of Heaters kW per Heater Number of Heaters kW per Heater
3240A to 3379A 2 6 2 9
3412A to 3527A 2 8 2 12
3473A to 3672A 2 10 2 14
3728A to 31056A 2 12 2 15
3583A to 3725A 2 14 2 18
31132A to 31301A 2 14 2 20

Note: The table data is based on 460v/3 phase/60Hz power and standard, single-cell unit configuration

Electric Water Level Control Package


The electric water level control replaces the standard
mechanical make-up valve when more precise water
level control is required. This package consists of a
conductance-actuated level control mounted in the
basin and a solenoid activated valve in the
make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to
minimize water hammer.

Extended Lubrication Lines


Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
Electric water level control
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings. package & basin heater
Fittings are located inside the plenum area next to
the access door.

High Temperature Fill


If operation above 130°F (54.4°C) is anticipated, an optional high temperature fill material is available
which increases the maximum allowable entering water temperature to 140˚F (60.0˚C).

Factory Mutual Approval


All multi-cell Series 3000 Cooling Towers are available with Factory Mutual (FM)
Approved construction as an option.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D20

Equipment Controls
BAC control panels are specifically designed to work
seamlessly with all BAC units and engineered to meet your
particular application. A terminal box available only on
Series 3000 Cooling Towers includes a factory-mounted
enclosure, factory wiring to terminal blocks for the fan motors
and vibration cut-out switch, and grounding lugs. For more

Open Cooling Towers


information on BAC Equipment Controls, see pages G1-G13.
Externally mounted terminal box

Air Inlet Screens


Wire mesh screens can be factory-installed over the inlet
louvers to prevent debris from entering the tower.

Basin Sweeper Piping


Basin sweeper piping provides an effective method of
preventing sediment from collecting in the cold water
basin of the tower. A complete piping system, including
nozzles, is provided in the tower basin for connection to
side stream filtration equipment (by others). For more
information on filtration systems, see page M159.

Basin sweeper piping


Side Outlet Depressed Sump
A side outlet depressed sump box is available for field installation below the base of the tower to
facilitate jobsite piping. The outlet connection is designed to mate with an ASME Class 150 flat face
flange. See the Connection Guide (page M56) for more information on standard and optional unit
connection types.

Velocity Recovery Stacks


Velocity recovery stacks are available on
the Series 3000 for increased incremental
thermal performance. This accessory can
be used to gain extra capacity in tight
layouts, while maintaining the same
footprint and unit horsepower, as well as
maintaining CTI certification. Field
assembly is required.

Velocity recovery stacks

...because temperature matters™


D21

Engineering Data
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

Single Cell Unit


Series 3000

WEIGHTS (lbs) DIMENSIONS4


MODEL NOMINAL MOTOR FAN
NUMBER TONNAGE5 HP (CFM) HEAVIEST
OPERATING1 SHIPPING SECTION L W H3 A

3240A 240 10 62,790 14,770 6,790 6,790


3272A 272 15 71,340 14,900 6,920 6,920 8’ 5-3/4” 18’ 0-1/2” 9’ 3-5/8” 8’ 7-3/4”
3299A 299 20 78,110 14,960 6,980 6,980
3333A 333 20 85,720 15,750 7,260 7,260
3358A 358 25 91,960 15,780 7,290 7,290 8’ 5-3/4” 18’ 0-1/2” 10’ 7-5/8” 9’ 11-3/4”
3379A 379 30 97,400 15,830 7,340 7,340
3412A 412 25 103,700 18,580 8,420 8,420
9’ 9-1/4” 20’ 0-1/2” 10’ 9-1/8” 9’ 11-3/4”
3436A 436 30 109,830 18,630 8,470 8,470
3455A 455 25 112,250 19,480 8,740 8,740
3482A 482 30 118,880 19,530 8,790 8,790 9’ 9-1/4” 20’ 0-1/2” 12’ 1-1/8” 11’ 3-3/4”
3527A 527 40 130,160 19,690 8,950 8,950
3473A 473 25 118,870 23,090 10,190 10,190
11’ 9-3/4” 21’ 6-1/2” 10’ 10-1/8” 9’ 11-3/4”
3501A 501 30 125,900 23,140 10,240 10,240
3552A 552 30 136,170 25,690 10,800 10,800
3604A 604 40 149,090 25,850 10,960 10,960
11’ 9-3/4” 21’ 6-1/2” 12’ 2-1/8” 11’ 3-3/4”
3648A 648 50 159,950 25,860 10,970 10,970
3672A 672 60 166,020 27,060 12,180 12,180
3728A 728 40 178,860 32,060 13,770 8,720
3781A 781 50 191,890 32,070 13,780 8,730 11’ 9-3/4” 21’ 6-1/2” 16’ 4-7/8” 15’ 5-1/2”
3828A 828 60 203,230 32,290 13,990 8,940
3872A 872 50 206,630 35,030 14,500 8,800
3923A 923 60 218,840 35,250 14,710 9,010 11’ 9-3/4” 21’ 6-1/2” 19’ 0-7/8” 18’ 1-1/2”
3970A 970 75 230,080 36,530 16,000 10,300
3985A 985 60 229,950 40,240 15,560 9,460
11’ 9-3/4” 21’ 6-1/2” 21’ 8-7/8” 20’ 9-1/2”
31056A 1056 75 246,700 40,330 15,650 9,550
3583A 583 25 143,950 30,300 12,070 12,070
3618A 618 30 152,460 30,350 12,120 12,120
13’ 11-1/8” 24’ 0-1/2” 12’ 3-1/8” 11’ 3-3/4”
3676A 676 40 166,920 30,510 12,280 12,280
3725A 725 50 179,080 30,520 12,290 12,290
31132A 1132 75 267,880 41,290 16,610 10,230 13’ 11-1/8” 24’ 0-1/2” 19’ 2-7/8” 18’ 1-1/2”
31213A 1213 75 282,010 44,300 17,550 10,720
13’ 11-1/8” 24’ 0-1/2” 21’ 10-7/8” 22’ 4-7/8”
31301A2 1301 100 302,580 46,590 19,840 13,010

Notes:
1. Operating weight is based on the water level in the 4. Refer to page D24 for dimensional reference drawings.
cold water basin at overflow height. If a lower operating 5. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from a
weight is needed to meet design requirements, your local 95ºF to 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.
BAC Representative can provide additional assistance.
2. 31301A is supplied with a gear fan drive system as
standard.
3. Models shipped with an optional gear drive or low sound
fan may have heights up to 10.5" greater than shown.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D22

See page D92


for Engineering
Considerations.

Double Cell Units

Open Cooling Towers


WEIGHTS (lbs) DIMENSIONS 4
MODEL NOMINAL MOTOR FAN HEAVIEST
NUMBER TONNAGE 5 HP (CFM) OPERATING1 SHIPPING SECTION L W H3 A

3240A-2 480 (2) 10 125,580 29,540 13,580 6,790


3272A-2 544 (2) 15 142,680 29,800 13,840 6,920 17’ 2” 18’ 0-1/2” 9’ 3-5/8” 8’ 7-3/4”
3299A-2 598 (2) 20 156,220 29,920 13,960 6,980
3333A-2 666 (2) 20 171,440 31,500 14,520 7,260
3358A-2 716 (2) 25 183,920 31,560 14,580 7,290 17’ 2” 18’ 0-1/2” 10’ 7-5/8” 9’ 11-3/4”
3379A-2 758 (2) 30 194,800 31,660 14,680 7,340
3412A-2 824 (2) 25 207,400 37,160 16,840 8,420
19’ 9” 20’ 0-1/2” 10’ 9-1/8” 9’ 11-3/4”
3436A-2 872 (2) 30 219,660 37,260 16,940 8,470
3455A-2 910 (2) 25 224,500 38,960 17,480 8,740
3482A-2 964 (2) 30 237,760 39,060 17,580 8,790 19’ 9” 20’ 0-1/2” 12’ 1-1/8” 11’ 3-3/4”
3527A-2 1,054 (2) 40 260,320 39,380 17,900 8,950
3473A-2 946 (2) 25 237,740 46,180 20,380 10,190
23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 10’ 10-1/8” 9’ 11-3/4”
3501A-2 1,002 (2) 30 251,800 46,280 20,480 10,240
3552A-2 1,104 (2) 30 272,340 51,380 21,600 10,800
3604A-2 1,208 (2) 40 298,180 51,700 21,920 10,960
23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 12’ 2-1/8” 11’ 3-3/4”
3648A-2 1,296 (2) 50 319,900 51,720 21,940 10,970
3672A-2 1,344 (2) 60 332,040 54,120 24,360 12,180
3728A-2 1,456 (2) 40 357,720 64,120 27,540 8,720
3781A-2 1,562 (2) 50 383,780 64,140 27,560 8,730 23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 16’ 4-7/8” 15’ 5-1/2”
3828A-2 1,656 (2) 60 406,460 64,580 27,980 8,940
3872A-2 1,744 (2) 50 413,260 70,060 29,000 8,800
3923A-2 1,846 (2) 60 437,680 70,500 29,420 9,010 23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 19’ 0-7/8” 18’ 1-1/2”
3970A-2 1,940 (2) 75 460,160 73,060 32,000 10,300
3985A-2 1,970 (2) 60 459,900 80,480 31,120 9,460
23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 21’ 8-7/8” 20’ 9-1/2”
31056A-2 2,112 (2) 75 493,400 80,660 31,300 9,550
3583A-2 1,166 (2) 25 287,900 60,600 24,140 12,070
3618A-2 1,236 (2) 30 304,920 60,700 24,240 12,120
28’ 0-3/4” 24’ 0-1/2” 12’ 3-1/8” 11’ 3-3/4”
3676A-2 1,352 (2) 40 333,840 61,020 24,560 12,280
3725A-2 1,450 (2) 50 358,160 61,040 24,580 12,290
31132A-2 2,264 (2) 75 535,760 82,580 33,220 10,230 28’ 0-3/4” 24’ 0-1/2” 19’ 2-7/8” 18’ 1-1/2”
31213A-2 2,426 (2) 75 564,020 88,600 35,100 10,720
28’ 0-3/4” 24’ 0-1/2” 21’ 10-7/8” 22’ 4-7/8”
31301A-22 2,602 (2) 100 605,160 93,180 39,680 13,010

Notes:
1. Operating weight is based on the water level in the 4. Refer to page D24 for dimensional reference drawings.
cold water basin at overflow height. If a lower operating 5. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from a
weight is needed to meet design requirements, your local 95ºF to 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.
BAC Representative can provide additional assistance.
2. 31301A-2 is supplied with a gear fan drive system
as standard.
3. Models shipped with an optional gear drive or low sound
fan may have heights up to 10.5" greater than shown.

...because temperature matters™


D23

Engineering Data
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Series 3000

DIMENSIONS CONNECTION SIZES 1,3

MODEL MAKE-UP TOP SINGLE


NUMBER B C D E F G J WATER INLET INLET OUTLET
3240A
3272A 8-1/16” 5’ 8-1/4” 10’ 4-1/2” 7’ 1-1/4” 1/4” 4’ 2-7/8” 8’ 8-1/4” 1-0” (2) 6” 8” 8”
3299A
3333A
3358A 8-1/16” 6’ 1-1/4” 10’ 4-1/2” 7’ 1-1/4” 1/4” 4’ 2-7/8” 8’ 8-1/4” 1-0” (2) 6” 8” 8”
3379A
3412A
8-1/16” 6’-1 1/4” 11’ 4-1/2” 8’ 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 4’ 10-5/8” 9’ 11-3/4” 1-1/2” (2) 6” 8” 8”
3436A
3455A
3482A 9-1/8” 6’-6 3/4” 11’ 4-1/2” 8’ 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 4’ 10-5/8” 9’ 11-3/4” 1-1/2” (2) 6” 10” 10”
3527A
3473A
9-1/8” 6’ 6-3/4” 12’ 1-1/2” 8’ 10-1/4” 1-1/4” 5’ 10-7/8” 12’ 0-1/4” 1-1/2” (2) 8” 10” 10”
3501A
3552A
3604A
9-1/8” 6’ 6-3/4” 12’ 1-1/2” 8’ 10-1/4” 1-1/4” 5’ 10-7/8” 12’ 0-1/4” 1-1/2” (2) 8” 10” 10”
3648A
3672A
3728A
3781A 9-1/8” 10’ 4-1/2” 12’ 1-1/2” 8’ 10-1/4” 1-1/4” 5’ 10-7/8” 12’ 0-1/4” 1-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 12”
3828A
3872A
3923A 9-1/8” 13’ 0-1/2” 12 1-1/2” 8’ 10-1/4” 1-1/4” 5’ 10-7/8” 12’ 0-1/4” 1-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 12”
3970A
3985A
9-1/8” 15’ 8-1/2” 12’ 1-1/2” 8’ 10-1/4” 1-1/4” 5’ 10-7/8” 12’ 0-1/4” 1-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 12”
31056A
3583A
3618A
6’ 6-3/4” 13’ 4-1/2” 10’ 1-1/4” 5/8” 6’ 11-5/16” 14’ 1-5/8” 1-1/2” (2) 8” 10” 10”
3676A 9-1/8”
3725A
31132A 9-5/8” 13’ 4-1/2” 13’ 4-1/2” 10’ 1-1/4” 5/8” 6’ 11-5/16” 14’ 1-5/8” 2” (2) 10” 14” 14”
31213A
9-5/8” 15’ 8-1/2” 13’ 4-1/2” 10’ 1-1/4” 5/8” 6’ 11-9/16” 14’ 1-5/8” 2” (2) 10” 14” 14”
31301A

Notes:
1. The specific size of the inlet and outlet connection may vary with the design cooling water flow rate.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 3” and smaller are male pipe thread, and connections 4” and larger are beveled
for welding and grooved to suit a mechanical coupling.
3. On double cell units, connections are the same size but are located on both ends of the unit.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D24

Note:
Single Cell Unit Double Cell Unit
Open Cooling Towers
3728A thru 31056A and 31132A thru 31301A ship in two sections per cell.
The top section is the heaviest and tallest.
Top section heights are:
• 3728A thru 3970A: 10' 3-1⁄8"
• 31132A: 10' 11-1⁄8"
• 3985A thru 31056A: 11' 7-1⁄8" See page D92
• 31213A: 12' 3-1⁄8" for Engineering
• 31301A: 12' 6-1⁄2" Considerations.

...because temperature matters™


D25

Concrete Basin Engineering Data


for Optional Basinless Units
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
Series 3000

data, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

Single Cell Unit


OPERATING MAXIMUM
MODEL LOAD OPERATING
NUMBER VERTICAL (LBS) WEIGHT (LBS) A B C D
3240A 2,420 9,690
3272A 2,460 9,820 9’ 1-3/4” 18’ 4-1/2” 9’ 2-1/4” N/A
3299A 2,470 9,880
3333A 2,670 10,670
3358A 2,680 10,700 9’ 1-3/4” 18’ 4-1/2” 9’ 2-1/4” N/A
3379A 2,690 10,750
3412A 3,130 12,510
10’ 5-1/4” 20’ 4-1/2” 10’ 2-1/4” N/A
3436A 3,140 12,560
3455A 3,350 13,410
3482A 3,370 13,460 10’ 5-1/4” 20’ 4-1/2” 10’ 2-1/4” N/A
3527A 3,410 13,620
3473A 3,770 15,070
12’ 5-3/4” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A
3501A 3,780 15,120
3552A 4,100 16,140
3604A 4,140 16,570
12’ 5-3/4” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A
3648A 4,150 16,580
3672A 4,450 17,780
3728A 5,640 22,570
3781A 5,650 22,580 12’ 5-3/4” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A
3828A 5,700 22,800
3872A 6,390 25,540
3923A 6,440 25,760 12’ 5-3/4” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A
3970A 6,760 27,040
3985A 7,690 30,750
12’ 5-3/4” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A
31056A 7,710 30,840
3583A 3,100 18,630
3618A 3,110 18,680
14’ 7-1/8” 24’ 4-1/2” 7’ 8-1/4” 9’-0”
3676A 3,140 18,840
3725A 3,140 18,850
31132A 4,940 29,620 14’ 7-1/8” 24’ 4-1/2” 7’ 8-1/4” 9’ 0”
31213A 5,440 32,630
14’ 7-1/8” 24’ 4-1/2” 7’ 8-1/4” 9’ 0”
31301A 5,820 3,920

Notes:
1. Purchaser to design, construct and furnish basin 3. Pier dimensions shown are minimum bearing surfaces required
(including anchor bolts) in accordance with requirements for the tower structure and do not include corner chamfers on the
given. Purchaser must also supply sump, overflow, drain, concrete piers.
cleanout and water make-up to suit requirements. 4. Fill to be located below the operating water level.
2. All anchor bolts shall be 3/4” diameter, 1-1/2” projection (+/- 1/4”), (see section A-A, next page)
fully threaded. Bolt to have one nut and washer. Anchor bolt and 5. Maximum operating weight does not include concrete basin or
column bearing point locations and elevations must be water retained in the basin.
maintained +/- 1/8”.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D26

10 5/8" MIN.
3" MIN.

7 5/8"
3" MIN.
(TYP)
(TYP)
SEE DETAIL A

1'-3"

1'-6"
A A BASIN OPERATING
AIR IN AIR IN DEPTH WATER LEVEL

A
6" MIN.

Open Cooling Towers


(6) 3/4" DIA. TOP OF PIERS AND
BASE OF COOLING
ANCHOR BOLTS SECTION A-A TOWER

10 5/8" MIN.
7 5/8"
1'-2 7/8" 1'-2 7/8"
1'-5 7/8" MIN. 1'-5 7/8" MIN.
C

PLAN VIEW OF BASIN

Models 3240A thru Models 31056A

1"

See page D92


for Engineering
Considerations.

DETAIL A
CONCRETE BASIN WALL SLOPE

All Models
11 1/4" MIN.

3" MIN.
8 1/4"
3" MIN.
(TYP)

(TYP)

A A

SEE DETAIL A
BASIN
1'-3"

1'-6"

AIR IN AIR IN OPERATING


DEPTH
A

WATER LEVEL

6" 6"
MIN. MIN.
TOP OF PIERS
(8) 3/4" DIA. SECTION A-A
ANCHOR BOLTS AND BASE OF
COOLING TOWER
8 1/4"
11 1/4" MIN.

1'-2 7/8" 1'-2 7/8"


1'-5 7/8" MIN. 1'-5 7/8" MIN.
C D C
B
PLAN VIEW OF BASIN

Models 3583A thru Models 31301A

...because temperature matters™


D27

Concrete Basin Engineering


Data for Basinless Units
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
Series 3000

data, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

Double Cell Unit


OPERATING MAXIMUM
MODEL LOAD OPERATING
NUMBER VERTICAL (LBS) WEIGHT (LBS) A B C D E
3240A-2 2,420 19,380
3272A-2 2,460 19,640 17’ 10” 18’ 4-1/2” 9’ 2-1/4” N/A 7’ 10-1/2”
3299A-2 2,470 19,760
3333A-2 2,670 21,340
3358A-2 2,680 21,400 17’ 10” 18’ 4-1/2” 9’ 2-1/4” N/A 7’ 10-1/2”
3379A-2 2,690 21,500
3412A-2 3,130 25,020
3436A-2 3,140 25,120 20’ 5” 20’ 4-1/2” 10’ 2-1/4” N/A 9’ 2”

3455A-2 3,350 26,820


3482A-2 3,370 26,920 20’ 5” 20’ 4-1/2” 10’ 2-1/4” N/A 9’ 2”
3527A-2 3,410 27,240
3473A-2 3,770 30,140
24’ 6” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A 11’ 2-1/2”
3501A-2 3,780 30,240
3552A-2 4,100 32,820
3604A-2 4,140 33,140
24’ 6” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A 11’ 2-1/2”
3648A-2 4,150 33,160
3672A-2 4,450 35,560
3728A-2 5,640 45,140
3781A-2 5,650 45,160 24’ 6” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A 11’ 2-1/2”
3828A-2 5,700 45,600
3872A-2 6,390 51,080
3923A-2 6,440 51,520 24’ 6” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A 11’ 2-1/2”
3970A-2 6,760 54,080
3985A-2 7,690 61,500
31056A-2 7,710 61,680 24’ 6” 21’ 10-1/2” 10’ 11-1/4” N/A 11’ 2-1/2”
3583A-2 3,100 37,260
3618A-2 3,110 37,360
28’ 8-3/4” 24’ 4-1/2” 7’ 8-1/4” 9’ 0” 13’ 2-5/8”
3676A-2 3,140 37,680
3725A-2 3,140 37,700
31132A-2 4,940 59,240 28’ 8-3/4” 24’ 4-1/2” 7’ 8-1/4” 9’ 0” 13’ 2-5/8”
31213A-2 5,440 65,260
28’ 8-3/4” 24’ 4-1/2” 7’ 8-1/4” 9’ 0” 13’ 2-5/8”
31301A-2 5,820 69,840

Note:
1. Purchaser to design, construct and furnish basin 3. Pier dimensions shown are minimum bearing surfaces required
(including anchor bolts) in accordance with requirements for the tower structure and do not include corner chamfers on the
given. Purchaser must also supply sump, overflow, drain, concrete piers.
cleanout and water make-up to suit requirements. 4. Fill to be located below the operating water level.
2. All anchor bolts shall be 3/4” diameter, 1-1/2” projection (see section A-A, next page)
(+/- 1/4”), fully threaded. Bolt to have one nut and washer.
Anchor bolt and column bearing point locations and elevations 5. Maximum operating weight does not include concrete basin or
must be maintained +/- 1/8”. water retained in the basin.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D28

10 5/8" MIN.
3" MIN.
(TYP)

7 5/8"
3" MIN.
(TYP)
6" MIN.

A A SEE DETAIL A

9 3/4"
AIR IN AIR IN

1'-3"

1'-6"
BASIN OPERATING
DEPTH WATER LEVEL

A
AIR IN AIR IN

Open Cooling Towers


E
TOP OF PIERS AND
BASE OF COOLING
SECTION A-A TOWER
(12) 3/4" DIA.
ANCHOR BOLTS
10 5/8" MIN.
7 5/8"

1'-2 7/8" 1'-2 7/8"


1'-5 7/8" MIN. 1'-5 7/8" MIN.
C
PLAN VIEW OF BASIN

Models 3240A-2 thru Models 31056A-2

1"

See page D92


for Engineering
Considerations.

DETAIL A
CONCRETE BASIN WALL SLOPE

All Models
11 1/4" MIN.
3" MIN.

8 1/4"

3" MIN.
(TYP)

(TYP)

A A

AIR IN AIR IN
E
11"

SEE DETAIL A
A

BASIN
1'-3"

1'-6"

OPERATING
DEPTH
WATER LEVEL
AIR IN AIR IN
E

6" 6"
MIN. MIN.
TOP OF PIERS
SECTION A-A
AND BASE OF
(16) 3/4" DIA.
ANCHOR BOLTS COOLING TOWER
11 1/4" MIN.
8 1/4"

1'-2 7/8" 1'-2 7/8"


1'-5 7/8" MIN. 1'-5 7/8" MIN.
C D C
B

PLAN VIEW OF BASIN

Models 3583A-2 thru Models 31301A-2

...because temperature matters™


D29

Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for the Series 3000 Cooling Tower consists of parallel I-beams
positioned as shown on the drawings. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise
the unit above any solid foundation to assure access to the bottom of the tower. The Series 3000 Cooling
Tower may also be supported on columns at the anchor bolt locations shown in Plan A or Plan C.
Series 3000

A minimum bearing surface of 12 in2 (77,742 mm2) must be provided under each of the concentrated load
points (See Note 7, next page). To support a Series 3000 Cooling Tower on columns, with an alternate
steel support arrangement, or the optional seismic and rated unit, consult your local BAC Representative.

WEIGHTS (lbs) DIMENSIONS


WT. AT BOLT
MODEL HOLE
NUMBER OPERATING1 SHIPPING1,2 LOCATIONS L1 L2 W A B C D E
3240A 14,770 6,790 3,693
3272A 14,900 6,920 3,725 8’ 5-3/4” 17’ 2” 18’ 0-1/2” 9’ 4” 16’ 4-1/2” 1-1/8” 8’ 3-1/2” 4-3/4”
3299A 14,960 6,980 3,740
3333A 15,750 7,260 3,938
3358A 15,780 7,290 3,945 8’ 5-3/4” 17’ 2” 18’ 0-1/2” 9’ 4” 16’ 4-1/2” 1-1/8” 8’ 3-1/2” 4-3/4”
3379A 15,830 7,340 3,958
3412A 18,580 8,420 4,645
9’ 9-1/4” 19’ 9” 20’ 0-1/2” 11’ 4” 18’ 4-1/2” 1-1/8” 9’ 7” 4-3/4”
3436A 18,630 8,470 4,658
3455A 19,480 8,740 4,870
3482A 19,530 8,790 4,883 9’ 9 -/4” 19’ 9” 20’ 0-1/2” 11’ 4” 18’ 4-1/2” 1-1/8” 9’ 7” 4-3/4”
3527A 19,690 8,950 4,923
3473A 23,090 10,190 5,773
11’ 9-3/4” 23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 12’ 10” 19’ 10-1/2” 1-1/8” 11’ 7-1/2” 4-3/4”
3501A 23,140 10,240 5,785
3552A 25,690 10,800 6,423
3604A 25,850 10,960 6,463
11’ 9-3/4” 23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 12’ 10” 19’ 10-1/2” 1-1/8” 11’ 7-1/2” 4-3/4”
3648A 25,860 10,970 6,465
3672A 27,060 12,180 6,765
3728A 32,060 13,770 8,015
3781A 32,070 13,780 8,018 11’ 9-3/4” 23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 12’ 10” 19’ 10-1/2” 1-1/8” 11’ 7-1/2” 4-3/4”
3828A 32,290 13,990 8,073
3872A 35,030 14,500 8,758
3923A 35,250 14,710 8,813 11’ 9-3/4” 23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 12’ 10” 19’ 10-1/2” 1-1/8” 11’ 7-1/2” 4-3/4”
3970A 36,530 16,000 9,133
3985A 40,240 15,560 10,060
11’ 9-3/4” 23’ 10” 21’ 6-1/2” 12’ 10” 19’ 10-1/2” 1-1/8” 11’ 7-1/2” 4-3/4”
31056A 40,330 15,650 10,083
3583A 30,300 12,070 7,575
3618A 30,350 12,120 7,588
13’ 11-1/8” 28’ 0-3/4” 24’ 0-1/2” 15’ 4” 22’ 4-1/2” 1-7/16” 13’ 8-1/4” 5-3/8”
3676A 30,510 12,280 7,628
3725A 30,520 12,290 7,630
31132A 41,290 16,610 10,323 13’ 11-1/8” 28’ 0-3/4” 24’ 0-1/2” 15’ 4” 22’ 4-1/2” 1-7/16” 13’ 8-1/4” 5-3/8”
31213A 44,300 17,550 11,075
13’ 11-1/8” 28’ 0-3/4” 24’ 0-1/2” 15’ 4” 22’ 4-1/2” 1-7/16” 13’ 8-1/4” 5-3/8”
31301A 46,590 19,840 11,648

See notes, next page.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D30

Single Cell Unit

3/4" DIA. MOUNTING HOLES


(4 REQUIRED MODELS 3240A THRU 3725A)
(8 REQUIRED MODELS 3728A THRU 31301A)
UNIT OUTLINE C

3/4" DIA. MOUNTING HOLES


(4 REQUIRED MODELS 3240A THRU 3725A)
AIR AIR (8 REQUIRED MODELS 3728A THRU 31301A)
D

Open Cooling Towers


L1
INLET CL BOLTS INLET C

AIR AIR
ADDITIONAL
ADDITIONAL D
UNIT OUTLINE
CL BOLTS C ANCHOR
ANCHOR BOLT
BOLT INLET
CL BOLTS INLET
A MODELS
MODELS 3728A
3728A
UNIT OVERALL THRU 31301A
THRU 31301A
WEIGHT GIVEN
W REQUIRED ON MODELS C
ON PAGE D29 5'–2 5/8" 3728A THRU 31301A
3 IS AT MIDPOINT CL BOLTS
BETWEEN TWO B
LOCATIONS UNIT OVERALL
W

Plan A Plan B

Notes:
1. Weights are for a single cell. To obtain weights
for multi-cell units, multiply by the number
of cells. Double Cell Unit
2. Operating weight and weight loading are for a 3/4" DIA. MOUNTING HOLES
(4 REQUIRED MODELS 3240A THRU 3725A)
single cell tower with water at overflow level in (16 REQUIRED MODELS 3728A THRU 31301A)
the cold water basin. UNIT OUTLINE C
3. Support beams and anchor bolts to be selected
and installed by parties other than BAC.
AIR D AIR
4. All support steel must be level at the top. CL BOLTS
INLET INLET
5. Beams must be selected in accordance with
E
accepted structural practice. Maximum L2
deflection of beam under unit to be 1/360 of
span, not to exceed 1/2”.
AIR D AIR
CL B0LTS
6. All single and double cell units can be furnished INLET INLET
with optional vibration isolation rail packages,
when required, to be installed between the tower ADDITIONAL
C
and supporting steel. The BAC standard CL B0LTS ANCHOR BOLT
A MODELS 3728A
vibration isolation rail package is designed for THRU 31301A
UNIT OVERALL
support Plan A for single cell units and support W
Plan C for double cell units. Plan B rails are 3
available upon request. When determining the
length of the supporting steel, allow for the
length of the vibration rails, as they are
sometimes longer than the cooling tower
dimensions shown. Plan C
7. If point vibration isolation is used with multi-cell
towers, the isolators must be located under the
support steel, not between the support steel and
the cooling towers.

...because temperature matters™


D31

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.
1.0 Cooling Tower 5. Shall withstand 200 thermal shock cycles between -25ºF
and +180ºF (-32˚C and 82˚C) without loss of adhesion or
1.1 General: Furnish and install _____ factory-assembled, other deterioration;
induced draft, crossflow cooling tower(s) with vertical air
discharge, conforming in all aspects to the specifications, 6. Shall withstand 6000 hours of exposure to 60 psi (42,184
schedules and as shown on the plans. Overall dimensions kg/m2)water jet without signs of wear or erosion.
Series 3000

shall not exceed approximately _____ ft (mm) long X ______


(Alternate) 1.3 JE PREMIER SERIES® Construction: All steel
ft (mm) wide X _____ ft (mm) high. The total connected fan
panels and structural members, including the structural frame,
horsepower shall not exceed _____ HP (kW). The cooling
hot and cold water basins, distribution covers, fan deck and
tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Company Model
fan cylinder shall be constructed of Series 300 stainless steel
__________.
and assembled with Series 300 stainless steel nut and bolt
1.2 Thermal Capacity: The cooling tower(s) shall be fasteners. All factory seams in the cold water basin shall be
warranted by the manufacturer to cool _____ US GPM (lps) of welded to ensure watertight assembly and welded seams
water from ______ ºF(°C) to _____ ºF(°C) at _____ ºF(°C) shall be warranted against leaks for five (5) years. Stainless
entering wet-bulb temperature. Additionally, the thermal steel basins with bolted seams are not acceptable.
performance shall be certified by the Cooling Technology
The entire cooling tower, including fan motor, drive system,
Institute in accordance with CTI Certification Standard
bearings, and structure, shall be backed by a comprehensive
STD-201. Lacking such certification, a field acceptance test
Louver-to-LouverSM Five-Year warranty.
shall be conducted within the warranty period in accordance
with CTI Acceptance Test Code ATC-105, by the Cooling 1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer shall
Technology Institute or other qualified independent third party have a Management System certified by an accredited
testing agency. Manufacturers’ performance guarantees or registrar as complying with the requirements of ISO-
performance bonds without CTI Certification or independent 9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of products and
field thermal performance test shall not be accepted. The services.
cooling tower(s) shall comply with the energy efficiency
requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1. 1.5 Wind and Seismic Forces: When supported as
recommended, the unit shall be suitable for applications
1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction (standard): Unless requiring equipment anchorage to resist wind loads up to 30
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel basin panels and psf (146.6 kg/m2) acting on the full vertical projected area with
structural members shall be constructed of heavy-gauge 16 psf (78.1kg/m2) acting simultaneously on the full
G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel with all edges horizontal projected area or seismic forces of 161% of the
given a protective coating of zinc-rich compound. operating weight acting in the horizontal direction, and 24% of
the operating weight acting in the vertical direction applied at
(Alternate) 1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless
the center of gravity. Loads are appropriate for Seismic Zone
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and
4 assuming an Importance Factor of 1.0, and soil profile SD,
structural members shall be protected with the BALTIBOND®
and rigid mounting to the supporting structure per the 1997
Corrosion Protection System. The system shall consist of
Uniform Building Code.
G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel prepared in a
four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry) process with an 2.0 Construction Details
electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting, hybrid polymer
fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated 2.1 Structure: The cooling tower shall be constructed with a
curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance sturdy structural frame designed to transmit all wind, seismic
program. Coatings other than the BALTIBOND® Corrosion and mechanical loads to the equipment anchorage. The frame
Protection System must be submitted to the engineer for shall be constructed of heavy-gauge steel angles and
pre-approval. Approved equals must have undergone testing, channels.
resulting in the following results as a minimum:
2.2 Casing Panels: Casing panels shall be constructed of
1. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able to corrosion and UV-resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester
withstand 6000 hours of 5% salt spray per ASTM B117 (FRP) to minimize maintenance requirements and prolong
without blistering, chipping, or loss of adhesion; equipment life. Casing panels shall not provide structural
support, since the sturdy, structural frame of the tower
2. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able to accurately transfers all loads to the equipment anchorage.
withstand 6000 hours of exposure to acidic (pH=4.0) and Corrosion resistant Series 300 stainless steel casing panels
alkaline (pH=11.0) water solutions at 95ºF (35˚C) without may be used in lieu of FRP panels.
signs of chemical attack;
(Alternate) 2.2 Casing Panels: Casing panels shall be
3. Shall withstand impact of 160 in-lbs per ASTM D2794 constructed of corrosion and fire retardant fiberglass
without fracture or delamination of the polymer layer; reinforced polyester (FRP) to minimize maintenance
requirements and prolong equipment life. panels may be
4. Shall withstand 6000 hours of ultraviolet radiation
used in lieu of FRP panels.
equivalent to 120,000 hours of noontime sun exposure
without loss of functional properties;

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D32

The Fire Retardant FRP casing panels will have a flame distribution basins shall be open gravity type for easy
spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E84-77a. Corrosion cleaning, and constructed of heavy gauge, Series 300
resistant Series 300 stainless steel casing stainless steel. The basins must be accessible from outside
the unit and serviceable during tower operation. Basin weirs
(Alternate) 2.2 Casing Panels: Casing panels shall be and plastic metering devices shall be provided to assure the
constructed of galvanized steel protected with the even distribution of water over the fill. Lift-off distribution
BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System covers shall be constructed of heavy-gauge Series 300
(Alternate) 2.2 FM approval (Multi-cell): The cooling towers stainless steel and designed to withstand a 50 psf (244 kg/m2)
shall be constructed with galvanized steel casing panels and live load or a 200 pound (90.7 kg) concentrated load. Gravity
louvers that shall meet the requirements of FM. flow nozzles shall be snap-in type for easy removal. Should
pressurized nozzles be used, they shall utilize grommets,

Open Cooling Towers


(Alternate) 2.2 FM Approval (Multi-cell): The cooling towers which ensure easy removal.
shall be constructed with Series 300 stainless steel casing
panels and louvers that shall meet the requirements of FM. 2.6 EASY CONNECT® Piping Arrangement with BALANCE
CLEAN® Chamber (optional): Each tower cell shall be
2.3 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be furnished with a single water inlet connection complete with
constructed of heavy-gauge steel panels and structural the means to automatically balance flow rates to the hot water
members. Basin shall include a depressed center section with basins. Internal piping shall include an integral pre-strainer
drain/clean-out connection. The basin area under the fill shall such that routine maintenance of the hot water distribution
be sloped toward the depressed center section to facilitate system can be performed from the unit interior.
cleaning. Standard basin accessories shall include a brass
make-up valve with large diameter plastic float for easy 3.0 Mechanical Equipment
adjustment of the operating water level. 3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow with
(Alternate) 2.3 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall aluminum alloy blades selected to provide optimum cooling
be constructed of heavy-gauge Series 300 stainless steel tower thermal performance with minimal sound levels. Air
panels and structural members. All factory seams shall be shall discharge through a fan cylinder designed for
welded to ensure watertight construction and welded seams streamlined air entry and minimum tip clearance for maximum
shall be warranted against leaks for a period of five (5) years fan efficiency. The top of the fan cylinder shall be equipped
from date of shipment. Stainless steel basins with bolted with a conical, non-sagging removable fan guard.
seams are not acceptable. Basin shall include a depressed (Alternate) 3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow
center section with drain/clean-out connection. The basin area with aluminum alloy blades selected to provide optimum
under the fill shall be sloped toward the depressed center sec- cooling tower thermal performance with minimal sound levels.
tion to facilitate cleaning. Standard basin accessories shall Air shall discharge through a velocity recovery stack designed
include a brass make-up valve with large diameter plastic float to increase thermal capacity without increasing the unit fan
for easy adjustment of the operating water level. horsepower or plan area. The velocity recovery stack shall
(Alternate) 2.3 Cold Water Basin: The unit shall be provided consist of multiple panels to form a tapered 60 inch (1524
without an integral cold water basin. The unit shall be mm) tall stack. Fan guards not required.
mounted on a separate concrete cold water basin provided by 3.2 Bearings: Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by
others, to allow cooling water to pass directly from the fill into heavy-duty, self-aligning, grease-packed ball bearings with
the basin. moisture proof seals and integral slinger collars, designed for
2.4 Water Outlet: The water outlet connection shall be beveled a minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours (280,000 Hr. Avg. Life).
for welding and grooved for mechanical coupling or bolt hole 3.3 Fan Drive: The fan(s) shall be driven by a one-piece,
circle designed to accept an ASME Class 150 flat face flange. multi-groove, solid back V- type powerband with taper lock
The outlet shall be provided with large-area lift out strainers sheaves designed for 150% of the motor nameplate
with perforated openings sized smaller than the water horsepower. The powerband shall be constructed of neoprene
distribution nozzles and an anti-vortexing device to prevent air reinforced polyester cord and be specifically designed for
entrainment. The strainer and vortex device shall be cooling tower service.
constructed of the same materials as the cold water basin
to prevent dissimilar metal corrosion. 3.4 Sheaves: Fan and motor sheave(s) shall be fabricated
from corrosion-resistant materials to minimize maintenance
2.5 Water Distribution System: The hot water distribution and ensure maximum drive and powerband operating life.
basins shall be the open gravity type for easy cleaning, and
constructed of heavy-gauge, G-235 (Z700) hot-dip galvanized (Alternate 3.2, 3.3 & 3.4) Fan Drive: Fan(s) are driven by a
steel. The basins must be accessible from outside the unit (Close-Coupled (internal) TEAO fan motor gear drive) (gear
and serviceable during tower operation. Basin weirs and drive with the TEFC fan motor mounted outside the
plastic metering orifices shall be provided to assure even airstream). The gear shall be a right angle, industrial duty,
distribution of the water over the fill. Lift-off distribution covers oil-lubricated, geared speed reducer. Spiral bevel or spiral
shall be constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700) hot-dip bevel/helical gears are designed in accordance with the
galvanized steel and designed to withstand a 50 psf (244 Cooling Technology Institute STD-111, "Gear Speed
kg/m2) live load or 200 pound (90.7 kg) concentrated load. Reducers". All gears have a minimum service factor of 2.0
Gravity flow nozzles shall be snap-in type for easy removal. based on design fan horsepower and are suitable for both for-
Should pressurized nozzles be used, they shall utilize ward and reverse operation. An oil level fill port and sight
grommets, which ensure easy removal. glass are located on the gear drive to facilitate routine inspec-
tion and maintenance. The gear is doweled in position after
Alternate) 2.5. Water Distribution System: The hot water alignment of the mechanical equipment.

...because temperature matters™


D33

3.5 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed air over minimum of 3/4 inches (19.1 mm) to reduce the tendancy for
(TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type designed fouling and scaling, and to ensure proper airflow for maximum
specifically for cooling tower service. The motor shall be cooling capacity.
furnished with special moisture protection on windings, shafts 5.0 Air Inlet Louvers
and bearings and labeled appropriately for cooling tower duty.
5.1 Air Inlet Louvers: Air Inlet louvers shall be separate from
(Alternate) 3.5 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally the fill and removable to provide easy access for inspection of
enclosed air over (TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball the air/water interface at the louver face. Louvers shall prevent
bearing type designed specifically for cooling tower service. water splash out during fan cycling and be constructed of
The motor shall be furnished with special moisture protection maintenance free, corrosion and UV resistant, fiberglass
on windings, shafts and bearings and labeled appropriately for reinforced polyester (FRP).
Series 3000

cooling tower duty. Fan motors shall be inverter duty type 6.0 Access
designed per NEMA Standard MG1, Section IV, Part 31.
6.1 Plenum Access: Two hinged access doors shall be
(Alternate) 3.5 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally provided for access into the plenum section.
enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) and mounted outside the
airstream. 7.0 Sound
(Alternate) 3.5 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally 7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local
enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) and mounted outside the environment, the maximum sound pressure levels (dB)
airstream. Fan motors shall be inverter duty type designed measured 50 ft (15240 mm) from the cooling tower operating
per NEMA Standard MG1, Section IV, Part 31. at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound levels detailed
below. If the tower exceeds these conditions the tower must
3.6 Mechanical Equipment Warranty: The fan(s), fan shaft(s), be either oversized and reduced in horsepower, provided with
sheaves, bearings, mechanical equipment support and fan a low sound fan, or provided with sound attenuation.
motor shall be warranted against defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of five (5) years from date of (Alternate) 7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the
shipment. local environment, the cooling tower shall be furnished with a
low sound fan. The thermal performance of the cooling tower
3.7 ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (optional): Two single- when furnished with the low sound fan shall be certified by the
speed fan motors, one sized for full speed and load, the other Cooling Technology Institute in accordance with paragraph 1.2
sized for 2/3 speed and approximately 1/3 the full load of this specification. Maximum sound pressure levels (dB)
horsepower shall be provided in each cell for capacity control measured 50 ft (15240 mm) from the cooling tower operating
and stand-by protection from drive or motor failure. Two-speed at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound levels detailed
motor(s) are not an acceptable alternative. below. If the tower exceeds these conditions the tower must
3.8 (Alternate) 3.4 BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System: Two be either oversized and reduced in horsepower, or provided
single speed fan motors, one sized for load, the other sized with sound attenuation.
for 1/3 of the full load horsepower shall be provided in each
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
cell for capacity control and standby protection from drive or
Discharge
motor failure. The manufacturer of the equipment shall supply
controls for the larger motor, a VFD for the smaller motor and Air Inlet
factory programmed logic controller to maximize energy sav- Cased Face
ing for off peak load and wet-bulb conditions.
8.0 Accessories
4.0 Fill and Drift Eliminators 8.1 Balancing Valves: Heavy-duty butterfly valves shall be
4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The fill and integral drift provided at the hot water inlet connections. These valves shall
eliminators shall be formed from self-extinguishing (per include cast iron bodies, elastomer seat and steel operating
ASTM-568) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having a flame spread stems. There shall be a locking handle to maintain the valve
rating of 5 per ASTM E84 and shall be impervious to rot, setting in any position. Wafer type field supplied spool piece
decay, fungus and biological attack. The fill shall be suitable is required between the inlet connection and the valve.
for entering water temperatures up to and including 130°F 8.2 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibration isolation
(54.4°C). The fill shall be manufactured, tested and rated by rails, constructed of steel channels and base plates, painted
the cooling tower manufacturer and shall be elevated above with a rust-resistant primer shall be provided to minimize
the cold water floor to facilitate cleaning. Spacing between fill vibration transmission from the tower to the building structure.
sheets shall be a minimum of 3/4 inches (19.1 mm) to reduce The isolators shall be designed for a static deflection of 1"
the tendancy for fouling and ensure proper airflow for (25.4 mm) and a maximum wind speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
maximum cooling capacity.
(Alternate) 8.2 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibration
(Alternate) 4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The high temperature isolation rails, constructed of steel channels and base plates,
fill and integral drift eliminators shall be formed from self- coated with a 0.003" (.076 mm) layer of zinc after fabrication
extinguishing (per ASTM-568) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having shall be provided to minimize vibration transmission from the
a flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84 and shall be tower to the building structure. The isolators shall be
impervious to rot, decay, fungus and biological attack. The designed for a static deflection of 1" (25.4 mm) and a
high temperature fill shall be suitable for entering water maximum wind speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
temperatures up to and including 140°F (60.0°C). The fill
shall be manufactured, tested and rated by the cooling tower 8.3 Basin Heater(s): The cooling tower cold water basin shall
manufacturer and shall be elevated above the cold water floor be provided with electric heater(s) to prevent freezing in low
to facilitate cleaning. Spacing between fill sheets shall be a ambient conditions. The heater(s) shall be selected to main-
tain 40°F (4.44°C) basin water temperatures at _____°F (°C)

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D34

ambient. The heater(s) shall be ______V/____phase/___Hz 8.8 Ladder: An aluminum ladder (with galvanized steel safety
electric and shall be provided with low water cutout and cage) shall be provided for access to the fan deck. Access
thermostat. door or service platforms are not acceptable.
(Alternate) 8.3 Basin Heaters: A steam coil shall be factory 8.9 Handrails: 1-1/4" (31.75 mm) galvanized steel pipe
installed in the depressed section of the cold water basin to handrail shall be provided around the perimeter of the cooling
prevent freezing during cold water shutdown. The steam coil tower cells. The handrails shall be provided with knee and
shall be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.44°C) basin water toe rails and shall conform to the requirements of OSHA
temperature at a –20°F (-28.89°C) ambient temperature given applicable at the time of shipment.
5 psig (34 Kpa) at the coil inlet connection. 8.10 Access Door Platform: A galvanized steel platform and
(Alternate) 8.3 Basin Heaters: A steam injector shall be aluminum ladder to grade shall be provided at all access

Open Cooling Towers


factory installed in the cold water basin section to prevent doors to access the plenum section of the cooling tower. All
freezing during cold water shutdown. Steam injector shall be working surfaces shall be able to withstand 50 psf (244 kg/m2)
capable of maintaining 40°F (4.44°C) basin water temperature live load or 200 pound (90.72 kg) concentrated load.
at a ___°F (°C) ambient temperature given 10 psig (68 Kpa) 8.11 Platform to Access External Motor (available on gear
at the inlet connection. drives equipped with TEFC external motors only): A galva-
8.4 Basin Water Level Control: The cooling tower nized steel platform and ladder to grade shall be provided for
manufacturer shall provide an electric water level control access to the external fan motor. All working surfaces shall
(EWLC) system. The system shall consist of water level be able to withstand 50 psf (244 kg/m2) live load or 200 pound
sensing and control units in quantities and locations as (90.72 kg) concentrated load.
indicated on the drawings. Each water level sensing and 8.12 Internal Walkway: An internal walkway shall be provided
control unit shall consist of the following: NEMA 4 enclosure in the plenum section to provide for inspection and
with gasketed access cover; solid state controls including all maintenance. All working surfaces shall be able to withstand
necessary relays and contacts to achieve the specified 50 psf (244 kg/m2) live load or 200 pound (90.7 kg)
sequence of operation; stainless steel water level sensing concentrated load. Other components of the cooling tower,
electrodes with brass holder; Schedule 40 PVC standpipe i.e. basin floor and fill/drift eliminators, shall not be considered
assembly with vent holes, and all necessary stainless steel an internal working surface. Cooling tower manufacturers that
mounting hardware. Provide PVC union directly below the promote these surfaces to be used as a working platform shall
control enclosure to facilitate the removal and access of provide a two-year extended warranty to the Owner to repair
electrodes and control enclosure. any damage to these surfaces caused during routine mainte-
The number and position of water level sensing electrodes nance.
shall be provided to sense the following: high water level, low 8.13 Internal Platform: An internal platform shall be provided
water level, high water alarm level, low water alarm level, and in the plenum section to provide for inspection and
heater safety cutout. maintenance. All working surfaces shall be able to withstand
8.5 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide a mechanical local reset 50 psf live load or 200 pound concentrated load. Other
vibration switch. The mechanical vibration cutout switch will components of the cooling tower, i.e. basin floor and fill/drift
be guaranteed to trip at a point so as not to cause damage to eliminators, shall not be considered an internal working
the cooling tower. To ensure this, the trip point will be set in a surface. Cooling tower manufacturers that promote these
frequency range of 0 to 3,600 RPM and a trip point of 0.2 to surfaces to be used as a working platform shall provide a
2.0 g’s. two-year extended warranty to the Owner to repair any
(Alternate) 8.5 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide an electronic damage to these surfaces caused during routine
remote reset vibration switch with contact for BAS monitoring. maintenance.
Wiring shall be by the installing contractor. The electronic 8.14 Louver Face Platform: Easy access to the hot water
vibration cutout switch shall be set to trip at a point so as not basins for inspection and maintenance of the basins, even
to cause damage to the cooling tower. To ensure this, the trip during tower operation, shall be provided by louver face
point will be set in a frequency range of 2 to 1000 Hertz and platforms. Fan deck ladders and handrails, which add to the
a trip point of 0.45 in/sec (0.0114 m/sec). overall height of the tower, are not acceptable.
8.6 Basin Sweeper Piping: The cold water basin of the 8.15 Fan Cylinder Extension: To extend the height of the
cooling tower shall be equipped with PVC sump sweeper tower equal to the surrounding enclosure, the cooling tower
piping with plastic eductor nozzles. The piping should create shall be provided with _____ft (mm) of fan cylinder extension.
a grid under the fill section and force all dirt and debris to the The fan cylinder extension shall match the construction of the
center depressed section of the cold water basin. fan deck.
8.7 Air intake Option: Provide removable hot dip galvanized 8.16 Mechanical Equipment Removal Davit: Provide the
steel 1"x1" (25.4 mm x 25.4 mm) mesh air intake screens. mechanical equipment removal option to aid in motor removal
(Alternate) 8.7 Air intake Option: Provide removable hot dip or gear drive. The motor or gear drive shall be lowered from
galvanized steel 1"x1" (25.4 mm x 25.4 mm) mesh air intake the mechanical equipment supports down to an internal metal
screens protected with the BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection working surface.
system or Series 300 stainless steel. 8.17 Externally Mounted Pre-wired Terminal Box: The cooling
(Alternate) 8.7 Air intake Option: Provide removable Series tower shall ship from the factory with the fan motor(s) (and
300 stainless steel 1"x1" (25.4 mm x 25.4 mm) mesh air vibration cutout switch) wired to terminal blocks encased in a
intake screens. 304 stainless steel NEMA 3R enclosure, mounted on the
outside of the tower. No casing penetrations shall be
permitted in the field.

...because temperature matters™


D35

9.0 Equipment Controls (Optional)


10.1 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency drive
(VFD) shall be provided for each fan motor. The supplier of
the VFD shall be the manufacturer of the evaporative cooling
equipment. The VFD shall have a 3-contactor bypass, 3%
input line reactor, a removable keypad, an RS232 terminal
for PC connection, and a circuit breaker disconnect. Fuse
protection will not be accepted. Control voltage shall be 24V
to minimize the size of the enclosure which should not
exceed _____ ft x _____ ft x ____ ft and the weight should
Series 3000

not exceed ____ lbs. VFD shall be provided in a NEMA


(1)(3R)(12) enclosure. The VFD shall be compatible with a
(ModBus) (LonWorks) (Johnson N2) Building Automation
System.

OR

10.1 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall be


provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling equipment.
The panel shall include full voltage, non-reversing (FVNR)
fan motor and pump motor (if applicable) starters in a com-
mon enclosure. The panel shall be provided with a main a
circuit breaker disconnect and a separate circuit breaker for
each motor or speed. Fuse protection will not be accepted.
Panels containing basin heaters shall have an Earth
Leakage Breaker containing ground fault protection. Starters
above 25 A shall be NEMA rated. IEC starters will be accept-
ed for motors below 25 A. Panel shall include a 120V/60Hz
control power transformer, Hand-Off-Auto switches for each
starter or contactor, and pilot lights for each component.
Enclosed controls shall be provided in a NEMA
(1)(3R)(4)(4X)(12) enclosure.

Optional enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor


shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A temperature
controller shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A
basin heater contactor with circuit breaker shall be provid-
ed.)(A vibration cutout switch input shall be provided.)

10.2 Safety Switch(es): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety dis-


connect switch shall be provided by the manufacturer of the
evaporative cooling equipment. Switch shall be single-throw,
3-pole design, rated up to 600 VAC. Switch shall have triple
padlocking capability, a visible double break rotary blade
mechanism, a clearly visible On/Off handle, an interlocking
mechanism to prevent door opening with handle in On posi-
tion, and a clear line shield. Safety switch shall be provided
in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D36

Series 1500
Open Cooling Towers

Open Cooling Towers


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D37

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D39

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D41

Custom Features & Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D43

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D45

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D47

Structural Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D49

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D51

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D92


D37

Series 1500 Open Cooling Towers


Single Cell Capacity:
128 – 428 Nominal Tons
384 – 1,284 GPM at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF
Series 1500

Series 1500 Cooling Towers minimize the operating, installation, and maintenance costs associated with
both new and replacement cooling tower projects. The Series 1500 delivers independently verified, fully
rated thermal performance over a wide range of flow and temperature requirements. Standard design
features minimize the costs associated with enclosures, support requirements, electrical service, piping,
and rigging.

Series 1500 Cooling Towers


• Ideal replacement unit
• Single side air inlet
• Low energy consumption
• Low installed cost
• Easy maintenance
• Reliable year-round operation
• Long service life
• ASHRAE Standard 90.1 compliant
• 5-year warranty on mechanical equipment

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D38

Open Cooling Towers

...because temperature matters™


D39

Benefits
Ideal Replacement Unit
• Support Steel – Units are designed to mount
directly on existing support steel of many cooling
Series 1500

towers (both crossflow and counterflow).


• Electrical Service – Fan motor configurations
can be supplied to match existing wiring.
• Enclosures – Units fit in most existing
enclosures with little or no modifications due to
the single air inlet design.
Single air inlet provides installation
flexibility in tight layouts

Before After

Counterflow cooling tower replacement

Low Energy Consumption


• Evaporative cooling equipment minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system because it
provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving natural resources
and reducing environmental impact.

• Series 1500 Cooling Towers provide the heat rejection required at the lowest possible energy
input via:
• High efficiency, low horsepower axial fans
• High efficiency BACross® Fill surface, which provides maximum air/water contact time at
low air pressure drops
• Independent fan motors (optional, see page D43 for details)
• Variable frequency drives (optional, see page G1 for details)
• ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (optional, see page D44 for details)
• BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System (optional, see page G1 for details)
• All units meet or exceed ASHRAE Standard 90.1 energy efficiency requirements.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D40

Low Installed Cost


• Single Side Air Inlet – Units can be placed close
to solid walls, reducing the size of enclosures and
allowing for more profitable use of premium space.
• Modular Design – The modular design minimizes
the size and weight of the heaviest lift, allowing for

Open Cooling Towers


the use of smaller, less costly cranes.

The unit shown ships in two pieces to


minimize shipping and rigging costs

Easy Maintenance
• Easy Cleaning – The fill surface is elevated above the
sloped cold water basin floor to facilitate flushing of dirt and
debris from this critical area.

• Hinged Access Doors and Standard Internal Walkway –


Series 1500 with optional Provide easy entry to the spacious plenum for routine
external service platform drive maintenance.

• Accessibility – Make-up, drain, overflow and optional basin


accessories are accessible from outside the unit.

• Inlet Strainer – Dirt and debris are collected by an integral


strainer before reaching the hot water basins, keeping
nozzles clean.

Access to strainer, make-up and Reliable Year-Round Operation


basin accessories from outside • BALTIDRIVE® Power Train – Backed by a 5-year fan motor
the tower
and drive warranty, the BALTIDRIVE® Power Train utilizes
special corrosion-resistant materials of construction and
state-of-the-art technology to ensure ease of maintenance and
reliable year-round performance.

• Separate Air Inlet Louvers – Reduce the potential for


excessive scale build-up and damaging ice formations at the
air/water interface by providing a line of sight from the outside
the unit into the fill.
Standard inlet strainer

Long Service Life


• Materials of Construction – Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance, unit
operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project (see page D43 for construction options).

...because temperature matters™


D41

Construction Details
Series 1500

1
4

6
8

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D42

Open Cooling Towers


1 Heavy-Duty Construction
5 BACross Fill with Integral
®

• G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized Drift Eliminators (Not Shown)


steel panels • High efficiency heat transfer surface
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
• Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
2 BALTIDRIVE Power Train®
• Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-77a
• Premium quality, solid-backed, multi-groove belt
• Corrosion resistant cast aluminum sheaves 6 FRP Air Inlet Louvers
• Heavy-duty bearings (280,000 hour average life) • Corrosion resistant
• Cooling tower duty fan motor • UV protected finish
• 5-year motor and • Maintenance free
drive warranty

7 Cold Water Basin


3 Low HP Axial Fan • Sloped cold water basin for easy cleaning
• High efficiency • Suction strainer with anti-vortex hood
• Quiet operation • Adjustable water make-up assembly
• Corrosion resistant • Integral internal walkway as standard

4 Water Distribution System


• Large orifice non-clog nozzles 8 Hinged Access Doors
• Steel covers in easy to remove sections • Inward swinging door on each end wall
• Low pump head gravity distribution basin
• Integral strainer

...because temperature matters™


D43

Custom Features and Options


Construction Options
• Standard Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700) hot-dip
galvanized steel.
• Optional BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System:
Series 1500

The BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment
life, is applied to all hot-dip galvanized steel components of the cooling tower.
• Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A Series 300 stainless steel cold water basin is available. Seams between panels inside the cold
water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded seams are provided with
a 5-year leak-proof warranty.
• Optional Stainless Steel Hot and Cold Water Basins:
Series 300 stainless steel hot water basins are provided in addition to the cold water basin
described above.
• Optional Stainless Steel Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel. Seams between
panels inside the cold water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded
seams are provided with a 5-year leak-proof warranty.
See page M26 for more details on the materials described above.
Factory Mutual Approval
Multi-cell Series 1500 Cooling Towers are available with Factory Mutual (FM) approved
construction as an option.

Fan Drive System


The fan drive system provides the cooling air
necessary to reject unwanted heat from the system
to the atmosphere. The standard fan drive system on
the Series 1500 is the exclusive BALTIDRIVE® Power
Train. This BAC engineered drive system consists of
a specially designed powerband and two cast
aluminum sheaves located on minimum shaft
centerline distances to maximize belt life. A cooling
tower duty fan motor, custom engineered for BAC to
provide maximum performance for cooling tower
service, is provided and backed by BAC’s
comprehensive 5-year motor and fan drive warranty. BALTIDRIVE® Power Train System

Independent Fan Operation


Models 15296 through 15425 are provided with one fan motor driving two fans as standard. The
independent fan option consists of one fan motor and drive assembly for each fan to allow independent
operation, adding an additional step of fan cycling and capacity control.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D44

ENERGY-MISER® Fan System


The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System consists of two
standard single-speed fan motor and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full
speed and load, and the other is sized approximately
2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 the design

Open Cooling Towers


horsepower. This configuration allows the system to
be operated like a two-speed motor, but with the
reserve capacity of a standby motor in the event of
failure. As a minimum, approximately 70% capacity
will be available from the low horsepower motor, even
on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and wiring are the
same as those required for a two-speed, two-winding
ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
motor. Significant energy savings are achieved when
operating at low speed during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.

BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System


The BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System builds on the advantages of the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
by adding a VFD to the smaller motor. Using tthe VFD on the smaller fan motor, as opposed to the
larger motor, reduces the cost of the VFD, and wiring for the motor. For more information on the
BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System refer to page G1.

Low Sound Alternatives


The low sound levels generated by Series 1500 Cooling Towers make them suitable for installation in
most environments. For situations when one direction is particularly sound sensitive, the unit can be
oriented so that the side opposite the air inlet faces the sound-sensitive direction. The Series 1500 is
also available with a low sound fan or a “Whisper Quiet” fan that significantly reduces the sound levels
generated from the tower with minimal impact on thermal performance. The cooling tower thermal
performance with the low sound fan has been certified in accordance with CTI Standard STD-201. For
extremely sound sensitive installations, factory designed, tested and rated sound attenuation is available
for both the air intake and discharge.

Whisper Quiet Fan


Series 1500 models are available with a "Whisper Quiet" fan that
significantly reduces the sound levels generated from the unit with
minimal impact on thermal performance.
Equipment Controls
BAC control panels are specifically designed to work seamlessly
with all BAC units and engineered to meet you particular application.
For more on BAC Equipment Controls, see pages G1-G13.

...because temperature matters™


D45

Accessories
Service Platforms
For access to the motor and drive assemblies on Models
15296 through 15425, an internal ladder with or without
upper service platform with handrails is available. For
Series 1500

external service, louver face platforms and access door


platforms are options that can be added to the cooling tower
either when the unit is purchased or as an aftermarket item.
Safety gates are available for all handrail openings supplied
by BAC. All components are designed to meet OSHA
requirements.
External platform at louver face

Standard internal walkway Internal ladder and service platform

Vibration Cutout Switch


A factory mounted vibration cutout switch is available to effectively protect against rotating equipment
failure. BAC can provide either a mechanical or solid-state electronic vibration cutout switch in a
NEMA 4 enclosure to ensure reliable protection. Additional contacts can be provided on either switch
type to activate an alarm. Remote reset capability is also available on either switch type.

Basin Heaters
Cooling towers exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing
of the water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed electric immersion heaters,
which maintain +40°F (4.4°C) water temperature, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such
protection.

Heater Sizing Data


Model Number 0ºF (-17.8ºC) Ambient Heaters (kW) -20ºF (-28.9ºC) Ambient Heaters (kW)
15146 to 15282 8 12
15296 to 15425 12 16

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D46

Electric Water Level Control Package


The electric water level control replaces the standard
mechanical make-up valve when a more precise
water level control is required. This package consists
of a conductance-actuated level control mounted in
the basin and a solenoid activated valve in the
make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to

Open Cooling Towers


minimize water hammer.

Extended Lubrication Lines


Extended lubrication lines are available for lubrication Electric water level control package
of the fan shaft bearings. Fittings are located inside
the plenum area next to the access door.

High Temperature Fill


If operation above 120°F (48.9°C) is anticipated, an
optional high temperature fill material is
available which increases the maximum allowable
entering water temperature to 135°F (57.2°C).

Air Inlet Screens


Wire mesh screens are available factory-installed
over the air inlet louvers to prevent debris from
entering the tower.
Grease fittings at the access door (inset) & bearings
with the extended lubrication line option
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping is an effective method of
eliminating sediment that may collect in the cold
water basin of the tower. A complete piping system,
including nozzles, is provided for connection in the
tower basin to side stream filtration equipment
(by others). For more information on filtration
systems, see page M159.

Side Outlet Depressed Sump Box


A side outlet depressed sump box is available for
field installation below the base of the tower to
facilitate jobsite piping. The outlet connection is Basin sweeper piping
designed to mate with an ASME Class 150 flat face
flange. See the Connection Guide (page M56) for more information on standard and optional unit
connection types.

...because temperature matters™


D47

Engineering Data
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
AIR OUT WATER INLET
Series 1500

AIR IN

AIR IN

8" WATER OUTLET2

ACCESS DOOR
8
MAKE UP

6
OVERFLOW
5
DRAIN

Single Cell Unit


IND. FAN WEIGHTS (lbs) DIMENSIONS
MODEL NOMINAL MOTOR HP MOTOR FAN HEAVIEST INLET
NUMBER TONNAGE9 OPTION (CFM) OPERATING1 SHIPPING SECTION L H A C CONN.2
15146 146 7.5 N/A 40,320 7,920 3,940 3,940
15160 160 10 N/A 44,190 7,940 3,960 3,960 8’ 6” 10’ 3” N/A 9’ 9” 6”
15176 176 15 N/A 48,160 7,990 4,010 4,010
15162 162 7.5 N/A 43,080 8,610 4,200 4,200
15177 177 10 N/A 47,070 8,630 4,220 4,220
8’ 6” 11’ 7” N/A 11’ 1” 6”
15201 201 15 N/A 53,540 8,690 4,280 4,280
15219 219 20 N/A 58,240 8,710 4,300 4,300
15200 200 10 N/A 52,320 11,430 5,350 2,770
15227 227 15 N/A 59,380 11,490 5,410 2,780 8’ 6” 14’ 3” 7’ 5” 13’ 9” 6”
15250 250 20 N/A 65,400 11,510 5,430 2,800
15214 214 10 N/A 56,610 12,450 5,640 2,920
15245 245 15 N/A 64,810 12,510 5,700 2,920
8’ 6” 15’ 7” 8’ 9” 15’ 1” 6”
15270 270 20 N/A 71,420 12,530 5,720 2,920
15282 282 25 N/A 74,600 12,610 5,800 2,920
15296 296 15 (2) 7.5 77,440 15,540 6,750 3,540
15325 325 20 (2) 10 85,030 15,590 6,800 3,590
12’ 1” 14’ 3” 7’ 5” 13’ 9” 8”
15350 350 25 (2) 15 91,560 15,640 6,850 3,640
15368 368 30 (2) 15 96,280 15,660 6,870 3,660
15310 310 15 (2) 7.5 82,000 17,050 7,070 3,540
15340 340 20 (2) 10 89,940 17,100 7,120 3,590
15365 365 25 (2) 15 96,550 17,150 7,170 3,640 12’ 1” 15’ 7” 8’ 9” 15’ 1” 8”
15385 387 30 (2) 15 101,840 17,180 7,200 3,670
15425 428 40 (2) 20 112,340 17,450 7,470 3,940

Notes:
1. Operating weight is based on the water level in the cold water 4. The heaviest section for all models except 15214 through
basin at overflow height. If a lower operating weight is needed 15282 is the upper section. Models 15146 to 15219 ship
to meet design requirements, your local BAC Representative in one piece.
can provide additional assistance. 5. Models 15296 through 15425 – 2 1/8”
2. The specific size of the inlet and outlet connection may vary 6. Models 15296 through 15425 – 8”
with the design cooling water flow rate. Consult unit print for
7. Models 15146 through 15219 and 15296 through
dimensions.
15425 – 2 3/4”
3. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 3" and smaller are
8. Models 15296 through 15425 – 1 1/2”
MPT. Connections 4" and larger are beveled for welding and
mechanically grooved. 9. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water cooled
from 95ºF to 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D48

See page D92


for Engineering
Considerations.

7
AIR OUT WATER INLET

Open Cooling Towers


AIR IN

AIR IN

8" WATER OUTLET

ACCESS DOORS 8
(BOTH ENDS) MAKE UP
6

OVERFLOW

DRAIN

5 5

CONNECTIONS SAME BOTH ENDS

Multi-Cell Units
IND. FAN WEIGHTS (lbs) DIMENSIONS
MODEL NOMINAL MOTOR HP MOTOR FAN HEAVIEST INLET
NUMBER TONNAGE9 OPTION (CFM) OPERATING1 SHIPPING SECTION L H A C D CONN.2
15146-2 292 (2) 7.5 N/A 80,640 15,840 7,880 3,940
15160-2 320 (2) 10 N/A 88,380 15,880 7,920 3,960 17’ 2” 10’ 3” N/A 9’ 9” 4’ 3” (2) 6”
15176-2 352 (2) 15 N/A 96,320 15,890 8,020 4,010
15162-2 324 (2) 7.5 N/A 86,160 17,220 8,400 4,200
15177-2 354 (2) 10 N/A 94,140 17,260 8,440 4,220
17’ 2” 11’ 7” N/A 11’ 1” 4’ 3” (2) 6”
15201-2 402 (2) 15 N/A 106,900 17,380 8,560 4,280
15219-2 438 (2) 20 N/A 116,480 17,420 8,600 4,300
15200-2 400 (2) 10 N/A 104,640 22,860 10,700 2,770
15227-2 454 (2) 15 N/A 118,760 22,980 10,820 2,780 17’ 2” 14’ 3” 7’ 5” 13’ 9” 4’ 3” (2) 6”
15250-2 500 (2) 20 N/A 130,800 23,020 10,860 2,800
15214-2 428 (2) 10 N/A 113,220 24,900 11,280 2,920
15245-2 490 (2) 15 N/A 129,620 25,020 11,400 2,920
17’ 2” 15’ 7” 8’ 9” 15’ 1” 4’ 3” (2) 6”
15270-2 540 (2) 20 N/A 142,840 25,060 11,440 2,920
15282-2 564 (2) 25 N/A 149,200 25,220 11,600 2,920
15296-2 592 (2) 15 (4) 7.5 154,880 31,080 13,500 3,540
15325-2 650 (2) 20 (4) 10 170,060 31,180 13,600 3,590
24’ 5” 14’ 3” 7’ 5” 13’ 9” 6’ 5/8” (2) 8”
15350-2 700 (2) 25 (4) 15 183,120 31,280 13,700 3,640
15368-2 736 (2) 30 (4) 15 192,560 31,320 13,740 3,660
15310-2 620 (2) 15 (4) 7.5 164,000 34,100 14,140 3,540
15340-2 680 (2) 20 (4) 10 179,880 34,200 14,240 3,590
15365-2 730 (2) 25 (4) 15 193,100 34,300 14,340 3,640 24’ 5” 15’ 7” 8’ 9” 15’ 1” 6’ 5/8” (2) 8”
15385-2 774 (2) 30 (4) 15 203,680 34,360 14,400 3,670
15425-2 856 (2) 40 (4) 20 224,860 34,900 14,940 3,940

Notes:
1. Operating weight is for tower with water level in the cold water 4. The heaviest section for all models except 15214 through
basin at overflow. If a lower operating weight is needed to 15282 is the upper section. Models 15146 to 15219 ship
meet design requirements, your local BAC Representative can in one piece.
provide additional assistance. 5. Models 15296 through 15425 – 2 1/8”
2. The specific size of the inlet and outlet connection may vary 6. Models 15296 through 15425 – 8”
with the cooling water design flow rate. Consult unit print for
7. Models 15146 through 15219 and 15296 through
dimensions.
15425 – 2 3/4”
3. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 3" and smaller are
8. Models 15296 through 15425 – 1 1/2”
MPT. Connections 4" and larger are beveled for welding and
mechanically grooved. 9. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water cooled
from 95ºF to an 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

...because temperature matters™


D49

Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for the Series 1500 Cooling Tower consists of parallel I-beams
positioned as shown in the following drawings. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to
raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom of the tower. The Series 1500 may
also be supported on columns at the anchor bolt locations shown in Plan A/C or Plan B. A minimum 12”x12”
(304.8mm x 304.8mm) bearing surface must be provided under each of the concentrated load points (See
Series 1500

Note 5). To support a Series 1500 Cooling Tower on columns or in an alternate steel support arrangement,
consult your local BAC Representative.

Plan A/C Plan B

Plan A/C: Single-Cell and Multi-Cell Units


MODEL NUMBER A L1 L
15146 to 15282 6’ 9-3/4” 8’ 5-3/4” -
15296 to 15425 10’ 5-1/4” 12’ 1-1/4” -
15146-2 to 15282-2 6’ 9-3/4” 8’ 5-3/4” 17’ 2”
15296-2 to 15425-2 10’ 5-1/4” 12’ 1-1/4” 24’ 5”

Plan B: Single-Cell Units Only


MODEL NUMBER A L
15146 to 15282 8’ 3-1/2” 8’ 5-3/4”
15296 to 15425 11’ 11” 12’ 1-1/4”

Notes:
1. Support beams and anchor bolts are to be selected and installed 5. If point vibration isolation is used with multi-cell towers, the
by others. isolators must be located under the supporting steel, not between
the support steel and the cooling towers.
2. All supporting steel must be level at the top.
6. If existing vibration isolator rails are being reused on a
3. Beams must be selected in accordance with accepted structural
replacement project, springs/elastomers must be resized to match
practice. Maximum deflection of beam under unit to be 1/360 of
the new cooling tower weight distribution. Consult your local BAC
span, not to exceed 1/2 inch.
Representative for details.
4. All units can be furnished with an optional vibration isolation
7. When using Alternative Plan A support arrangements with optional
package, if required, to be installed between the tower and
bottom water outlet, size and location restrictions will apply to
supporting steel. The BAC vibration isolation package is designed
water outlet piping. Consider the Cantilevered Plan A support
for units on support Plan A/C. When determining the length of
arrangement or consult your local BAC Representative for details.
steel beams, allow for the length of vibration isolation rails, as they
may be longer than the tower length shown above.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D50

Structural Support Alternatives


For replacement installations, the Series 1500 Cooling Tower has been designed to match the supporting
steel of most existing counterflow and crossflow cooling towers without modifications. Shown below are the
most common steel support arrangements which can be accommodated by the Series 1500. If individual
point support is required, or if steel arrangement is not as shown below, consult your local BAC
Representative for assistance.
Cantilevered Plan A

Open Cooling Towers


Alternative Plan A

Alternative Plan A: Typical Dimensions for Single-Cell and Multi-Cell Units


MODEL NUMBER UNIT REPLACED A B C L1
15146 to 15282 VLT/VST 8’ 9-1/8” 1’ 6-7/16” 8’ 3-1/2” 8’ 5-3/4”
VLT/VST/VXT 8’ 11-1/4” 1’ 5-3/8” 11’ 11” 12’ 1-1/4”
15296 to 15425
VXT/VXMT 9’ 7-1/2” 1’ 1-1/4” 11’ 11” 12’ 1-1/4”
CFT 8’ 0” 1’ 11” 8’ 3-1/2” 8’ 5-3/4”
15146 to 15282
SERIES 3000 8’ 3-1/4” 1’ 9-3/8” 8’ 3-1/2” 8’ 5-3/4”
CFT 8’ 0” 1’ 11” 11’ 11” 12’ 1-1/4”
15296 to 15425
SERIES 3000 9’ 6” 1’ 2” 11’ 11” 12’ 1-1/4”

Cantilevered Plan A: Typical Dimensions for Single-Cell and Multi-Cell Units


MODEL NUMBER UNIT REPLACED A B C1 C2 L1
15146 to 15282 VLT/VST 8’ 9-1/8” 2’ 11-3/4” 8’ 3-1/2” 6’ 9-3/4” 8’ 5-3/4”

VLT/VST/VXT 8’ 11-1/4” 2’ 9-5/8” 11’ 11” 10’ 5-1/4” 12’ 1-1/4”


15296 to 15425
VXT/VXMT 9’ 7-1/2” 2’ 1-3/8” 11’ 11” 10’ 5-1/4” 12’ 1-1/4”
CFT 8’ 0” 3’ 8-7/8” 8’ 3-1/2” 6’ 9-3/4” 8’ 5-3/4”
15146 to 15282
SERIES 3000 8’ 3-1/4” 3’ 5-5/8” 8’ 3-1/2” 6’ 9-3/4” 8’ 5-3/4”

CFT 8’ 0” 3’ 8-7/8” 11’ 11” 10’ 5-1/4” 12’ 1-1/4”


15296 to 15425
SERIES 3000 9’ 6” 2’ 2-7/8” 11’ 11” 10’ 5-1/4” 12’ 1-1/4”

See Notes on previous page.

...because temperature matters™


D51

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.

1.0 Cooling Tower 3. Shall withstand impact of 160 in-lbs per ASTM D2794
without fracture or delamination of the polymer layer;
1.1 General: Furnish and install _____ factory-assem- 4. Shall withstand 6000 hours of ultraviolet radiation
bled, induced draft, crossflow cooling tower(s) with verti- equivalent to 120,000 hours of noontime sun expo
cal air discharge conforming in all aspects to the specifi- sure without loss of functional properties;
Series 1500

cations, schedules and as shown on the plans. Overall 5. Shall withstand 200 thermal shock cycles between -
dimensions shall not exceed approximately _____ft (mm) 25ºF and +180ºF (-32ºC and 82ºC) and without loss
long x _____ ft (mm) wide x _____ ft (mm) high. The total of adhesion or other deterioration;
connected fan horsepower shall not exceed _____ HP 6. Shall withstand 6000 hours of exposure to 60 psi
(kW). The cooling tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil (42184.2 kg/m2) water jet without signs of wear or
Company Model ____________________. erosion.
(Alternate) 1.3 Series 300 Stainless Steel Construction:
1.2 Thermal Capacity: The cooling tower(s) shall be war-
All steel panels and structural members, including the
ranted by the manufacturer to cool _____ USGPM (l/s) of
casing panels, hot and cold water basins, distribution
water from ___ °F(°C) to ___ °F(°C) at ___ °F(°C)
covers, fan deck and fan cylinder shall be constructed of
entering wet bulb temperature. Additionally, the thermal
Series 300 stainless steel and assembled with Series 300
performance shall be certified by the Cooling Technology
stainless steel nut and bolt fasteners. All factory seams in
Institute in accordance with CTI Certification Standard
the cold water basin shall be welded to ensure watertight
STD-201. Lacking such certification, a field acceptance
assembly and shall be unconditionally warranted against
test shall be conducted within the warranty period in
leaks for five (5) years from date of shipment.
accordance with CTI Acceptance Test Code ATC-105, by
the Cooling Technology Institute or other qualified
1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer
independent third party testing agency. Manufacturer’s
shall have a Management System certified by an
performance guarantees or performance bonds without
accredited registrar as complying with the requirements of
CTI Certification or independent field thermal
ISO-9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of products
performance test shall not be accepted. The cooling
and services.
tower shall comply with the energy efficiency
requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1. 1.5 Wind and Seismic Forces: When supported as
recommended, the unit shall be suitable for applications
1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise
requiring equipment anchorage to resist wind loads up to
noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural
30 psf (146.6 kg/m2) acting on the full vertical projected
members shall be constructed of heavy-gauge G-235
area with 16 psf (78.1kg/m2) acting simultaneously on the
(Z700 metric) galvanized steel with all edges given a
full horizontal projected area or seismic forces of 161% of
protective coating of zinc-rich compound.
the operating weight acting in the horizontal direction, and
(Alternate) 1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless 24% of the operating weight acting in the vertical direction
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and applied at the center of gravity. Loads are appropriate for
structural members must be protected with the BALTI- Seismic Zone 4 assuming an Importance factor of 1.0,
BOND® Corrosion Protection System. The system shall and soil profile SD, and rigid mounting to the supporting
consist of G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel structure per the 1997 Uniform Building Code.
prepared in a four-step (clean, pretreat, rinse, dry)
process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting 2.0 Construction Details
hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a
thermally activated curing stage and monitored by a 2.1 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be
23-step quality assurance program. Coatings other than constructed of heavy-gauge steel panels and structural
the BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System must be members. Basin shall include a depressed section with
submitted to the engineer for pre-approval. Approved drain/clean-out connection. The basin area under the fill
equals must have undergone testing, resulting in the shall be sloped toward the depressed section to facilitate
following results as a minimum: cleaning. Standard basin accessories shall include a
1. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able brass make-up valve with a large diameter plastic float for
to withstand 6000 hours of 5% salt spray per ASTM easy adjustment of operating water level.
B117 without blistering, chipping, or loss of adhesion;
2. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able (Alternate) 2.1 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin
to withstand 6000 hours of exposure to acidic shall be constructed of heavy-gauge Series 300 stainless
(pH=4.0) and alkaline (pH=11.0) water solutions at steel panels and structural members. All factory seams
95ºF (35ºC) without signs of chemical attack; shall be welded to ensure watertight construction and

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D52

welded seams shall be warranted against leaks for a performance with minimal sound levels. Air shall
period of five (5) years from date of shipment. Stainless discharge through a fan cylinder designed for streamlined
steel basins with bolted seams are not acceptable. Basin air entry and minimum tip clearance for maximum fan
shall include a depressed section with drain/clean-out efficiency. The top of the fan cylinder shall be equipped
connection. The basin area under the fill shall be sloped with a conical, non-sagging removable fan guard.
toward the depressed center section to facilitate cleaning.
Standard basin accessories shall include a brass make-up 3.2 Bearings: Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by
valve with large diameter plastic float for easy adjustment heavy-duty, self-aligning, grease packed ball bearings with
of the operating water level. moisture proof seals and integral slinger collars, designed
for a minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours (280,000 Hr. Avg.

Open Cooling Towers


2.2 Water Outlet: The water outlet connection shall be Life).
beveled for welding and grooved for mechanical coupling
or bolt hole circle designed to accept an ASME Class 150 3.3 Fan Drive: The fan(s) shall be driven by a one-piece,
flat face flange. The outlet shall be provided with large- multi-groove, solid back V-type powerband with taper lock
area lift out strainers with perforated openings sized sheaves designed for 150% of the motor nameplate
smaller than the water nozzles and an anti-vortexing horsepower. The powerband shall be constructed of neo-
device to prevent air entrainment. The strainer and vortex prene reinforced polyester cord and be specifically
device shall be constructed of the same materials as the designed for cooling tower service.
cold water basin to prevent dissimilar metal corrosion.
3.4 Sheaves: Fan and motor sheave(s) shall be fabricated
2.3 Water Distribution System: The distribution system from corrosion-resistant materials to minimize mainte-
shall be furnished with a single water inlet. The pipe stub nance and ensure maximum drive and powerband
connection shall be beveled for welding and grooved for operating life.
mechanical coupling. The hot water distribution system
shall consist of an integral strainer that feeds to an open 3.5 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed air
gravity type basin, for easy cleaning, and constructed of over (TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type
heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized designed specifically for cooling tower service. The motor
steel. The basins must be accessible from outside the shall be furnished with special moisture protection on
unit and serviceable during tower operation. Basin weirs winding, shafts, and bearings and appropriately labeled
and plastic metering orifices shall be provided to assure for “cooling tower duty.”
even distribution of the water over the fill. Lift-off
distribution covers shall be constructed of heavy-gauge (Alternate) 3.5 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally
G-235 (Z700) hot-dip galvanized steel. Gravity flow enclosed air over (TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball
nozzles shall be snap-in type for easy removal. Should bearing type designed specifically for cooling tower
pressurized nozzles be used, they shall utilize grommets, service. The motor shall be furnished with special
which ensure easy removal. moisture protection on winding, shafts, and bearings and
appropriately labeled for “cooling tower duty.” Fan motors
(Alternate) 2.3 Water Distribution System: The distribution shall be inverter duty type designed per NEMA Standard
system shall be furnished with a single water inlet. The MG1, Section IV Part 31.
pipe stub connection shall be beveled for welding and
grooved for mechanical coupling. The hot water 3.6 Mechanical Equipment Warranty: The fan(s), fan
distribution system shall consist of an integral strainer that shaft(s), bearings, mechanical equipment support, and fan
feeds to an open gravity type basin, for easy cleaning, motor shall be warranted against defects in materials and
and constructed of heavy-gauge, Series 300 stainless workmanship for a period of five (5) years from date of
steel. The basins must be accessible from outside of the shipment.
unit and serviceable during tower operation. Basin weirs
and plastic metering orifices shall be provided to assure 3.7 ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (optional): Two
even distribution of the water over the fill. Lift-off single-speed fan motors, one sized for full speed and
distribution covers shall be constructed of heavy-gauge, load, the other sized for 2/3 speed and approximately 1/3
Series 300 stainless steel. Gravity flow nozzles shall be the full load horsepower, shall be provided for capacity
snap-in type for easy removal. Should pressurized control and stand-by protection from drive or motor failure.
nozzles be used, they shall utilize grommets, which Two-speed motor(s) are not an acceptable alternative.
ensure easy removal. (Alternate) 3.4 BALTIGUARD PLUS™ Fan System: Two
single speed fan motors, one sized for load, the other
3.0 Mechanical Equipment sized for 1/3 of the full load horsepower shall be provided
in each cell for capacity control and standby protection
3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be axial flow with aluminum alloy
blades selected to provide optimum cooling tower thermal

...because temperature matters™


D53

from drive or motor failure. The manufacturer of the equip- (Alternate) 7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the
ment shall supply controls for the larger motor, a VFD for local environment, the cooling tower shall be furnished
the smaller motor and factory programmed logic controller with a low sound fan. The thermal performance of the
to maximize energy saving for off peak load and wet-bulb cooling tower when furnished with the low sound fan shall
conditions. be certified by the Cooling Technology Institute in
accordance with paragraph 1.2 of this specification.
4.0 Fill and Drift Eliminators Maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 50 ft
(15240 mm) from the cooling tower operating at full fan
4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The fill and integral drift elimi-
speed shall not exceed the sound levels detailed below.
nators shall be formed from self-extinguishing (per ASTM-
568) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having a flame spread rating
Series 1500

Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)


of 5 per ASTM E84 and shall be impervious to rot, decay,
fungus and biological attack. The fill shall be suitable for Discharge

entering water temperatures up to and including 120°F Air Inlet


(48.8°C). The fill shall be manufactured, tested and rated Side wall
by the cooling tower manufacturer and shall be elevated Back wall
above the cold water basin to facilitate cleaning. 8.0 Accessories:
(Alternate) 4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The high tempera- 8.1 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibration isolation
ture fill and integral drift eliminators shall be formed from rails, constructed of steel channels and base plates,
self-extinguishing (per ASTM-568) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) painted with a rust-resistant primer shall be provided to
having a flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84 and shall
minimize vibration transmission from the tower to the
be impervious to rot, decay, fungus and biological attack.
building structure. The isolators shall be designed for a
The high temperature fill shall be suitable for entering
static deflection of 1” (25.4 mm) and a maximum wind
water temperatures up to and including 135°F (57.2°C).
speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
The fill shall be manufactured, tested and rated by the
cooling tower manufacturer and shall be elevated above (Alternate) 8.1 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibra-
the cold water basin to facilitate cleaning. tion isolation rails, constructed of steel channels and base
plates, coated with a 0.003” (.076 mm) layer of zinc after
5.0 Air Inlet Louvers fabrication shall be provided to minimize vibration trans-
mission from the tower to the building structure. The isola-
5.1 Air Inlet Louvers: Air inlet louvers shall be separate tors shall be designed for a static deflection of 1” (25.4
from the fill and be removable to provide easy access for mm) and a maximum wind speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
inspection of the air/water interface at the louver surface.
Louvers shall prevent water splash-out during fan cycling 8.2 Basin Heater(s): The cooling tower cold water basin
and be constructed of maintenance free, corrosion resist- shall be provided with electric heater(s) to prevent freezing
ant, UV protected, fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP). in low ambient conditions. The heater(s) shall be selected
to maintain 40°F (4.4°C) basin water temperatures at
(Alternate) 5.1 FM Approval (Multi-cell): The cooling towers _____°F (°C) ambient. The heater(s) shall be
shall be constructed with galvanized steel casing panels ______V/____phase/___Hz electric and shall be provided
and louvers that shall meet the requirements of FM. with low water cutout and thermostat.
(Alternate) 5.1 FM Approval (Multi-cell): The cooling towers
shall be constructed with Series 300 stainless steel casing (Alternate) 8.2 Basin Heaters: A steam coil shall be factory
panels and louvers that shall meet the requirements of FM. installed in the depressed section of the cold water basin
to prevent freezing during cold water shutdown. The
6.0 Access steam coil shall be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.4°C)
basin water temperature at a –20°F (-28.8°C) ambient
6.1 Plenum Access: Hinged access doors shall be provid- temperature given 5 psig (34 Kpa) at the coil inlet
ed on two sides of the tower for access into plenum sec- connection.
tion.

7.0 Sound (Alternate) 8.2 Basin Heaters: A steam injector shall be


factory installed in the cold water basin section to prevent
7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local envi- freezing during cold water shutdown. Steam injector shall
ronment, the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) meas- be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.4°C) basin water
ured 50 ft (15240 mm) from the cooling tower operating at temperature at a ___°F (°C) ambient temperature given
full fan speed shall not exceed the sound levels detailed 10 psig (68 Kpa) at the inlet connection.
below. If the tower exceeds these conditions the tower
must be either oversized and reduced in horsepower, pro-
vided with a low sound fan, or provided with sound attenu-
ation.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D54

8.3 Basin Water Level Control: The cooling tower manufac- ed load. Other components of the cooling tower, i.e. basin
turer shall provide an electric water level control (EWLC) floor and fill/drift eliminators, shall not be considered an
system. The system shall consist of water level sensing and internal working surface. Cooling tower manufacturers that
control units in quantities and locations as indicated on the require that these surfaces be used as a working platform
drawings. Each water level sensing and control unit shall shall provide a 5-year extended warranty to the Owner to
consist of the following: NEMA 4 enclosure with gasketed repair any damage to these surfaces caused by routine
access cover; solid state controls including all necessary maintenance.
relays and contacts to achieve the specified sequence of
operation; stainless steel water level sensing electrodes with 8.8 Fan Cylinder Extension: To extend the height of the
brass holder; Schedule 40 PVC standpipe assembly with tower equal to the surrounding enclosure, the cooling tower

Open Cooling Towers


vent holes, and all necessary stainless steel mounting shall be provided with ____ft (mm) of fan cylinder extension.
hardware. Provide PVC union directly below the control The fan cylinder extension shall match the construction of
enclosure to facilitate the removal and access of electrodes the fan deck.
and control enclosure.
9.0 Equipment Controls (Optional)
The number and position of water level sensing electrodes 9.1 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency drive
shall be provided to sense the following: high water level , (VFD) shall be provided for each fan motor. The supplier of
low water level, high water alarm level, low water alarm, and the VFD shall be the manufacturer of the evaporative cooling
heater safety cutout. equipment. The VFD shall have a 3-contactor bypass, 3%
input line reactor, a removable keypad, an RS232 terminal
8.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide mechanical local reset for PC connection, and a circuit breaker disconnect. Fuse
vibration switch. The mechanical vibration cut out switch will protection will not be accepted. Control voltage shall be 24V
be guaranteed to trip at a point so as not to cause damage to minimize the size of the enclosure which should not
to the cooling tower. To ensure this, the trip point will be a exceed _____ ft x _____ ft x ____ ft and the weight should
frequency range of 0 to 3,600 RPM and a trip point of 0.2 to not exceed ____ lbs. VFD shall be provided in a NEMA
2.0 g’s. (1)(3R)(12) enclosure. The VFD shall be compatible with a
(ModBus) (LonWorks) (Johnson N2) Building Automation
(Alternate) 8.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide electronic System.
remote reset vibration switch with contact for BAS monitor-
ing. Wiring shall be by the installing contractor. The elec- OR
tronic vibration cut out switch shall be set to trip at a point so
as not to cause damage to the cooling tower. The trip point 9.1 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall be
will be 0.45 in/sec (0.0114 m/sec). provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling equipment.
The panel shall include full voltage, non-reversing (FVNR)
8.5 Basin Sweeper Piping: The cold water basin of the cool- fan motor and pump motor (if applicable) starters in a
ing tower shall be equipped with PVC basin sweeper piping common enclosure. The panel shall be provided with a main
with plastic eductor nozzles. The piping should create a grid a circuit breaker disconnect and a separate circuit breaker
under the fill section and force all dirt and debris to the for each motor or speed. Fuse protection will not be
depressed section of the cold water basin. accepted. Panels containing basin heaters shall have an
Earth Leakage Breaker containing ground fault protection.
8.6 Air Intake Option: Provide removable hot dip galvanized Starters above 25 A shall be NEMA rated. IEC starters will
steel 1”x1” (25.4 mm x 25.4 mm) mesh air intake screens. be accepted for motors below 25 A. Panel shall include a
120V/60Hz control power transformer, Hand-Off-Auto
(Alternate) 8.6 Air Intake Option: Provide removable hot dip switches for each starter or contactor, and pilot lights for
galvanized steel 1”x1” (25.4 mm x 25.4 mm) mesh air intake each component. Enclosed controls shall be provided in a
screens protected with the BALTIBOND® Corrosion NEMA (1)(3R)(4)(4X)(12) enclosure.
Protection system or Series 300 stainless steel.
Optional enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor
(Alternate) 8.6 Air intake Option: Provide removable Series shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A temperature
300 stainless steel 1”x1” (25.4 mm x 25.4 mm) mesh air controller shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)
intake screens. (A basin heater contactor with circuit breaker shall be
provided.)(A vibration cutout switch input shall be provided.)
8.7 Access Door Platform: A galvanized steel platform and
aluminum ladder to grade shall be provided at an access 9.2 Safety Switch(es): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety
door to access the plenum section of the cooling tower. All disconnect switch shall be provided by the manufacturer of
working surfaces shall be able to withstand 50 psf (244 the evaporative cooling equipment. Switch shall be single-
kg/m2) live load or 200 pound (90.7 kg) concentrated load. throw, 3-pole design, rated up to 600 VAC. Switch shall have
triple padlocking capability, a visible double break rotary
8.7 Internal Platform: An internal platform shall be provided blade mechanism, a clearly visible On/Off handle, an
in the plenum section to provide for inspection and mainte- interlocking mechanism to prevent door opening with handle
nance. All working surfaces shall be able to withstand 50 in On position, and a clear line shield. Safety switch shall be
psf (244 kg/m2) live load or 200 pound (90.7 kg) concentrat- provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure.

...because temperature matters™


D55

Philadelphia Wachovia Center


BAC Series 1500 Cooling Towers and ICE CHILLER® Thermal
Storage Coils are part of the Energy-Saving HVAC System
Project Report

Facility Owner/Operator:
Comcast-Spectacor

Architect:
Ellerbe Becket, Kansas City, MO

Consulting Engineer:
Flack & Kurtz, New York, NY

Mechanical Contractor:
Herman Goldner Co.,
Philadelphia, PA

The Wachovia Center in Philadelphia, PA is designed with extensive building envelope features and
HVAC energy-efficiency measures that are predicted to save over $250,00 in annual energy usage
costs and demand charges. The state-of-the-art facility can seat up to 21,000 people at concerts and
sports events such as basketball, hockey and lacrosse games. Baltimore Aircoil Company Series 1500
Cooling Towers and ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils are integral to the energy-saving HVAC
system at the facility.

The seven-cell BAC Series 1500 Cooling Towers provide the cooling water for the chiller system which
cools three areas of the building independently on a zoned basis. Series 1500 Cooling Towers were
chosen because their light weight, compact size and single-side air entry permitted locating them in a
narrow, roof-top enclosure on the front of the building. The towers are hidden behind the architectural
screen wall in the photo above.

Eight (8) BAC ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils are located in a concrete vault behind the arena,
to handle the building’s cyclical cooling demands. The internal melt thermal storage system cools a
solution of ethylene glycol to supplement the chillers during peak loads. The coils can build almost
800,000 lbs. of ice in an eight hour period.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D56

FXT
Open Cooling Towers

Open Cooling Towers


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D57

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D59

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D61

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D63

Structural Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D64

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D65

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D67

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D92


D57

FXT
Cooling Towers
Single Cell Capacity:
6 – 268 Nominal Tons
FXT

18 – 804 GPM at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF

FXT Cooling Towers deliver independently verified, fully rated thermal performance over a wide range of flow
and temperature requirements. Standard design features satisfy today’s environmental concerns, minimize
installation costs, maximize operating reliability, and simplify maintenance requirements.

FXT Cooling Towers


• Low energy consumption
• Low installed cost
• Easy maintenance
• Long service life
• ASHRAE Standard 90.1 compliant
• 5-year warranty on mechanical equipment

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D58

Open Cooling Towers

...because temperature matters™


D59

Benefits
Low Energy Consumption
• Evaporative cooling equipment minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system because it
provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving natural resources
FXT

and reducing environmental impact.


• The FXT provides the heat rejection required at the lowest possible energy input via:
• High efficiency, low horsepower axial fans
• High efficiency BACross® Fill, which provides maximum air/water contact time
at low air pressure drops
• Variable frequency drives (optional) (see page G1 for details)
• All units meet or exceed ASHRAE Standard 90.1 energy efficiency requirements.

Low Installed Cost


• All single cell FXT Cooling Towers ship
completely assembled, minimizing
installation time and cost:
• No motors to mount
• No sheaves to align
• No belts to install
• No make-up system to assemble

This single cell unit is placed with one lift


and ships fully assembled

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D60

Easy Maintenance
• Easy access – The interior of the unit is
accessible through a circular access doors
for adjusting the float valve, cleaning the
strainer or flushing the basin

Open Cooling Towers


• Motor location – The fan motor is
located on the exterior of the unit for easy
maintenance and belt adjustment. On most
models, a single threaded bolt and nut
assembly further simplifies belt adjustment.

• Easy lubrication – Fittings for extended


lubrication lines are provided as standard Circular access door
on the exterior of the unit for bearing lubrication.

Long Service Life


• Materials of construction – Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance, unit
operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project (see page D62 for construction options).

The fan motor is easily accessible at the base of the unit’s exterior

...because temperature matters™


D61

Construction Details
FXT

4
7

3
5

10
6

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D62

1 Heavy-Duty Construction 5 BACross Fill with Integral


®

• G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized Drift Eliminators


steel panels • High efficiency heat transfer surface
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
2 Fan Drive System • Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
• Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-77a
• Direct drive: Models FXT-6 through FXT-20

Open Cooling Towers


• V-belt drive: Models FXT-26 and above
• Heavy-duty bearings (280,000 hour 6 Air Inlet Cylinder
average life) • Streamlines air entry for maximum efficiency
• Extended lubrication lines
• Cooling tower duty fan motor
7 Inlet Screens
• 5-year motor and drive
warranty • Protection from moving parts
• Easily removed for access to fans, bearings,
motor and drives
3
Low HP Axial Fan(s)
• High efficiency 8 Water Make-up Valve Assembly
• Corrosion resistant • Bronze float valve
• Large diameter plastic float
4 Water Distribution System
• Non-clog nozzles 9 Strainer
• Low pump head gravity distribution basin • Anti-vortexing design to prevent
air entrainment
• Steel distribution covers (not shown)

10 Access Door
• Circular access door

Construction Options
• Standard Construction:
All steel panels and structural elements are constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 metric)
hot-dip galvanized steel.

• Optional BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System:


The BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment
life, is applied to all hot-dip galvanized steel components of the cooling tower.

• Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:


A Series 300 stainless steel cold water basin is provided on most models.

• Optional Stainless Steel Construction:


All steel panels and structural elements are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel.

See page M26 for more details on the materials described above.
Factory Mutual Approval: FXT Cooling Towers are available with Factory Mutual (FM) Approved
construction as an option.

...because temperature matters™


D63

Accessories
Vibration Cutout Switch
A factory mounted vibration cutout switch is available to effectively protect against equipment failure due
to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide either a mechanical or
solid-state electronic vibration cutout switch in a NEMA 4 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Additional contacts can be provided to either switch type to activate an alarm.
FXT

Basin Heaters
Cooling towers exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing of
the water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed electric immersion heaters, which
maintain +40°F (4.4°C) water temperature, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection.

Heater Sizing Data


0˚F (-17.8˚C) Ambient Heaters -20˚F (-28.9˚C) Ambient Heaters
Model Numbers Number of Heaters kW per Heater Number of Heaters kW per Heater
FXT - 6, 7.5 1 2 1 2
FXT - 11 to 20 1 2 1 3
FXT - 26 to 68 1 3 1 5
FXT - 74 to 99 1 4 1 6
FXT - 115 to 142 2 3 2 5
FXT - 160 to 268 2 4 2 6

Electric Water Level Control Package


The electric water level control replaces the standard mechanical
make-up valve when a more precise water level control is required.
This package consists of a conductance-actuated level control
mounted in the basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-up
water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize water hammer.

High Temperature Fill


If operation above 125°F (51.7°C) is anticipated, an optional high
temperature fill material is available which increases the maximum Electric water level control
allowable entering water temperature to 140°F (60.0°C).

Discharge Screens
Wire mesh screens are available to cover the discharge of the tower to prevent debris from entering the
eliminators and cold water basin.

Discharge Air Turning Vanes


Discharge air turning vanes are available to direct the discharge air up and away from the unit. The
turning vanes are installed at the factory on the discharge of the tower and require no increase in fan
motor horsepower.

Equipment Controls
BAC control panels are specifically designed to work seamlessly with all BAC units and engineered to
meet your particular application. For more information on BAC Equipment Controls, see pages G1-G13.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D64

Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for the FXT Cooling Tower consists of parallel “I” beams
positioned as shown in the drawings. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to
raise the unit above any solid foundation to assure access to the bottom of the tower. FXT towers may
also be supported on columns at the anchor bolt locations shown, if required. A minimum bearing
surface of 6” x 6” (152.4mm x 152.4mm) inches square must be provided under each of the concen-

Open Cooling Towers


trated load points.

Plan A (Recommended) Plan B (Alternate-Single Cell Only)

Weight (lbs)
Model Number L W P1 P2
Shipping Operating
FXT - 6 370 980 1’ 3” 5’ 1” 264 226
FXT - 7.5 370 980 1’ 3” 5’ 1” 264 226
FXT - 11 470 1,420 2’ 5’ 1” 369 341
FXT - 16 570 1,330 2’ 5’ 1” 372 293
FXT - 20 590 1,350 2’ 5’ 1” 378 297
FXT - 26 940 2,080 3’ 6” 5’ 1” 624 416
FXT - 30 950 2,090 3’ 6” 5’ 1” 627 418
FXT - 33 950 2,090 3’ 6” 5’ 1” 627 418
FXT - 38 1,000 2,420 3’ 6” 5’ 1” 726 484
FXT - 42 1,000 2,420 3’ 6” 5’ 1” 726 484
FXT - 47 1,020 2,440 3’ 6” 5’ 1” 732 488
FXT - 58 1,220 3,140 5’ 5’ 1” 989 581
FXT - 68 1,230 2,150 5’ 5’ 1” 992 583
FXT - 74 1,720 4,230 5’ 7’ 1-7/8” 1,163 952
FXT - 87 1,730 4,240 5’ 7’ 1-7/8” 1,166 954
FXT - 99 1,770 4,280 5’ 7’ 1-7/8” 1,178 962
FXT - 115 2,220 6,080 8’ 7’ 1-7/8” 1,672 1,368
FXT - 130 2,260 6,120 8’ 7’ 1-7/8” 1,683 1,377
FXT - 142 2,300 6,160 8’ 7’ 1-7/8” 1,695 1,385
FXT - 160 2,880 8,030 11’ 7’ 1-7/8” 2,208 1,807
FXT - 175 2,920 8,070 11’ 7’ 1-7/8” 2,219 1,816
FXT - 200 2,970 8,120 11’ 7’ 1-7/8” 2,234 1,826
FXT - 216 3,560 9,420 11’ 7’ 1-7/8” 2,543 2,167
FXT - 250 3,610 9,470 11’ 7’ 1-7/8” 2,557 2,178
FXT - 268 3,630 9,490 11’ 7’ 1-7/8” 2,563 2,182

Notes:
1. Support beams and anchor bolts are to be selected and 4. When determining the length of the supporting steel, allow for the
installed by others. length of the vibration isolation rails as they are sometimes longer
than the cooling tower dimensions shown.
2. All support steel must be level at the top.
5. Operating weight is based on the water level in cold water basin at
3. The BAC standard vibration isolation rail package is designed
overflow height.
for support Plan A.

...because temperature matters™


D65

Engineering Data
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

Models FXT-6 to 68
FXT

† Inlet piping must rest on the flow


divider located 7/8” below the top of the
water distribution box. The inlet piping
to the distribution box must be the
correct size, as indicated below.

Model Nominal Airflow Dimensions Weights (lbs) Connection Sizes


Motor HP
Number Tonnage (CFM) L W H A B C Operating Shipping Inlet Outlet
FXT - 6 6 1/3 2,400 2’ 1/8” 6’ 9-3/8” 4’ 7-7/8” 22 5/8” 7” 1’ 8-1/2” 980 370 3” 3”
FXT - 7.5 7.5 1/2 3,000 2’ 1/8” 6’ 9-3/8” 4’ 7-7/8” 22 5/8” 7” 1’ 8-1/2” 980 370 3” 3”
FXT - 11 11 1/2 4,400 3’ 1/8” 6’ 9-7/8” 4’ 7-7/8” 22 5/8” 7” 1’ 8-1/2” 1,420 470 3” 3”
FXT - 16 16 1/2 5,700 3’ 1/8” 6’ 10-7/8” 5’ 11-7/8” 19 3/4” 7 1/2” 1’ 8-1/2” 1,330 570 4” 4”
FXT - 20 20 1 7,100 3’ 1/8” 6’ 10-7/8” 5’ 11-7/8” 19 3/4” 7 1/2” 1’ 8-1/2” 1,350 590 4” 4”
FXT - 26 26 1 9,200 4’ 6-1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 5’ 11-7/8” 19 3/4” 6 7/8” 1’ 8” 2,080 940 4” 4”
FXT - 30 30 1 1/2 10,600 4’ 6-1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 5’ 11-7/8” 19 3/4” 6 7/8” 1’ 8” 2,090 950 4” 4”
FXT - 33 33 2 11,700 4’ 6-1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 5’ 11-7/8” 19 3/4” 7 7/8” 1’ 8” 2,090 950 4” 4”
FXT - 38 38 1 1/2 12,100 4’ 6-1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 7’ 3-1/4” 16 7/8” 7 7/8” 1’ 10-1/2” 2,420 1,000 6” 6”
FXT - 42 42 2 13,400 4’ 6-1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 7’ 3-1/4” 16 7/8” 7 7/8” 1’ 10-1/2” 2,420 1,000 6” 6”
FXT - 47 47 3 15,000 4’ 6-1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 7’ 3-1/4” 16 7/8” 7 7/8” 1’ 10-1/2” 2,440 1,020 6” 6”
FXT - 58 58 3 18,500 6’ 1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 7’ 3-1/4” 16 7/8” 7 7/8” 1’ 10-1/2” 3,140 1,220 6” 6”
FXT - 68 68 5 21,700 6’ 1/8” 7’ 7-7/8” 7’ 3-1/4” 16 7/8” 7 7/8” 1’ 10-1/2” 3,150 1,230 6” 6”

Notes:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 6” and smaller are MPT and connections 8” and larger are beveled for welding.
2. Operating weight is based on the water level in cold water basin at overflow height.
3. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from 95ºF to 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D66

See page D92


for Engineering
Models FXT-74 to 268 Considerations.

Open Cooling Towers


7' - 3 3/8"

† Inlet piping must rest on the flow


divider located 7/8” below the top of the
water distribution box. The inlet piping
to the distribution box must be the
correct size, as indicated below.

Model Nominal Airflow Dimensions Weights (lbs) Connection Sizes


Motor HP
Number Tonnage (CFM) L H A B C Operating Shipping Inlet Outlet
FXT -74 74 3 21,800 6’ 1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 4,230 1,720 8” 8”
FXT - 87 87 5 25,600 6’ 1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 4,240 1,730 8” 8”
FXT - 99 99 7 1/2 29,100 6’ 1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 4,280 1,770 8” 8”
FXT - 115 115 5 33,900 9’ 1-1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 6,080 2,220 8” 8”
FXT - 130 130 7 1/2 38,300 9’ 1-1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 6,120 2,260 8” 8”
FXT - 142 142 10 41,800 9’ 1-1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 6,160 2,300 8” 8”
FXT - 160 160 7 1/2 47,100 12’ 1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 8,030 2,880 8” 8”
FXT - 175 175 10 51,500 12’ 1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 8,070 2,920 8” 8”
FXT - 200 200 15 58,900 12’ 1/8” 8’ 4” 4’ 1-3/8” 8 1/2” 2’ 1-1/8” 8,120 2,970 8” 8”
FXT - 216 216 10 56,400 12’ 1/8” 11” 3’ 7-3/4” 8 1/2” 2’ 3-1/8” 9,420 3,560 8” 8”
FXT - 250 250 15 65,300 12’ 1/8” 11” 3’ 7-3/4” 8 1/2” 2’ 3-1/8” 9,470 3,610 8” 8”
FXT - 268 268 20 70,000 12’ 1/8” 11” 3’ 7-3/4” 8 1/2” 2’ 3-1/8” 9,490 3,630 8” 8”

Notes:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 6” and smaller are MPT and connections 8” and larger are beveled for welding.
2. Operating weight is based on the water level in cold water basin at overflow height.
3. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from 95ºF to 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

...because temperature matters™


D67

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.

1.0 Cooling Tower 4. Shall withstand 6000 hours of ultraviolet radiation


equivalent to 120,000 hours of noontime sun
1.1 General: Furnish and install ___ factory-assembled, exposure without loss of functional properties;
forced-draft, crossflow cooling tower(s). The tower(s) shall 5. Shall withstand 200 thermal shock cycles between -
have air entry on one side only. The tower(s) shall have 25ºF (-32ºC) and +180ºF (82ºC) without loss of
FXT

the fan and all moving parts located in the dry entering adhesion or other deterioration;
airstream to provide greater reliability and long life. Overall 6. Shall withstand 6000 hours of exposure to 60 psi
dimensions shall not exceed approximately ____ft (mm) (42,184.5 kg/m2) water jet without signs of wear or
long x ____ft (mm) wide, with an overall height not erosion.
exceeding ____ft (mm). The total connected fan horse-
power shall not exceed ___ HP (kW). The cooling tower (Alternate) 1.3 Stainless Steel Construction: Unless
shall be Baltimore Aircoil Company Model FXT _____. otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and
structural members shall be constructed of Series 300
1.2 Thermal Capacity: The cooling tower(s) shall be war- stainless steel and assembled with Series 300 stainless
ranted by the manufacturer to cool _____ USGPM (l/s) of steel nut and bolt fasteners.
water from ___ºF (ºC) to ___ºF (ºC) at ___ºF (ºC) entering
wet-bulb temperature. Additionally, the performance shall 1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer
be certified by the Cooling Technology Institute in accor- shall have a Management System certified by an
dance with CTI Certification Standard STD-201. Lacking accredited registrar as complying with the requirements of
such certification, a field acceptance test shall be conduct- ISO-9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of products
ed within the warranty period in accordance with CTI and services.
Acceptance Test Code ATC-105, by the Cooling
Technology Institute or other CTI-accredited independent 2.0 Construction Details
testing agency. The cooling tower(s) shall comply with the
energy efficiency requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1. 2.1 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge, hot-dip galvanized steel.
1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise Standard accessories shall include circular access doors,
noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural large-area, lift-out hot-dip galvanized steel strainers with
members shall be constructed of heavy-gauge, G-235 perforated openings sized smaller than water distribution
(Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel with all cut edges nozzle orifices, an integral anti-vortexing hood to prevent
given a protective coating of zinc-rich compound. air entrainment, and a bronze make-up valve with large
diameter plastic float, arranged for easy adjustment.
(Alternate) 1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and (Alternate) 2.1 Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin: All steel
structural members shall be protected with the components in the cold water basin below the overflow
BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System. The system level and in contact with the basin water shall be made of
shall consist of G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized Series 300 stainless steel. All other steel panels and
steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry) structural elements shall be made from heavy-gauge
process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting, G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel, with cut
hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a ther- edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich compound.
mally activated curing stage and monitored by a
2.2 Water Distribution System: Hot water distribution basin
23-step quality assurance program. Coatings other than
shall be open gravity type and constructed of heavy-
the BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System must be
gauge, G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel.
submitted to the engineer for pre-approval. Approved
Basin weirs and plastic metering orifices shall be provided
equals must have undergone testing, resulting in the fol-
to assure even distribution of water over the fill surface.
lowing results as a minimum:
Lift-off distribution covers shall be constructed of heavy-
1. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able
gauge, G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel.
to withstand 6000 hours of 5% salt spray per ASTM
B117 without blistering, chipping, or loss of adhesion; 3.0 Mechanical Equipment
2. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able
to withstand 6000 hours of exposure to acidic 3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow type. Air
(pH=4.0) and alkaline (pH=11.0) water solutions at shall be forced into the tower through a fan cylinder
95ºF (35ºC) without signs of chemical attack; designed for streamlined air entry and minimum fan blade
3. Shall withstand impact of 160 in-lbs per ASTM tip clearance for maximum fan efficiency.
D2794 without fracture or delamination of the
polymer layer;

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D68

3.2 Bearings: Fan(s) shall be mounted directly on the 5.0 Accessories


motor shaft or mounted on a horizontal solid steel shaft
5.1 Basin Heater(s): The cooling tower cold water basin
supported by two heavy-duty, self-aligning, relubricatable
shall be provided with electric heater(s) to prevent freezing
ball bearings with cast iron housings and designed for
in low ambient conditions. The heater(s) shall be selected
minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours (280,000 Hr. Avg. Life).
to maintain 40°F (4.4°C) basin water temperatures at
Extended lubrication lines are provided for ease of
_____°F (°C) ambient. The heater(s) shall be
maintenance.
______V/____phase/___Hz electric and shall be provided
with low water cutout and thermostat.
3.3 Fan Drive: Fan(s) shall be direct driven or driven by
V-belts designed for not less than 150% of motor
5.2 Basin Water Level Control: The cooling tower

Open Cooling Towers


nameplate horsepower. Drives and all moving parts shall
manufacturer shall provide an electric water level control
be protected by removable steel screens that shall ship
(EWLC) system. The system shall consist of water level
installed on the unit.
sensing and control units in quantities and locations as
indicated on the drawings. Each water level sensing and
3.4 Fan Motor(s): Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed
control unit shall consist of the following: NEMA 4
fan cooled (TEFC), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing
enclosure with gasketed access cover; solid state controls
type, designed specifically for cooling tower service. The
including all necessary relays and contacts to achieve the
motor shall be furnished with special moisture protection
specified sequence of operation; stainless steel water level
on winding, shafts and bearings and labeled specifically
sensing electrodes with bronze holder; Schedule 40 PVC
for “Cooling Tower Duty.”
standpipe assembly with vent holes, and all necessary
(Alternate) 3.4 Fan Motor(s): Fan motor(s) shall be totally stainless steel mounting hardware. Provide PVC union
enclosed fan cooled (TEFC), reversible, squirrel cage, ball directly below the control enclosure to facilitate the
bearing type, designed specifically for cooling tower removal and access of electrodes and control enclosure.
service. The motor shall be furnished with special
The number and position of water level sensing electrodes
moisture protection on winding, shafts and bearings and
shall be provided to sense the following: high water level,
labeled specifically for “Cooling Tower Duty.” Fan motors
low water leve, high water alarm level, low water alarm
shall be inverter duty type designed per NEMA Standard
level, and heater safety cutout.
MG1, Section IV, Part 31.
5.3 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide a mechanical local
3.5 Mechanical Equipment Warranty: The fan(s), fan
reset vibration switch. The mechanical vibration cutout
shaft(s), bearings, mechanical equipment support and fan
switch shall be guaranteed to trip at a point so as not to
motor shall be warranted against defects in materials and
cause damage to the cooling tower. To ensure this, the
workmanship for a period of five (5) years from date of
trip point will be set in a frequency range of 0 to 3,600
shipment.
RPM and a trip point of 0.2 to 2.0 g’s.
4.0 Fill and Drift Eliminators (Alternate) 5.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide an
electronic remote reset vibration switch with contact for
4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The fill and integral drift
BAS monitoring. Wiring shall be by the installing
eliminators shall be formed from self-extinguishing
contractor. The electronic vibration cutout switch shall be
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having a flame spread rating of 5
set to trip at a point so as not to cause damage to the
per ASTM E84 and shall be impervious to rot, decay, and
cooling tower. To ensure this, the trip point will be set in a
fungus or biological attack. The fill shall be suitable for
frequency range of 2 to 1000 Hertz and a trip point of 0.45
entering water temperatures up to and including 125°F
in/sec (0.0114 m/sec).
(51.7°C). The fill shall be manufactured and performance
tested by the cooling tower manufacturer to provide single
source responsibility and assure control of the final
product.

4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The fill and integral drift
eliminators shall be formed from self-extinguishing
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having a flame spread rating of 5
per ASTM E84 and shall be impervious to rot, decay, and
fungus or biological attack. The high temperature fill shall
be suitable for entering water temperatures up to and
including 140°F (60.0°C). The fill shall be manufactured
and performance tested by the cooling tower manufacturer
to provide single source responsibility and assure control
of the final product.

...because temperature matters™


D69

5.4 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency drive


(VFD) specifically configurated shall be provided for each
fan motor. The supplier of the VFD shall be the
manufacturer of the evaporative cooling equipment. The
VFD shall have a 3-contactor bypass, 3% input line
reactor, a removable keypad, an RS232 terminal for PC
connection, and a circuit breaker disconnect. Fuse
protection will not be accepted. Control voltage shall be
24V to minimize the size of the enclosure which should not
exceed _____ ft (mm) x _____ ft (mm) x ____ ft (mm) and
FXT

the weight should not exceed ____ lbs. VFD shall be


provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure. The VFD shall
be compatible with a (ModBus) (LonWorks) (Johnson N2)
Building Automation System.

OR

5.4 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall be


provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling equip-
ment. The panel shall include full voltage, non-reversing
(FVNR) fan motor and pump motor (if applicable) starters
in a common enclosure. The panel shall be provided with a
main circuit breaker disconnect and a separate circuit
breaker for each motor or speed. Fuse protection will not
be accepted. Panels containing basin heaters shall have
an Earth Leakage Breaker containing ground fault
protection. Starters above 25 A shall be NEMA rated.
IEC starters will be accepted for motors below 25 A. Panel
shall include a 120V/60Hz control power transformer,
Hand-Off-Auto switches for each starter or contactor, and
pilot lights for each component. Enclosed controls shall be
provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(4)(4X)(12) enclosure.Optional
enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor shall be
provided with the enclosed controls.)(A temperature
controller shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)
(A basin heater contactor with circuit breaker shall be pro-
vided.)(A vibration cutout switch input shall be provided.)

5.5 Safety Switch(es ): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety


disconnect switch shall be provided by the manufacturer of
the evaporative cooling equipment. Switch shall be single-
throw, 3-pole design, rated up to 600 VAC. Switch shall
have triple padlocking capability, a visible double break
rotary blade mechanism, a clearly visible On/Off handle,
an interlocking mechanism to prevent door opening with
handle in On position, and a clear line shield. Safety
switch shall be provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D70

Series V
Open Cooling Towers

Open Cooling Towers


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D71

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D73

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D75

Custom Features & Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D77

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D79

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D81

Structural Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D87

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D89

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D92


D71

Series V Cooling Towers


Single Cell Capacity:
12 – 1,335 Nominal Tons
36 – 4,005 GPM at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF
Series V

Series V Cooling Towers deliver independently verified, fully rated thermal performance over a wide range of
flow and temperature requirements. The Series V can be installed indoors and is available in a low profile
version to accommodate limited ceiling or enclosure heights. It is also suitable for high temperature
applications with entering water temperatures of up to 170ºF. The Series V minimizes sound levels and
installation costs, provides year-round operating reliability, and simplifies maintenance requirements.

Series V Cooling Towers


• Suitable for indoor and outdoor installations
• Low profile models available
• Suitable for high temperature applications
• Low sound
• Single side air inlet
• Low energy consumption
• Low installed cost
• Easy maintenance
• Reliable year-round operation
• Long service life
• ASHRAE Standard 90.1 compliant
• Five-year warranty on mechanical equipment

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D72

Open Cooling Towers

...because temperature matters™


D73

Benefits
Installation and Application Flexibility
• Indoor Installations – Centrifugal fans can overcome the static pressure imposed by external
ductwork, allowing the Series V to be installed indoors.
Series V

• Low Profile Models - Motors and drives of low


profile units are adjacent to the casing section to
yield models suitable for use in height sensitive
installations. Low profile models are available in
capacities from 16 to 272 nominal tons, which
correspond to heights of 5’ 1-1/4” and
8’ 1-13/16”, respectively.

• High Temperature Applications – A range of fill


and construction options are available to Low profile unit shown in contrast
accommodate entering water temperatures of up to a standard unit
to 170ºF.

Low Sound
• Centrifugal Fan - Centrifugal fans have inherently low sound characteristics.

• Single Air Inlet - Sound-sensitive areas can be accommodated by facing the quiet
blank-off panel to the sound-sensitive direction.

Low Energy Consumption


Evaporative Cooling Equipment - Minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system
because it provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving natural
resources and reducing environmental impact.

Low Installed Cost


• Support – All models mount directly on two parallel I-beams and ship complete with motors
and drives factory-installed and aligned.

• Modular Design – Large models ship in multiple sections to minimize the size and weight of the
heaviest lift, allowing for the use of smaller, less costly cranes.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D74

Easy Maintenance

Internal Access - The interior of the unit is easily


accessible for adjusting the float valve, cleaning the
strainer or flushing the basin.

Open Cooling Towers


The water level control is easily
Reliable Year-Round Operation reached from the access door

V-Belt Drive – The fans, motor, and drive system are located outside of the moist
discharge airstream, protecting them from moisture, condensation and icing.
Backed by a five-year fan drive and motor warranty, these units are suitable for
year-round operation.

External V-Belt drive system (shown here with panel removed)

Long Service Life

Materials of Construction – Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance,
unit operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project (see page D77 for construction options).

...because temperature matters™


D75

Construction Details
VT0 and VT1 Models

8
Series V

4 1

Upper Section:
VT0 & VT1 Models

6
2

Lower Section:
VT0 & VT1 Models

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D76

8
1
4

3 5

Open Cooling Towers


2

VTL Models

1 Heavy-Duty Construction 5 BACount® Fill


• G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel • Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
panels • Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
• Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-77a
2 Fan Drive System
• V-belt drive 6 Strainer
• Heavy-duty bearings (280,000 hour • Anti-vortexing design to prevent
average life) air entrainment
• Cooling tower duty fan motor
• Five-year motor and drive 7 Access Door
warranty
• Circular access door

3 Low Sound Centrifugal Fan(s) 8 Drift Eliminators


• Quiet operation
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
• Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
4 Water Distribution System
• Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-77a
• Schedule 40 PVC spray header and branches
• Assembled in easy to handle sections
• Large orifice, non-clog nozzles
• Grommetted for easy removal

...because temperature matters™


D77

Custom Features and Options


Construction Options
• Standard Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 hot-dip galvanized steel.
Series V

• Optional BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System:


The BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment
life, is applied to all hot-dip galvanized steel components of the cooling tower.
• Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A Series 300 stainless steel cold water basin is provided. This option is available on VT0 and VT1
models only. See the “Optional Water-Contact Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin” for VTL models.
• Optional Stainless Steel Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel.
• Optional Water-Contact Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A cost effective alternative to an all stainless steel cold water basin, critical components in the cold
water basin are provided in Series 300 stainless steel. The remaining components are constructed of
the base material of construction (galvanized steel or the BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection
System).
• Optional Water-Contact Stainless Steel Construction:
A cost effective alternative to all stainless steel construction, only components in the cooling tower
that are exposed to the recirculating water are provided in Series 300 stainless steel. The remaining
components are constructed of the base material of construction (galvanized steel or the
BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System).
See page M26 for more details on the materials described above.

Factory Mutual Approval


Series V Cooling Towers are available with Factory Mutual (FM) Approved construction as an option.

Fan Drive System


The fan drive system provides the cooling air necessary to reject unwanted heat from the system to the
atmosphere. Dynamically balanced, forwardly curved, centrifugal fans driven by matched V-belts with
taper lock sheaves designed for not less than 150% of the motor nameplate horsepower are standard
on the Series V. Cooling tower duty fan motors, custom engineered for BAC to provide maximum
performance for cooling tower service, are provided and backed by BAC’s comprehensive five-year
motor and fan drive warranty.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D78

ENERGY-MISER® Fan System


The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System consists of two
standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full
speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 the
design horsepower. This configuration allows the

Open Cooling Towers


system to be operated like a two-speed motor, but
with the reserve capacity of a standby motor in the
event of failure. As a minimum, approximately 70%
capacity will be available from the low horsepower
motor, even on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
wiring are the same as those required for a two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy savings
are achieved when operating at low speed during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb
temperatures.

BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System


The BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System builds on the advantages of the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
by adding a VFD to the smaller motor. Using the VFD on the smaller fan motor, as opposed to the
larger motor, reduces the cost of the VFD, and wiring for the motor. For more information on the
BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System refer to page G1.

Unit with intake and discharge sound attenuation


Low Sound Alternatives
The low sound levels generated by Series V Cooling Towers make them suitable for most installations.
For situations when one direction is particularly sound-sensitive, the unit can be oriented so that the side
opposite the air inlet faces the sound-sensitive direction. The Series V is also available with factory
designed, tested and rated sound attenuation for both the air intake and discharge.

...because temperature matters™


D79

Accessories
External Access Options
(VT0 and VT1 Models Only)
VT0 and VT1 models can be furnished with ladders extending from the top of the unit to the base, as
well as safety cages, safety gates and handrail packages to meet OSHA requirements. All access to
Series V

the top of the equipment must be made in accordance with applicable government occupational safety
standards.

NOTE: When these access options are employed, the tower must be equipped with steel drift eliminators.

Vibration Cutout Switch


A factory mounted vibration cutout switch is available to
effectively protect against equipment failure due to excessive
vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can
provide either a mechanical or solid-state electronic vibration
cutout switch in a NEMA 4 enclosure to ensure reliable
protection. Additional contacts can be provided to either
switch type to activate an alarm.

Basin Heaters Vibration cutout switch


Cooling towers exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing
of the water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory installed electric immersion heaters,
which maintain +40°F (4.4°C) water temperature, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such
protection.

0˚F (-17.8˚C) Ambient Heaters -20˚F (-29.8˚C) Ambient Heaters


Model Number
No. of Heaters kW per Heater No. of Heaters kW per Heater
VTL-016-E thru 039-H 1 2 1 2
VTL-045-H thru 079-K 1 3 1 4
VTL-082-K thru 095-K 1 4 1 5
VTL-103-K thru 137-M 1 5 1 7
VTL-152-M thru 227-O 1 7 1 9
VTL-245-P thru 272-P 1 9 1 12
VT0-12-E thru 57-K 1 2 1 2
VT0-65-J thru 88-L 1 2 1 3
VT0-102-L thru 176-O 1 3 1 5
VT1-N209-P thru N255-P 1 5 1 7.5
VT1-N301-Q thru N395-R 1 7 1 10
VT1-N418-P thru N510-P 2 5 2 7.5
VT1-275-P thru 415-R 1 8 1 10
VT1-416-O thru 600-P 1 12 2 7.5
VT1-550-P thru 830-R 2 8 2 10
VT1-825-P thru 1335-S 3 8 3 10

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D80

Electric Water Level Control Package


The electric water level control replaces the standard mechanical
makeup valve when more precise water level control is required.
This package consists of a conductance-actuated level control
mounted in the basin and a solenoid activated valve in the
make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize water
hammer.

Open Cooling Towers


Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings located outside the Electric water level control package
fan section are available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.

High Temperature Fill


Optional high temperature fill materials are available to increase the maximum allowable entering water
temperature to 170°F (76.7°C). Refer to page D94 for more detailed information.

Bottom Screens (VT0 and VT1 Models Only)


Wire mesh screens are available factory-installed over the bottom openings to prevent unauthorized
access.

Basin Sweeper Piping


Basin sweeper piping provides an effective method of preventing sediment from collecting in the cold
water basin of the tower. A complete system, is provided in the tower basin for connection to side
stream filtration equipment (by others). For more information on filtration systems see page M159.

Capacity Control Dampers


Modulating capacity control dampers are available to provide
better leaving water temperature control than can be obtained
from fan cycling alone. A standard electrical control package for
dampers is available.

Solid Bottom Panels


Factory-installed bottom panels are required when intake air is
ducted to the unit. Discharge hoods

Discharge Hoods
Discharge hoods reduce the risk of recirculation in tight enclosures by increasing discharge air velocity,
and can be used to elevate the tower discharge above adjacent walls to comply with layout guidelines.

Equipment Controls
BAC control panels are specifically designed to work seamlessly with all BAC units and engineered to
meet you particular application. For more on BAC Equipment Controls, see pages G1-G13.

...because temperature matters™


D81

VTL Engineering Data


Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

VTL Models
Series V

4ʻ0” 2ʻ11-5/16” 5ʻ11-5/8”


2ʻ0” 2-1/4” 3“

INLET

H
ACCESS
ACCESS
H
A
1" MAKE-UP 5ʻ10-5/8”
1" MAKE-UP
4ʻ11-7/8” 11-5/8” OVERFLOW
4-9/16”
1ʻ8” OVERFLOW
1ʻ8”
SUCTION
11-5/8”
3“ 2ʻ6-5/8”
7-3/4”
2-1/4” 3ʻ8-5/8” 2-5/8”
4ʻ1-1/4” 7-5/8” 2-5/8” 5ʻ1-3/4” 2" DRAIN

2ʻ 3-3/4” 2" DRAIN


10ʼ11-3/4”
7ʻ 0-3/4”
Models Models Models
VTL-016-E to 137-M VTL-016-E to 039-H VTL-045-H to 079-K

8ʻ11-7/16” 11ʼ11-5/8”
4-1/8” 4-1/8”

H
H ACCESS
ACCESS

1" MAKE-UP 5ʻ10-5/8”


1" MAKE-UP 5ʻ10-5/8” 11-5/8” OVERFLOW
11-5/8” OVERFLOW 1ʻ8”
1ʻ8”
8ʻ6-5/8”
5ʻ6-7/16” 4ʻ1/8” 9ʻ8-5/8” 2-5/8”
4ʻ1/8” 6ʻ8-7/16” 2-5/8” 10ʼ3-11/16” 2" DRAIN

7ʻ3-5/8” 2" DRAIN 17ʼ11-3/4”


14ʼ11-9/16”
Models VTL-082-K to 095-K Models VTL-103-K to 137-M

Model Nominal Airflow Weights (lbs) Dimensions Connections2


Motor HP3
Number Tonnage4 (CFM) Operating1 Shipping A H Inlet Outlet Overflow
VTL-016-E 16 1.5 7,680 1,620 1,100 4’0-3/4” 5’1-1/4” 3” 3” 2”
VTL-021-F 21 2 8,150 1,660 1,140 4’0-3/4” 5’1-1/4” 3” 3” 2”
VTL-027-F 27 2 7,370 1,740 1,220 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 3” 3” 2”
VTL-030-G 30 3 8,270 1,770 1,250 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 3” 3” 2”
VTL-034-H 34 5 9,420 1,810 1,290 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 3” 3” 2”
VTL-039-H 39 5 8,860 1,910 1,390 7’1-5/16” 8’1-13/16” 3” 3” 2”
VTL-045-H 45 5 16,910 2,710 1,650 4’0-3/4” 5’1-1/4” 4” 4” 2”
VTL-051-G 51 3 13,350 2,810 1,750 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 4” 4” 2”
VTL-059-H 59 5 15,490 2,830 1,770 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 4” 4” 2”
VTL-066-J 66 7.5 17,210 2,900 1,840 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 4” 4” 2”
VTL-072-K 72 10 18,690 2,930 1,870 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 4” 4” 2”
VTL-079-K 79 10 17,500 3,100 2,040 7’1-5/16” 8’1-13/16” 4” 4” 2”
VTL-082-K 82 10 22,400 3,810 2,260 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 6” 6” 2”
VTL-092-L 92 15 24,980 3,940 2,390 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 6” 6” 2”
VTL-095-K 95 10 21,150 4,070 2,510 7’1-5/16” 8’1-11/16” 6” 6” 3”
VTL-103-K 103 10 24,990 4,740 2,680 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 6” 6” 3”
VTL-116-L 116 15 28,200 4,800 2,740 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 6” 6” 3”
VTL-126-M 126 20 30,700 4,810 2,750 5’7” 6’6-1/4” 6” 6” 3”
VTL-137-M 137 20 29,560 5,120 3,060 7’1-5/16” 8’1-13/16” 6” 6” 3”

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D82

See page D92


for Engineering
Considerations.

7ʻ9-1/4”
3ʻ10-5/8” 8ʻ11-7/16”
5“

Open Cooling Towers


INLET

H
ACCESS
A
2" MAKE-UP 5ʻ10-5/8”
6-1/8” 11-5/8” OVERFLOW
1ʻ8”

3ʻ11-1/4” 5ʻ6-7/16”
7ʻ10-1/2” 5“ 6ʻ8-7/16” 2-5/8”
7ʻ3-5/8” 2" DRAIN
14ʼ11-9/16”
Models Models VTL-152-M to 227-O
VTL-152-M to 272-P

11ʼ11-5/8”
5“

H
ACCESS

2" MAKE-UP 5ʻ10-7/8”


11-5/8” OVERFLOW
1ʻ8”

8ʻ6-5/8”
5“ 9ʻ8-5/8” 2-5/8”
10ʼ3-11/16” 2" DRAIN
17ʼ11-3/4”
Models VTL-245-P to 272-P

Nominal Weights (lbs) Dimensions Connections2


Model Number Motor HP3 Airflow (CFM)
Tonnage4 Operating1 Shipping A H Inlet Outlet Overflow
VTL-152-M 152 20 45,870 6,580 3,440 4’ 0-3/4” 5’ 1-1/4” 8” 8” 3”
VTL-171-L 171 15 39,940 6,820 3,680 5’7” 6’ 6-1/4” 8” 8” 3”
VTL-185-M 185 20 43,150 6,960 3,820 5’7” 6’ 6-1/4” 8” 8” 3”
VTL-198-N 198 25 46,090 7,000 3,860 5’7” 6’ 6-1/4” 8” 8” 3”
VTL-209-O 209 30 48,630 7,040 3,900 5’7” 6’ 6-1/4” 8” 8” 3”
VTL-227-O 227 30 46,550 7,470 4,300 7’ 1-5/16” 8’ 1-13/16” 8” 8” 3”
VTL-245-P 245 40 58,820 8,970 4,790 5’7” 6’ 6-1/4” 8” 8” 3”
VTL-272-P 272 40 56,760 9,490 5,310 5’7” 6’ 6-1/4” 8” 8” 3”

Notes:
1. Operating weight is for the tower with the water level in the cold water basin at overflow.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 6" and smaller are MPT. Connections 8" and larger are beveled for welding.
3. Fan horsepower is at 0” external static pressure.
4. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from a 95ºF to 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

...because temperature matters™


D83

VT0 Engineering Data


Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

VT0 Models 21-1/8”


3ʻ6-1/4”
4“ 3ʻ-1/4” 2-1/4” 4“ 6ʻ0” 2-1/4” 4“ 8ʻ11-3/4” 2-1/4
Series V

WATER IN

1" MAKE-UP
H
OVERFLOW
3ʻ8-1/8”
3ʻ3”
26-1/8” WATER OUT
2" DRAIN M M M
B
8-3/8”
4-1/2” 36” 4-1/2” 6ʻ0” 4-1/2” 8ʻ11-3/4”
2-1/4”

Models
4-1/8” Models Models Models
17-1/4”
VT0-12-E to 116-M 30”
VT0-12-E to 28-H VT0-32-H to 57-K VT0-65-J to 88-L
3ʻ11-1/2”
4ʻ9-7/8” 3ʻ-1/4” 11ʼ11-3/4”
4“ 11ʼ11-3/4” 2-1/4” 5ʻ11-7/8”
WATER IN

1" MAKE-UP
H ACCESS
5ʻ4-1/2” OVERFLOW

4ʻ1-1/2”
WATER OUT
3ʻ-1”
2" DRAIN
B
M
15-3/4” M

2-1/2”
4-1/2” 12ʼ0” 5-5/8” 5-1/2” 11ʼ11-1/2”
Models 18-1/4”
Models VT0-102-L to 116-M VT0-132-L to 176-O Models VT0-132-L to 176-O
30-1/2”
4ʻ8-5/8”

Model Nominal Weights (lbs) Dimensions Connections2


Motor HP3 Airflow (CFM)
Number Tonnage4 Operating 1
Shipping H A B Inlet Outlet Overflow
VT0-12-E 12 1.5 4,970 960 790 7’ 6-1/8” 6’ 7-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-14-F 14 2 5,460 970 800 7’ 6-1/8” 6’ 7-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-19-G 19 3 6,190 990 820 7’ 6-1/8” 6’ 7-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-24-G 24 3 5,945 1,050 950 9’ 0-1/8” 8’ 1-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-28-H 28 5 6,960 1,170 970 9’ 0-1/8” 8’ 1-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-32-H 32 5 11,820 1,590 1,230 7’ 6-1/8” 6’ 7-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-41-J 41 7.5 13,435 1,650 1,290 7’ 6-1/8” 6’ 7-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-52-J 52 7.5 12,960 1,780 1,540 9’ 0-1/8” 8’ 1-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-57-K 57 10 14,180 1, 790 1,550 9’ 0-1/8” 8’ 1-7/8” 12-7/8” 3” 3” 2”
VT0-65-J 65 7.5 16,860 2,580 2,000 9’ 0-1/8” 8’ 1-7/8” 12-7/8” 4” 4” 2”
VT0-75-K 75 10 18,435 2,590 2,010 9’ 0-1/8” 8’ 1-7/8” 12-7/8” 4” 4” 2”
VT0-78-K 78 10 17,990 2,710 2,130 10’ 6-1/8” 9’ 7-1/8” 12-7/8” 4” 4” 2”
VT0-88-L 88 15 20,420 2,770 2,190 10’ 6-1/8” 9’ 7-1/8” 12-7/8” 4” 4” 2”
VT0-102-L 102 15 25,060 3,310 2,500 9’ 0-1/8” 8’ 1-7/8” 12-7/8” 4” 4” 2”
VT0-107-L5 107 15 24,460 3,680 2,870 10 ’6-1/8” 9’ 7-1/8” 12-7/8” 4” 4” 2”
VT0-116-M5 116 20 26,670 3,740 2,930 10’ 6-1/8” 9’ 7-1/8” 12-7/8” 4” 4” 2”
VT0-132-L 132 15 30,600 5,190 3,820 11’ 9-1/8” 10’ 9-7/8” 23-1/4” 6” 6” 3”
VT0-145-M 145 20 33,670 5,200 3,830 11’ 9-1/8” 10’ 9-7/8” 23-1/4” 6” 6” 3”
VT0-155-N 155 25 36,240 5,250 3,880 11’ 9-1/8” 10’ 9-7/8” 23-1/4” 6” 6” 3”
VT0-166-N5 166 25 35,265 5,650 4,280 13’ 3-1/8” 12’ 3-7/8” 23-1/4” 6” 6” 3”
VT0-176-O5 176 30 37,330 5,680 4,310 13’ 3-1/8” 12’ 3-7/8” 23-1/4” 6” 6” 3”

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D84

VT1 Engineering Data


Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

Models VT1-N209-P to VT1-N510-P

Open Cooling Towers


7ʻ9-1/4” 7/8” 11ʼ11-3/4”
5ʻ11-7/8”
INLET

H 6ʻ8-3/4”
2" MAKE-UP
ACCESS
3" OVERFLOW

4ʻ2”
WATER OUT
2" DRAIN
B M

33-1/2” 6-5/8” 4ʻ 11ʼ7-3/4”


4-3/4”
8-3/4”
Models 37ʼ5-8” Models VT1-N209-P to N255-P
VT1-N209-P to N510-P
7ʻ10-3/8”

18ʼ0-1/8” 24ʼ0-1/2”
9ʻ0-1/16” 5ʻ11-7/8” 5ʻ11-7/8”
INLET INLET INLET

M M M

4“ 17ʼ8-1/8” 4“ 23ʼ8-1/2”
Models VT1-N301-Q to N395-R Models VT1-N418-P to N510-P

Weights (lbs) Dimensions Connections2


Model Nominal Heaviest
Airflow (CFM) Shipping
Number Tonnage4 Motor HP3 Operating1 Section H A B Outlet Overflow
VT1-N209-P 209 40 66,300 9,180 5,350 3,300 11’ 3-3/8” 10’ 7-5/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N220-O 220 30 53,100 9,490 5,660 3,110 13’ 2-1/8” 12’ 4-5/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N240-P 240 40 57,950 9,680 5,850 3,300 13’ 2-1/8” 12’ 4-5/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N255-P 255 40 55,900 10,380 6,550 3,300 14’ 6-7/8” 13’ 9-3/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N301-Q 301 50 86,150 13,380 7,530 4,590 11’ 3-3/8” 10’ 7-5/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N325-P 325 40 77,450 14,110 8,260 4,550 13’ 2-1/8” 12’ 4-5/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N346-Q 346 50 83,050 14,150 8,300 4,590 13’ 2-1/8” 12’ 4-5/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N370-Q5 370 50 80,150 15,130 9,280 4,690 14’ 6-7/8” 13’ 9-3/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N395-R 395 60 84,750 15,250 9,400 4,710 14’ 6-7/8” 13’ 9-3/8” 12” 8” 8”
VT1-N418-P 418 (2) 40 120,600 18,490 10,680 6,580 11’ 3-3/8” 10’ 7-5/8” 11” (2) 8” 10”
VT1-N440-O 440 (2) 30 106,200 19,110 11,300 6,200 13’ 2-1/8” 12’ 4-5/8” 11” (2) 8” 10”
VT1-N480-P 480 (2) 40 115,900 19,490 11,680 6,580 13’ 2-1/8” 12’ 4-5/8” 11” (2) 8” 10”
VT1-N510-P 510 (2) 40 111,800 20,890 13,080 6,580 14’ 6-7/8” 13’ 9-3/8” 11” (2) 8” 10”

Notes:
3. Fan horsepower is at 0” external static pressure.
1. Operating weight is for the tower with the water level in the cold
water basin at overflow. 4. Nominal tons of cooling respresents 3 GPM of water from a
95ºF to 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 6" and smaller are
5. Unit’s casing section is the heaviest section.
MPT. Connections 8" and larger are beveled for welding.

...because temperature matters™


D85

VT1 Engineering Data


Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

Models VT1-275-P to VT1-1335-S


Series V

11ʼ 8-3/4” 7/8” 11ʼ11-3/4”


5ʻ11-7/8”
INLET

8ʻ4” MAKE-UP

3" OVERFLOW
ACCESS
3ʻ 4-7/16” WATER OUT
2" DRAIN
M
B
4“ 11ʼ7-3/4”
6-5/8” 3-3/8”
2ʻ 9-1/16”
Models VT1-275-P to 415-R
Models
VT1-275-P to 600-P 4-3/4”

27-1/8”
18ʼ0-1/8”
5ʻ 5-1/4” 9ʻ0-1/16”
11ʼ 10” INLET

M M

4“ 17ʼ8-1/8”

Models VT1-416-O to 600-P

Weights (lbs) Dimensions Connections


Model Nominal Heaviest
Number Tonnage4 Motor HP3 Airflow (CFM) Operating1 Shipping Section H A B Inlet Outlet Make-up
VT1-275-P 275 40 82,350 15,190 8,040 5,140 12’ 10-5/8” 12’ 2-7/8” 14-1/2” 8” 8” 2”
VT1-307-O 307 30 74,350 15,780 8,630 4,950 14’ 9-3/8” 13’ 11-7/8” 14-1/2” 8” 8” 2”
VT1-340-P 340 40 81,550 15,970 8,820 5,140 14’ 9-3/8” 13’ 11-7/8” 14-1/2” 8” 8” 2”
VT1-375-P 375 40 79,300 16,940 9,790 5,140 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 14-1/2” 8” 8” 2”
VT1-400-Q 400 50 85,150 16,980 9.830 5,180 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 14-1/2” 8” 8” 2”
VT1-415-R 415 60 90,250 17,100 9,950 5,300 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 14-1/2” 8” 8” 2”
VT1-416-O 416 (2) 30 125,046 22,430 11,530 7,280 12’ 10-5/8” 12’ 2-7/8” 13-1/2” 10” 10” 2”
VT1-478-N 478 (2) 25 116,150 23,600 12,700 7,240 14’ 9-3/8” 13’ 11-7/8” 13-1/2” 10” 10” 2”
VT1-507-O 507 (2) 30 123,150 23,640 12,740 7,280 14’ 9-3/8” 13’ 11-7/8” 13-1/2” 10” 10” 2”
VT1-560-O 560 (2) 30 119,750 25,080 14,180 7,280 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 3-5/8” 13-1/2” 10” 10” 2”
VT1-600-P 600 (2) 40 131,250 25,460 14,560 7,660 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 3-5/8” 13-1/2” 10” 10” 2”

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D86

See page D92


for Engineering
Considerations.

11ʼ 8-3/4” 7/8”


24 0-1/2”
5 11-7/8” 5 11-7/8”
INLET INLET

Open Cooling Towers


A

8ʻ4” MAKE-UP

3" OVERFLOW
ACCESS
3ʻ 4-7/16”
WATER OUT
2" DRAIN
B
M M

6-5/8” 3-3/8”
2ʻ 9-1/16” 4 23 8-1/2”
Models
4-3/4” Models VT1-550-P to 830-R
VT1-550-P to 1355-S
27-1/8”

5ʻ 5-1/4”
11ʼ 10” 36ʼ1-1/4”
18ʼ0-5/8”
5ʻ11-7/8” 5ʻ11-7/8”
INLET INLET INLET

M M M

4“ 35ʼ9-1/4” 4“

Models VT1-825-P to 1335-S

Weights (lbs) Dimensions Connections


Model Nominal Heaviest
Number Tonnage4 Motor HP3 Airflow (CFM) Operating1 Shipping Section H A B Inlet Outlet Make-up
VT1-550-P 550 (2) 40 165,060 30,590 16,020 10,220 12’ 10-5/8” 12’ 2-7/8” 12-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 2”
VT1-680-P 680 (2) 40 163,100 32,150 17,580 10,220 14’ 9-3/8” 13’ 11-7/8” 12-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 2”
VT1-750-P 750 (2) 40 158,600 34,090 19,520 10,220 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 12-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 2”
VT1-800-Q 800 (2) 50 170,300 34,170 19,600 10,300 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 12-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 2”
VT1-830-R 830 (2) 60 180,500 34,410 19,840 10,540 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 12-1/2” (2) 8” 12” 2”
VT1-825-P 825 (3) 40 247,590 45,980 24,000 15,300 12’ 10-5/8” 12’ 2-7/8” 13-1/2” (3) 8” (2) 10” 3”
VT1-921-O 921 (3) 30 223,050 47,750 25,770 14,730 14’ 9-3/8” 13’ 11-7/8” 13-1/2” (3) 8” (2) 10” 3”
VT1-1020-P 1020 (3) 40 244,650 48,320 26,340 15,300 14’ 9-3/8” 13’ 11-7/8” 13-1/2” (3) 8” (2) 10” 3”
VT1-1125-P 1125 (3) 40 237,900 51,230 29,250 15,300 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 13-1/2” (3) 8” (2) 10” 3”
VT1-1200-Q 1200 (3) 50 255,450 51,350 29,370 15,420 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 3-5/8” 13-1/2” (3) 8” (2) 10” 3”
VT1-1245-R 1245 (3) 60 270,750 51,710 29,730 15,780 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 3-5/8” 13-1/2” (3) 8” (2) 10” 3”
VT1-1335-S 1335 (3) 75 290,550 51,770 29,790 15,840 16’ 2-1/8” 15’ 4-5/8” 13-1/2” (3) 8” (2) 10” 3”

Notes:
1. Operating weight is for tower with water level in the cold water 4. Fans on models VT1-416 through 600 must be cycled
basin at overflow. simultaneously for capacity control. For additional steps of control
beyond on/off operation, a variable frequency drive, the ENERGY-
2. Unless otherwise indicated, all connections 6" and smaller are MISER® Fan System, or two-speed motors are recommended.
MPT. Connections 8" and larger are beveled for welding.
5. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from a 95ºF to
3. Fan horsepower is at 0” external static pressure. 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

...because temperature matters™


D87

Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for the Series V Cooling Tower consists of parallel I-beams
running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following drawing. Besides providing
adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access
to the bottom of the tower. To support a Series V Cooling Tower in an alternate steel support
Series V

arrangement, consult your local BAC Representative.

All VTL Models

All VT0 Models & VT1-N209-P thru N255-P & VT1-275-P thru 415-R

Models VT1-N301-Q thru N510-P & VT1-416-O thru 830-R

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D88

Open Cooling Towers


Models VT1-825-P thru 1335-S
Model Number A B Maximum Deflection3
VTL-016-E thru 039-H 3’ 11” 4’ 6” 1/4”

VTL-045-H thru 079-K 3’ 11” 7’ 11-1/2” 3/8”

VTL-082-K thru 095-K 3’ 11” 10’ 11-1/4” 1/2”

VTL-103-K thru 137-M 3’ 11” 13’ 11-1/2” 1/2”

VTL-152-M thru 227-O 7’ 8-1/4” 10’ 11-1/4” 1/2”

VTL-245-P thru 272-P 7’ 8-1/4” 13’ 11-1/2” 1/2”

VT0-12-E thru 28-H 3’ 9-3/8” 2’ 5-1/2” 3/32”

VT0-32-H thru 57-K 3’ 9-3/8” 5’ 5-1/2” 3/16”

VT0-65-J thru 88-L 3’ 9-3/8” 8’ 5-1/4” 5/16”

VT0-102-L thru 116-M 3’ 9-3/8” 11’ 5-1/2” 3/8”

VT0-132-L thru 176-O 4’ 6-1/4” 11’ 5-1/2” 3/8”

VT1-N209-P thru N255-P 7’ 7-5/8” 10’ 7-1/2” 3/8”

VT1-N301-Q thru N395-R 7’ 7-5/8” 16’ 7-3/4” 1/2”

VT1-N418-P thru N510-P 7’ 7-5/8” 22’ 8-1/4” 1/2”

VT1-275-P thru 415-R 11’ 7-1/4” 10’ 7-1/2” 3/8”

VT1-416-O thru 600-P 11’ 7-1/4” 16’ 7-3/4” 1/2”

VT1-550-P thru 830-R 11’ 7-1/4” 22’ 8-1/4” 1/2”

VT1-825-P thru 1335-S 11’ 7-1/4” 34’ 9” 1/2”

Notes:
1. Support beams and anchor bolts are to be selected and installed by others.
2. All supporting steel must be level at the top.
3. Beams must be selected in accordance with accepted structural practice. The maximum allowable deflection of beams
under unit shall be as specified in the table above.
4. All units can be furnished with an optional vibration isolation package, if required, to be installed between the tower and
supporting steel. When determining the length of steel beams, allow for the length of vibration isolation rails, as they
may be longer than the tower length shown above.
5. If point vibration isolation is used, the isolators must be located under the supporting steel, not between the support
steel and the cooling tower.

...because temperature matters™


D89

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.

1.0 Cooling Tower 2.0 Construction Details


2.1 Structure (VT0/1 models): The cooling tower shall be
1.1 General: Furnish and install _____ factory-assembled, constructed of heavy-gauge steel utilizing double-brake flanges
forced-draft, centrifugal fan, counterflow cooling tower(s) with for maximum strength and rigidity and reliable sealing of
vertical air discharge conforming in all aspects to the watertight joints. The fill shall be removable from the basin
Series V

specifications, schedules and as shown on the plans. Overall section to facilitate shipping and handling. The fan(s) and fan
dimensions shall not exceed approximately _____ft (mm) long X drive system, including the fan motor, shall be factory mounted
______ ft (mm) wide X_____ ft (mm) high. The total connected and aligned and located in the dry entering airstream to ensure
fan horsepower shall not exceed _____ HP (kW). The cooling reliable operation and ease of maintenance.
tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Model ______.
(Alternate 2.1) Structure (VTL models): The cooling tower shall
1.2 Thermal Capacity: The cooling tower(s) shall be warranted be constructed of heavy-gauge steel utilizing double-brake
by the manufacturer to cool _____USGPM (l/s) of water from flanges for maximum strength and rigidity and reliable sealing of
_____°F (°C) to _____°F (°C) at _____°F (°C) entering wet-bulb watertight joints. The unit shall be of unitary design to minimize
temperature. Additionally, the thermal performance shall be certi- rigging requirements. The fan(s) and fan drive system, including
fied by the Cooling Technology Institute in accordance with CTI the fan motor, shall be factory mounted and aligned and located
Certification Standard STD-201. Lacking such certification, a field in the dry entering airstream to ensure reliable operation and
acceptance test shall be conducted within the warranty period in ease of maintenance.
accordance with CTI Acceptance Test Code ATC-105, by the
Cooling Technology Institute or other qualified independent third 2.2 Fill: The heat transfer section(s) shall consist of a fill, spray
party testing agency. A manufacturer’s performance water distribution system and drift eliminators arranged for
guarantee or performance bond without CTI Certification or optimal thermal performance with minimal drift.
independent field thermal performance test shall not be
accepted. 2.3 Fill: The fill shall be formed from self-extinguishing (per UL94
HB and UL94 V-0 testing) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having a
1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise noted in flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84 and shall be impervious
this specification, all steel panels and structural members shall to rot, decay, and fungus or biological attack. The fill shall be
be constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip manufactured and performance tested by the cooling tower man-
galvanized steel with all edges given a protective coating of ufacturer to assure single source responsibility and control of the
zinc-rich compound. final product.

(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction (optional): 2.4 Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly
Unless otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and over the fill by a water distribution system consisting of a header
structural members shall be protected with the BALTIBOND® and spray branches of Schedule 40 PVC pipe with large orifice,
Corrosion Protection System. The system shall consist of G-235 non-clog plastic distribution nozzles. The branches and spray
(Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel prepared in a four-step nozzles shall be held in place by snap-in rubber grommets,
(clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry) process with an electrostatically allowing quick removal of individual nozzles or complete branch-
sprayed, thermosetting hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the es for cleaning or flushing.
substrate during a thermally activated curing stage and
2.5 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be provided
monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
with large area lift out strainers with perforated openings sized
smaller than the water distribution system nozzles and an
(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction (optional): anti-votexing device to prevent air entrainment. The strainer and
Unless otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and anti-vortexing device shall be constructed of the same material
structural members shall be constructed of Series 300 stainless as the basin to prevent dissimilar metal corrosion. Standard
steel and assembled with Series 300 stainless steel nut and bolt basin accessories shall include a brass make-up valve with large
fasteners. diameter polystyrene filled plastic float for easy adjustment of the
operating water level.
1.4 Quality Assurance: The manufacturer shall have a
Management System certified by an accredited registrar as (Alternate 2.5) Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001 to ensure
constructed of heavy-gauge Series 300 stainless steel panels
consistent quality of products and services. Manufacturers that
and structural members up to the heat transfer section/basin
are not ISO-9001 certified shall not be acceptable.
joint. The basin shall be provided with large area lift out strainers
1.5 Warranty: The manufacturer’s standard equipment warranty with perforated openings sized smaller than the water distribution
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of system nozzles and an anti-vortexing device to prevent air
startup or eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever entrainment. The strainer and anti-vortexing device shall be
occurs first. In addition, the manufacturer shall warrant the constructed of the same material as the basin to prevent
rotating mechanical equipment, including fans, fan motors, fan dissimilar metal corrosion. Standard basin accessories shall
shafts, bearings, sheaves and associated supports for not less include a brass make-up valve with large diameter polystyrene
than five (5) years from date of shipment. filled plastic float for easy adjustment of the operating water
level.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D90

3.0 Mechanical Equipment 6.0 Sound


3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be dynamically balanced, forwardly 6.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
curved, centrifugal type selected to provide optimum thermal the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 50 ft from
performance with minimal sound levels. Fan housings shall have the cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the
curved inlet rings for efficient air entry and four-sided rectangular sound levels detailed below.
discharge cowls shall extend into the basin to increase fan
efficiency and prevent water from splashing into the fans. Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
3.2 Bearings: Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by Air Inlet
heavy-duty, self-aligning, relubricatable bearings with cast iron
Cased Face
housings, designed for a minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours

Open Cooling Towers


Blank Off
(280,000 Hr. Avg. Life).

3.3 Fan Drive: The fan(s) shall be driven by matched V-belts with
taper lock sheaves designed for not less than 150% of the motor 7.0 Accessories
nameplate horsepower. Motor shall be located on a heavy-duty
motor base, adjustable by a single threaded bolt-and-nut 7.1 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibration isolation rails,
arrangement. Removable steel screens or panels shall protect constructed of steel channels and base plates, painted with a
the fan drive and all moving parts. rust-resistant primer shall be provided to minimize vibration
transmission from the tower to the building structure. The
3.4 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed air over isolators shall be designed for a static deflection of 1” (25.4 mm)
(TEFL), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type designed and a maximum wind speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
specifically for cooling tower service. The motor shall be
furnished with special moisture protection on windings, shafts and (Alternate) 7.1 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibration
bearings and labeled appropriately for cooling tower duty. isolation rails, constructed of steel channels and base plates,
coated with a 0.003” (.076 mm) layer of zinc after fabrication shall
(Alternate 3.4) Fan Motor: Furnish _____ HP, ______ RPM be provided to minimize vibration transmission from the tower to
Totally Enclosed, Fan Cooled (TEFC), squirrel cage, ball bearing the building structure. The isolators shall be designed for a static
type fan motors suitable for outdoor service. Fan motor(s) shall deflection of 1” (25.4 mm) and a maximum wind speed of 50 mph
be inverter-duty type designed per NEMA Standard MG1, Section (80 km/h).
IV, and Part 31 suitable for _____ volt, ____ hertz, and ___
phase electrical service 7.2 Basin Heater(s): The cooling tower cold water basin shall be
provided with electric heater(s) to prevent freezing in low ambient
3.5 Mechanical Equipment Warranty: The fan(s), fan shaft(s), conditions. The heater(s) shall be selected to maintain 40°F
bearings, mechanical equipment support and fan motor shall be (4.4˚C) basin water temperatures at _____° F ambient. The
warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a heater(s) shall be ______V/____phase/___Hz electric and shall
period of five (5) years from date of shipment. be provided with low water cutout and thermostat.

3.6 ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (optional): Two single speed (Alternate) 7.2 Basin Heaters: A steam coil shall be factory
fan motors, one sized for full speed and load, the other sized for installed in the cooling tower depressed sump of the cold water
2/3 speed and approximately 1/3 of full load horsepower shall be basin to prevent freezing during cold water shutdown. The steam
provided in each cell for capacity control and stand-by protection coil shall be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.4˚C) basin water
from drive or motor failure. Two-speed motor(s) are not an temperature at a –20°F (-29.9˚C) ambient temperature given
acceptable alternative. 5 psig (34Kpa) at the coil inlet connection.

(Alternate) 3.7 BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System: Two single 7.3 Basin Water Level Control: The cooling tower manufacturer
speed fan motors, one sized for load, the other sized for 1/3 of shall provide an electric water level control (EWLC) system. The
the full load horsepower shall be provided in each cell for capaci- system shall consist of water level sensing and control units in
ty control and standby protection from drive or motor failure. The quantities and locations as indicated on the drawings. Each
manufacturer of the equipment shall supply controls for the larg- water level sensing and control unit shall consist of the following:
er motor, a VFD for the smaller motor and factory programmed NEMA 4 enclosure with gasketed access cover; solid state
logic controller to maximize energy saving for off peak load and controls including all necessary relays and contacts to achieve
wet-bulb conditions. the specified sequence of operation; stainless steel water level
sensing electrodes with brass holder; Schedule 40 PVC
standpipe assembly with vent holes, and all necessary stainless
4.0 Drift Eliminators steel mounting hardware. Provide PVC union directly below the
control enclosure to facilitate the removal and access of
4.1 Drift Eliminators: Eliminators shall be constructed of specially electrodes and control enclosure.
formulated PVC and be removable in easily handled sections.
They shall have a minimum of three changes in air direction. The number and position of water level sensing electrodes shall
be provided to sense the following: high water level, low water
level, high water alarm level, low water alarm, and heater safety
cutout.
5.0 Access
5.1 Basin Access: Circular access doors shall be provided for
easy access to the make-up water assembly and suction strainer
for routine maintenance.

...because temperature matters™


D91

7.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide mechanical local reset Optional enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor shall
vibration switch. The mechanical vibration cut out switch will be be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A temperature controller
guaranteed to trip at a point so as not to cause damage to the shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A basin heater
cooling tower. To ensure this, the trip point will be a frequency contactor with circuit breaker shall be provided.)(A vibration
range of 0 to 3,600 RPM and a trip point of 0.2 to 2.0 g’s. cutout switch input shall be provided.)

(Alternate) 7.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide electronic 8.2 Safety Switch(es): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety
remote reset vibration switch with contact for BAS monitoring. disconnect switch shall be provided by the manufacturer of the
Wiring shall be by the installing contractor. The electronic evaporative cooling equipment. Switch shall be single-throw,
vibration cut out switch shall be set to trip at a point so as not to 3-pole design, rated up to 600 VAC. Switch shall have triple
cause damage to the cooling tower. The trip point will be padlocking capability, a visible double break rotary blade
Series V

0.45 in/sec (0.0114 m/sec). mechanism, a clearly visible On/Off handle, an interlocking
mechanism to prevent door opening with handle in On position,
Basin Sweeper Piping: The cold water basin of the cooling and a clear line shield. Safety switch shall be provided in a
tower shall be equipped with PVC basin sweeper piping for a NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure.
separator (supplied by others). On VT0 Models, the unit shall be
equipped only with two connections for the separator (supplied
by others).

Intake Sound Attenuation: The unit shall be equipped with intake


sound attenuators consisting of fiberglass acoustical baffles
encased in steel to further reduce sound levels.

Discharge Options: The unit shall be equipped with a tapered


hood lined with sound absorbing fiberglass acoustical baffles to
reduce sound levels from the top of the unit.

(Alternate) 7.7: Discharge Options: The unit shall be equipped


with a tapered hood to increase discharge velocity or to raise the
discharge to the top of an enclosure.

8.0 Equipment Controls


8.1 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency drive
(VFD) shall be provided for each fan motor. The supplier of the
VFD shall be the manufacturer of the evaporative cooling
equipment. The VFD shall have a 3-contactor bypass, 3% input
line reactor, a removable keypad, an RS232 terminal for PC
connection, and a circuit breaker disconnect. Fuse protection will
not be accepted. Control voltage shall be 24V to minimize the
size of the enclosure which should not exceed _____ ft x _____
ft x ____ ft and the weight should not exceed ____ lbs. VFD
shall be provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure. The VFD
shall be compatible with a (ModBus) (LonWorks) (Johnson N2)
Building Automation System.

OR

8.1 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall be


provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling equipment. The
panel shall include full voltage, non-reversing (FVNR) fan motor
and pump motor (if applicable) starters in a common enclosure.
The panel shall be provided with a main a circuit breaker
disconnect and a separate circuit breaker for each motor or
speed. Fuse protection will not be accepted. Panels containing
basin heaters shall have an Earth Leakage Breaker containing
ground fault protection. Starters above 25 A shall be NEMA
rated. IEC starters will be accepted for motors below 25 A. Panel
shall include a 120V/60Hz control power transformer,
Hand-Off-Auto switches for each starter or contactor, and pilot
lights for each component. Enclosed controls shall be provided in
a NEMA (1)(3R)(4)(4X)(12) enclosure.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D92

Engineering Considerations -
Cooling Towers
Location

Open Cooling Towers


Units must have an adequate supply of fresh air to the air inlet(s). When units are located adjacent to
building walls or in enclosures, care must be taken to ensure that the warm, saturated discharge air is not
deflected off surrounding walls or enclosures and drawn back into the air inlet(s).

CAUTION:
Each unit should be located and positioned to prevent the introduction of the warm discharge air
and the associated drift, which may contain chemical or biological contaminants including
Legionella, into the ventilation systems of the building on which the unit is located or those of
adjacent buildings.

For detailed recommendations on layout, refer to our web site, www.BaltimoreAircoil.com, or consult
your local BAC Representative.

For Series V products, bottom screens or solid bottom panels may be desirable or necessary for safety,
depending on the location and conditions at the installation site.

Piping and Valves


Piping must be sized and installed in accordance with good piping practice. All piping should be supported
by pipe hangers or other supports, not by the unit. On open systems, in order to prevent basin overflow at
shutdown and to ensure satisfactory pump operation at start-up, all heat exchangers and as much piping as
possible should be installed below the operating level of the cooling tower.

Some units may require flow balancing valves (supplied by others) at the hot water inlets to balance the flow
to individual inlets and cells. External shutoff valves (supplied by others) may also be required if the system
design necessitates the isolation of individual cells.

When multiple cells are used on a common system, equalizing lines should be installed between the cold
water basins to ensure balanced water level in all cells. It is good engineering practice to valve the inlet and
outlet of each tower separately for servicing. The shut-off valves can be used, if necessary, to adjust any
minor unbalanced condition in water flow to or from the units.

...because temperature matters™


D93

Capacity Control
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD)
Variable speed drives offer the most precise control of leaving fluid temperature or condensing pressure at
the lowest energy cost. VFDs provide compliance with the speed control requirements for heat rejection
equipment in current energy codes, such as ASHRAE Standard 90.1 and California Title 24. In addition,
soft-starts, stops, and smooth accelerations prolong the life of the mechanical system, including belts,
bearings, and gears. Sound is also reduced, by minimizing start-up noise and running the tower at the lowest
Engineering Considerations

fan speed necessary to meet system demand. Note that units with VFDs require the use of inverter duty
motors, designed per NEMA Standard MG 1, Section IV, Part 31. This standard recognizes the increased
stresses placed on motors by these drive systems. Note that the use of a non-inverter duty motor in these
applications may void the motor warranty.

WARNING:
When the fan speed is to be changed from the factory-set speed, including through the use of a
variable speed control device, steps must be taken to avoid operating at or near fan speeds that cause
a resonance with the unit or its supporting structure. At start-up, the variable frequency drive should
be cycled slowly between zero and full speed and any speeds that cause a noticeable resonance in the
unit should be “locked out” by the variable speed drive.

Fan Cycling
Fan cycling is the simplest method of capacity control. The number of steps of capacity control can be
increased using the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System, BALTIGUARD PLUS™ Fan System, the independent
motor option, or two-speed fan motors in conjunction with fan cycling (see “Custom Features & Options”
section of the appropriate product line to determine whether the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System, BALTIGUARD
PLUS™ Fan System, or the independent fan motor option are available for the particular product line;
two-speed motors are available for all product lines with either belt or gear fan drive systems. All of these
options provide substantial energy savings when compared to simple fan cycling, especially the BALTIGUARD
PLUS™ System, which provides energy savings and redundancy at a low cost.

WARNING:
Rapid on-off cycling can cause the fan motor to overheat. It is recommended that controls be set to
allow a maximum of 6 on-off cycles per hour.

Capacity Control Dampers (Series V Models Only)


On Series V models, modulating capacity control dampers are available to provide better leaving water
temperature control than can be obtained from fan cycling alone. See page D80 or contact your local BAC
Representative for more details.

Vibration Cutout Switches


Vibration cutout switches are recommended on all installations. Vibration cutout switches are designed to
interrupt power to the fan motor and can provide an alarm to the operator in the event of excessive vibration.
BAC offers both electronic and mechanical vibration cutout switches on all cooling tower models.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D94

Water Treatment
As water evaporates in an open cooling tower, the dissolved solids originally present in the water remain in
the system. The concentration of these dissolved solids increases rapidly and can cause scale and corrosion.
In addition, airborne impurities and biological contaminants, including Legionella, may be introduced into the
circulating water. To control all potential contaminants, a water treatment program must be employed. In
many cases, a simple bleed-off may be adequate for control of scale and corrosion. Note: Bleed lines are to
be provided and installed by others. However, biological contamination, including Legionella, can be

Open Cooling Towers


controlled only through the use of biocides. Such treatment should be initiated at system startup, after periods
of equipment shutdown, and continued regularly thereafter. For more information, consult the appropriate
Operating and Maintenance Manual.

When a water treatment program is employed, it must be compatible with construction materials. The pH of
the circulating water must be maintained between 6.5 and 9.0. Units having galvanized steel construction and
a circulating water pH of 8.3 or higher will require periodic passivation of the galvanized steel to prevent the
accumulation of white, waxy, nonprotective zinc corrosion called white rust. Batch feeding of chemicals into
the unit is not recommended. If units are constructed with optional corrosion resistant materials, acid
treatment may be considered; however, the water quality must be maintained within the guidelines set forth in
the Operating and Maintenance Manual.

For complete Water Quality Guidelines, see the appropriate Operating and Maintenance Instruction
Manual, available at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com
For specific recommendations on water treatment, contact a competent water treatment
supplier.

Fill Compatibility
BAC’s standard fill is constructed of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and has a flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM
Standard E84. The PVC fill surface is compatible with the water found in most evaporative cooling
applications. The maximum allowable water temperature for each product is as shown in the following table:

Maximum Allowable Water Temperature by Fill Material


Product Line Standard PVC High Temperature PVC
Series 3000 130ºF (54.4ºC) 140ºF (60.0ºC)
Series 1500 120ºF (48.9ºC) 135ºF (57.2ºC)
FXT 125ºF (51.7ºC) 140ºF (60.0ºC)
140ºF (54.4ºC) for BALTIBOND® Corrsion Protection System Unit;
Series V 130ºF (54.4ºC)
150ºF (65.6ºC for Galvanized & Stainless Steel Units

For applications where the entering water temperature exceeds the limits shown above, contact your local
BAC Representative for assistance.

...because temperature matters™


D95

Sound Levels
Sound rating data is available for all BAC Cooling Towers. When calculating the sound levels generated by a
unit, the designer must take into account the effects of the geometry of the tower as well as the distance and
direction from the unit to noise-sensitive areas. Low sound fans and intake and discharge sound attenuation
can be supplied on certain models to provide reduced sound characteristics (see the “Custom Features and
Options” section of the appropriate product line for details). The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System, two-speed
motors, or variable frequency drives can also be used to reduce sound during periods of non-peak thermal
Engineering Considerations

loads. For more information on sound and how it relates to evaporative cooling equipment, see page M124.
For detailed low sound selections, please consult your local BAC Representative.

Protection Against Basin Water Freezing


When a unit is shut down in freezing weather, the basin water must be protected by draining to an indoor
auxiliary remote sump tank (see page H5 for remote sump engineering data; page M28 for sizing guidelines)
or by providing supplementary heat to the cold water basin. Supplementary heat can be provided by electric
immersion heaters or in some cases, hot water or steam coils, or steam injectors. All exposed water piping,
make-up lines, and spray pumps (if applicable) that do not drain at shutdown should be traced with electric
heater tape and insulated.

Indoor Installations (Applicable to Series V Models Only)


Many indoor installations require the use of inlet and/or discharge ductwork. Units installed with inlet
ductwork must be ordered with solid bottom panels. Generally, intake ducts are used only on smaller
units while the equipment room is used as a plenum for larger units. Discharge ductwork will normally be
required to carry the saturated discharge air from the building.

Both intake and discharge ductwork must have access doors to allow servicing of the fan assembly, drift
eliminators, and water distribution system. All ductwork should be symmetrical and designed to provide even
air distribution across the face of air intakes and discharge openings.

WARNING:
The discharge opening must be positioned to prevent the introduction of discharge air into the fresh
air intakes serving the unit or the ventilation systems of adjacent buildings.
Note: Axial fan units are not suitable for indoor installations.

Safety
Adequate precautions, appropriate for the installation and location of these products, should be taken to
safeguard the public from possible injury and the equipment and the premises from damage. Operation,
maintenance and repair of this equipment should be undertaken only by personnel qualified to do so. Proper
care, procedures and tools must be used in handling, lifting, installing, operating, maintaining, and repairing
this equipment to prevent personal injury and/or property damage.

Warranties
Please refer to the Limitation of Warranties applicable to and in effect at the time of the sale/purchase of
these products.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


D96

Georgetown University
Series 3000 Cooling Towers
Make the Grade

Project Report
Georgetown University, located in our nation’s capital, is steeped in tradition and is a symbol of
higher learning and achievement. Many honors recognizing Georgetown’s excellence have been
bestowed upon it over the years. The most recent honor was the Washington Building Congress
Craftsmanship Award in the Mechanical Category, which recognized Green Contracting for its
installation of the Georgetown University Utility Plant Upgrade.

The project engineer, Mueller Associates II, Inc., was faced with two challenges:

• Replace an existing 9,000 ton field-erected cooling tower and add new cooling
towers to supply an additional 4,000 tons of cooling

• Meet height requirements for the project as established by Martin Reddy Architects

For Mueller Associates II, Inc. the choice was clear: specify and install thirteen BAC Series 3000
Cooling Towers. The thirteen cooling towers provided the necessary cooling capacity while
meeting the height limitation required to achieve the desired aesthetic condition. The superior
efforts and craftsmanship of Green Contracting Company, Mueller Associates II Inc. and Hartin
Reddy Architects, coupled with the quality equipment from Baltimore Aircoil Company earned the
Georgetown University Utility Plant Upgrade the prestigious Craftsmanship Award.

...because temperature matters™


E1

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Closed circuit cooling towers provide evaporative cooling for many types of systems, and the specific
application will largely determine which BAC Closed Circuit Cooling Tower is best suited for a project. The
table on page E5 & E6 is intended as a general guide. Specialized assistance is available through your local
BAC Representative.
Overview

See page E7 for an article on the advantages of closed circuit cooling towers.

Principle of Operation
Closed circuit cooling towers operate in a manner similar to open cooling towers, except that the heat load
to be rejected is transferred from the process fluid (the fluid being cooled) to the ambient air through a heat
exchange coil. The coil serves to isolate the process fluid from the outside air, keeping it clean and
contaminate free in a closed loop. This creates two separate fluid circuits: (1) an external circuit, in which
spray water circulates over the coil and mixes with the outside air, and (2) an internal circuit, in which the
process fluid circulates inside the coil. During operation, heat is transferred from the internal circuit, through
the coil to the spray water, and then to the atmosphere as a portion of the water evaporates.

Configuration
BAC manufactures two types of closed circuit cooling towers: combined flow and counterflow.

Combined Flow
Combined flow is the use of both a heat exchange coil and fill for heat transfer in a closed circuit cool-
ing tower. The addition of fill to the traditional closed circuit cooling tower design reduces evaporation in
the coil section, reducing the potential for scaling and fouling. BAC’s combined flow closed circuit cool-
ing towers utilize parallel flow of air and spray water over the coil, and crossflow air/water flow through
the fill.

In parallel flow, air and water flow over the coil in the same direction. The process fluid travels from the
bottom to the top of the coil, increasing efficiency by bringing the coldest spray water and air in contact
with the process fluid at its coldest temperature.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E2

In the fill of BAC’s combined flow closed circuit cooling towers, air and water interact in a crossflow
configuration: water flows vertically down the fill as air flows horizontally across it.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Water down

Air across

Combined Flow: Parallel flow of air Combined Flow: Crossflow


and water over the coil configuration over the fill

Counterflow
In a counterflow closed circuit cooling tower design, the flow of the air is in the opposite direction of the spray
water. In BAC’s counterflow closed circuit cooling towers, air travels vertically up through the unit while the
spray water travels vertically down over the coil. The process fluid flows from top to bottom through the coil
and is in thermal counterflow to the air.

Water down

Air up
Counterflow configuration

...because temperature matters™


E3

Fan System
The flow of air through most factory assembled closed circuit cooling towers is provided by one or more
mechanically driven fans. The fan(s) may be axial or centrifugal, each type having its own distinct
advantages.

Axial fan units require approximately half the fan motor horsepower of comparably sized centrifugal fan
units, offering significant lifecycle cost savings.
Overview

Centrifugal fan units are capable of overcoming reasonable amounts of external static pressure (≤ 0.5”),
making them suitable for both indoor and outdoor installations. Centrifugal fans are also inherently quieter
than axial fans, although the difference is minimal and can often be overcome through the application of
optional low sound fans and/or sound attenuation on axial fan units.

Centrifugal fan Axial fan

Induced Draft
Fans can be applied in an induced draft or a forced draft configuration. The rotating air handling components
of induced draft equipment are mounted in the top deck of the unit, minimizing the impact of fan noise on
near-by neighbors and providing maximum protection from fan icing if units operate in sub-freezing
conditions. The use of corrosion resistant materials ensures long life and minimizes maintenance
requirements for the air handling components.

Forced Draft
Rotating air handling components are located on the air intake face at the base of forced draft towers,
facilitating easy access for routine maintenance and service. Additionally, locating these components in the
dry entering air stream extends component life by isolating them from the corrosive saturated discharge air.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E4

Capacity Range
In the following table, product capacities are called out in terms of a flow rate at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF. This refers to
the flow rate of water that the unit can cool from a 95ºF (35.0ºC) entering water temperature to an 85ºF
(29.4ºC) leaving water temperature at a 78ºF (25.6ºC) entering ambient wet-bulb temperature. BAC offers
selection software to evaluate the performance of a tower at any conditions; see page M18 for details.

All capacities shown are for a single cell; multiple cell units can be applied to achieve larger capacities.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Maximum Entering Water Temperature
All BAC Closed Circuit Cooling Towers are capable of withstanding entering fluid temperatures as high as
180ºF (82.2ºC), and the HXV is capable of withstanding even higher temperatures due to the added dry coil
technology.

Typical Applications
A list of typical applications is provided on page E5 & E6 for your reference.

...because temperature matters™


E5

Closed Circuit Cooling Tower


Product Lines

FXV
Overview

Single Air Inlet Models Dual Air inlet Models

Principle of
Operation

Configuration Combined Flow Combined Flow

Fan System Axial Fan, Induced Draft Axial Fan, Induced Draft

26 - 299 Nominal Tons 344 - 624 Nominal Tons


Capacity Range
(Single Cell)
78.7 - 896 GPM at 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F 1,031 - 1,872 GPM at 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F

Maximum
Entering Water 180˚F (82.2˚C) 180˚F (82.2˚C)
Temperature

Small to medium HVAC & industrial


applications such as water source heat pump
loops and air compressor cooling.
Medium to large HVAC & industrial
Typical
Tight enclosures & installations applications such as electric arc furnaces and
Applications
requiring a single air inlet pharmaceutical plants.

Unit replacements

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E6

Series V

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


HXV
VF1 VFL (low profile)

WARM AIR
WATER DISTRIBUTION OUT
SYSTEM

FINNED
AIR COIL
IN
... . . . . . .. .
. . . ..
. .
. . M
. R
. A R
W AI
MODULATING FLOW . ..
CONTROL VALVE . ..
. . . . . . .. .
. . . .
PRIME SURFACE
COIL
M
R
WATER A R
W AI
AIR
IN

COLD WATER FILL


SPRAY PUMP BASIN

Counterflow Counterflow Combined Flow

Centrifugal Fan, Forced Draft Centrifugal Fan, Forced Draft Axial Fan, Induced Draft

4.1 - 543 Nominal Tons 3.9 - 108 Nominal Tons 160 - 305 Nominal tons

12.4 - 1,629 GPM 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F 11.6 - 324.6 GPM at 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F 480 - 915 GPM at 95˚F/85˚F/78˚F

Entering water temperature can exceed


180˚F but is application specific;
180˚F (82.2˚C) 180˚F (82.2˚C)
contact your local BAC Representative
for details.

Small to medium HVAC &


industrial applications such as Small to medium HVAC & industrial Small to medium HVAC & industrial
water source heat pump loops and applications applications such as water source heat
air compressor cooling pump loops and air compressor cooling
Installations with extremely low height
Indoor installations requirements Installations requiring plume abatement

High temperature applications Indoor installations Installations requiring water


conservation
Tight enclosures & High temperature industrial
installations requiring a single air applications Large range/close approach
inlet applications
Extremely sound sensitive
Extremely sound sensitive applications High temperature industrial applications
applications

...because temperature matters™


E7

Advantages of Closed Circuit


Cooling Towers
Open cooling towers expose process cooling water to the atmosphere, typically as part of a chiller system
loop (see Figure 1). Open towers use an efficient, simple, and economical design. All components in an
Advantages of CCCT

open system must be compatible with the oxygen introduced via the cooling tower.

Closed circuit cooling towers completely isolate process cooling fluid from the atmosphere. This is
accomplished by combining heat rejection equipment with a heat exchanger in a closed circuit tower (see
Figure 2). A closed loop system protects the quality of the process fluid, reduces system maintenance, and
provides operational flexibility at a slightly higher initial cost.

When deciding which system is best for an application, several factors should be considered.

Performance
If an application must produce full capacity throughout the year, maintaining a clean, reliable system loop is
critical. Isolating the process fluid in a closed loop system prevents airborne contaminants from entering
and fouling the system. Sustaining optimum performance in an open loop system will require regular
maintenance to assure similar efficiency. High efficiency chillers and heat exchangers rely on clean process
water to function properly and are significantly impacted by even small amounts of fouling.

Expense
The initial equipment cost of an open loop system will be less than a comparably sized closed loop system,
since the open system does not include the intermediate heat exchanger component. However, the higher
first cost of a closed loop system will be paid back during years of operation through the following savings:
• Cleaner process fluid results in a cleaner internal surface area, and higher efficiency components in
the system (e.g. chiller)
• Reduced system
maintenance costs
Chiller
• Reduced water treatment
costs for evaporative Cooling
equipment Tower Condenser Chilled Heat Load
Water Refrigerant Water (Building)
• Operating in ‘free cooling’ Circuit Circuit Circuit

mode during the winter to


save energy consumption

Condenser Evaporator

Figure 1: Chiller loop with open tower

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E8

Maintenance
Since the process fluid of a closed loop system is completely isolated from the environment, routine
maintenance is only required on the heat rejection equipment itself. The need to shut down the system
periodically to clean the heat exchanger is dramatically reduced, if not entirely eliminated. Providing clean
process fluid to the system will extend the life of other components in the system (condenser bundles,
compressors, etc.).

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Water Treatment
Maintaining proper process fluid quality in a system may involve several steps, such as chemical treatment,
filtration equipment and the addition of clean make-up water. A closed circuit cooling tower can provide the
following advantages over an open cooling tower:
• Lower volume of recirculating water to treat
• Process loop requires minimal treatment
• During periods of dry operation, the need for make-up water is eliminated

Chiller

Condenser Refrigerant Chilled Heat Load


Water Circuit Water (Building)
Circuit Circuit
Closed Circuit
Cooling Tower

Condenser Evaporator

Figure 2: Chiller loop with closed circuit tower

Operational Flexibility
Closed circuit towers allow for the following modes of operation not possible with open towers:
• Free cooling operation without the need for an intermediate heat exchanger: Chiller turned off
• Dry operation: Conserve water and treatment chemicals, prevent icing and plume
• Variable pumping: Closed condenser water loop allows for variable speed pumping to conserve energy

...because temperature matters™


E9

Closed Circuit Tower vs. Open Tower / Heat Exchanger


Sometimes, an open cooling tower is paired with a heat exchanger (see Figure 3) to capture some of the
benefits of closed loop cooling. Choosing closed circuit cooling towers over this open tower/heat exchanger
combination may still be a better choice for the following reasons:
• Total cost: Addition of a heat exchanger (pump, piping, etc.) to the open tower loop brings the initial
cost much closer to that of the closed circuit tower system
• Single piece of equipment: Compact design of the closed circuit tower conserves space in a
Advantages of CCCT

self-contained package, compared to multiple locations for the tower/heat exchanger arrangement
• Maintenance: Narrow spacing in heat exchanger (e.g. plate and frame) may trap solids introduced by
the open tower, requiring frequent, time consuming cleaning to assure optimum performance
• Dry operation: Open tower/heat exchanger system cannot be run dry in the winter

These guidelines provide some general information to help decide whether a closed circuit cooling tower is
better suited for a particular application than an open tower, with or without a heat exchanger. For additional
assistance with a project, please contact your local BAC Representative.

Chiller

Cooling
Tower Condenser
Chilled Heat Load
Water Heat Refrigerant Water (Building)
Circuit Exchanger Circuit Circuit

Condenser Evaporator

Figure 3: Chiller loop with open tower/heat exchanger combination

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E10

FXV
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E11

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E13

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E15

Custom Features & Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E21

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E25

Structural Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E26

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E27

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E30

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E81


E11

FXV
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
Single Cell Capacity:
26 – 624 Nominal Tons
FXV

78.7 – 1,872 GPM of water at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF

FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers deliver independently verified, fully rated thermal performance over a wide
range of flow and temperature requirements. Standard design features satisfy today’s environmental concerns,
minimize installation costs, maximize year-round operating reliability, and simplify maintenance requirements.

FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


• Low energy consumption
• Low installed cost
• Easy maintenance
• Application flexibility
• Reliable year-round operation
• Long service life
• ASME B31.5 compliant heat transfer coils
• Five-year warranty on mechanical equipment

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E12

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers

...because temperature matters™


E13

Benefits
Low Energy Consumption
• Evaporative cooled equipment minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system because it
provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving natural resources
FXV

and reducing environmental impact.

• The FXV provides heat rejection at the lowest possible energy input and maintenance
requirements via:
• High efficiency, low horsepower axial fans
• Closed loop cooling, which minimizes process fouling
• Patented combined flow technology, which reduces evaporation directly off the coil,
minimizing the potential for scaling and fouling (see page E1)
• Variable Frequency Drives (optional) (see page G1 for details)
• ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (optional) (see page E20 for details)
• BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System (optional) (see page G1 for details)

Low Installed Cost


• Support — All models mount directly on parallel
I-beams and ship complete with motors and drives
factory-installed and aligned.

• Modular Design —Units ship in multiple sections to


minimize the size and weight of the heaviest lift,
allowing for the use of smaller, less costly cranes.

The unit shown ships in two pieces to


minimize shipping and rigging costs
Easy Maintenance
• Access — Hinged access doors on each end wall
and a standard internal walkway provide easy
access to the unit interior.

• Spacious Interior — Provides easy access to the


cold water basin, drift eliminators, fan drive system
and heat transfer coil.

Oversized, hinged access door

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E14

• Access to Spray Distribution — Parallel flow of air and spray


water over the coil allows for inspection and access to the top
of the coil during full operation.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Spray distribution system
Application Flexibility

• Difficult thermal duties — The combined flow design is ideal for applications requiring a close
approach and/or large range.

• Replacement applications — Single air inlet models are designed to mount directly on existing
support steel of both crossflow and counterflow units.

• Coil configurations — Alternate coil configurations and materials available. ASME “U” Stamp
available (see page E19 for details).

• Highest capacity in the industry — Dual air inlet models offer the highest single cell capacity of
any closed circuit cooling tower in the industry. Projects benefit from fewer required cells, lower
overall fan horsepower, and fewer piping connections.

Reliable Year-Round Operation

• BALTIDRIVE® Power Train — Backed by a 5-year fan motor and


drive warranty, the BALTIDRIVE® Power Train utilizes special
corrosion-resistant materials of construction and state-of-the-art
technology to ensure ease of maintenance and reliable
year-round performance.

• Separate Air Inlet Louvers — Reduce the potential for scale build-up
and damaging ice formations at the air/water interface by providing a
line of sight from the outside of the unit into the fill.

Long Service Life Air Inlet louvers

Materials of Construction — Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance, unit
operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project (see page E19 for construction options).

...because temperature matters™


E15

Construction Details
Single Air Inlet Models
FXV

10

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E16

1 Heavy-Duty Construction
6
BACross® Fill with Integral
• G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip Drift Eliminators (Not Shown)
galvanized steel panels • High efficiency heat transfer surface
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
2 BALTIDRIVE® Power Train

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


• Impervious to rot, decay and
• Premium quality, solid-backed, biological attack
multi-groove belt • Flame spread rating of 5 per
• Corrosion resistant cast aluminum sheaves ASTM E84-77a

• Heavy-duty bearings
(280,000 hour average life) 7 FRP Air Inlet Louvers
• Cooling tower duty fan motor • Corrosion resistant
• 5-year motor and • UV resistant finish
drive warranty • Maintenance free

3 Low HP Axial Fan(s) 8 Cold Water Basin


• High efficiency • Sloped cold water basin for easy cleaning
• Quiet operation • Suction strainer with anti-vortex hood
• Corrosion resistant aluminium accessible from louver face
• Adjustable water make-up assembly
4 Water Distribution System • Integral internal walkway
• Visible and accessible during operation
• Overlapping spray patterns ensure proper 9 Recirculating Spray Water
water coverage Pump
• Large orifice, 360˚ non-clog nozzles • Close coupled, bronze fitted
centrifugal pump
5 Coil Section (Not Shown) • Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) motor

• Continuous serpentine, steel tubing • Bleed line with metering valve installed
from pump discharge to overflow
• Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF)
• Pneumatically tested at 375 psig
10 Hinged Access Doors
• Sloped tubes for free drainage of fluid
• Inward swinging door on each end wall
• ASME B31.5 compliant
• When required, orders shipping into
Canada are supplied with a CRN

...because temperature matters™


E17

Construction Details
Dual Air Inlet Models
FXV

4
2
3

5
1

6
7

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E18

1 Heavy-Duty Construction
7 BACross Fill with Integral Drift
®

• G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip Eliminators


galvanized steel frame • High efficiency heat transfer surface
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
2 FRP Casing Panels

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


• Impervious to rot, decay and
• Corrosion resistant biological attack

• Maintenance free • Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-77a


• UV resistant finish
8 FRP Air Inlet Louvers
3 BALTIDRIVE® Power Train • Corrosion resistant
• Premium quality, solid backed, multi-groove belt • UV resistant finish
• Corrosion resistant cast aluminum sheaves • Maintenance free
• Heavy-duty bearings (280,000 hour average life)
• Cooling tower duty fan motor
9 Cold Water Basin
• 5-year motor and drive warranty • Sloped cold water basin for easy cleaning
• Suction strainer with anti-vortex hood
4 Low HP Axial Fan • Adjustable water make-up assembly
• High efficiency
• Quiet operation
• Corrosion resistant 10 Integral Recirculating Spray
Water Pumps (Not Shown)
• Close coupled, bronze fitted centrifugal pumps
5 Water Distribution System
• Totally enclosed fan cooled
• Visible and accessible during operation
(TEFC) motors
• Overlapping spray patterns ensure proper
• Bleed line with metering valve installed from
water coverage
pump discharge to overflow
• Large orifice, 360˚ non-clog nozzles

6 Coil Sections 11 Hinged Access Doors


(Not Shown)
• Continuous serpentine, steel tubing • Inward swinging door on each end wall
• Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF)
• Pneumatically tested at 375 psig
• Sloped tubes for free drainage of fluid
• ASME B31.5 compliant
• When required, orders shipping into Canada
are supplied with a CRN

...because temperature matters™


E19

Custom Features and Options


Construction Options
• Standard Construction:
Models 421 - 661: All steel panels and structural elements are constructed of heavy-gauge G-235
(Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel. Inlet louvers are constructed of UV-resistant, fiberglass
reinforced polyester (FRP).
FXV

Models FXV-288 and 364: Casing panels and air inlet louvers are constructed of UV-resistant,
fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP).
• Optional BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System:
The BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment
life, is applied to all hot-dip galvanized steel components of the closed circuit cooling tower
(excluding heat transfer coil).
• Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A Series 300 stainless steel cold water basin is available. Seams between panels inside the cold
water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded seams are provided with
a 5-year leak-proof warranty.
• Optional Stainless Steel Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel. Seams between
panels inside the cold water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded
seams are provided with a five-year leak-proof warranty.
Factory Mutual Approval
All multi-cell units are available with Factory Mutual (FM) Approved construction as an option.
Coil Configurations
• Standard Serpentine Coil:
The standard cooling coil is constructed of continuous lengths of all prime surface steel, hot-dip
galvanized (outside surface) after fabrication (HDGAF). The coil is designed for low pressure drop
with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 375 psig (2586 kPa)
and is ASME B31.5 compliant.
• Optional Cleanable Header Coil:
The cleanable header tube bundle provides removable cover plates on the inlet and outlet header
boxes to permit access to each serpentine tube circuit for solvent or air-pressure cleaning. Tubes are
all prime surface steel tubing formed into a serpentine shape and welded into an assembly. Coil
material options include carbon steel coils (hot-dip galvanized outside surface) or stainless steel
coils. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 125 psig (860 kPa).

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E20

• Optional Stainless Steel Coil:


Coils are available in Series 300 stainless steel for specialized applications. The coil is designed for
low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at
375 psig (2586 kPa) and is ASME B31.5 compliant.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


• Optional Straight-Through Mechanically-Cleanable Coil:
A header box with a removable cover plate at each end of the coil allows access to every tube end for
mechanical cleaning or plugging. It is available in carbon steel (hot-dip galvanized inside and out) or
stainless steel. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 125 psig (860 kPa).
• Optional ASME “U” Stamp Coil:
This serpentine coil is manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, and bears the ASME “U” stamp. ASME coils are hot-dip
galvanized (outside surface) after fabrication (HDGAF). The coil is designed for low pressure drop
with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 375 psig (2586 kPa).
When required, coils shipping into Canada are supplied with a CRN. Other coil configurations are
available for specific applications. Contact your local BAC Representative for details.
Fan Drive System
The fan drive system provides the cooling air necessary to reject unwanted heat from the system to the
atmosphere. The standard fan drive system on all models is the exclusive BALTIDRIVE® Power Train.
This BAC engineered drive system consists of a specially designed powerband and two cast aluminum
sheaves located on minimum shaft centerline distances to maximize belt life. A cooling tower duty fan
motor, custom engineered for BAC to provide maximum performance for cooling tower service, is
provided and backed by BAC’s comprehensive 5-year motor and fan drive warranty.
ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System consists of two standard single-speed fan motor and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full speed and load, and the other is sized approximately
2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 the design horsepower. This configuration allows the system to be
operated like a two-speed motor, but with the reserve capacity of a standby motor in the event of failure.
As a minimum, approximately 70% capacity will be available from the low horsepower motor, even on a
design wet-bulb day. Controls and wiring are the same as those required for a two-speed, two-winding
motor. Significant energy savings are achieved when operating at low speed during periods of reduced
load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.

BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System


The BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System builds on the advantages of the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
by adding a VFD to the smaller motor. Using the VFD on the smaller fan motor, as opposed to the
larger motor, reduces the cost of the VFD, and wiring for the motor. For more information on the
BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System refer to page G1.

...because temperature matters™


E21

Custom Features and Options


Independent Fan Operation
Models FXV-43X, 44X, Q44X, 64X, and Q64X are provided with one fan motor driving two fans as
standard. Models FXV-66X and Q66X are provided with two fan motors driving three fans as standard.
FXV

The independent fan option consists of one fan motor and drive assembly for each fan to allow
independent operation, adding an additional step of fan cycling and capacity control.

Gear Drive System,


Close-Coupled Motor
Models FXV-288 and 364 are available
with a close-coupled gear drive system.
Both the gear drive and couplings are
selected with a 2.0 service factor. Gear
construction includes a nickel-alloy steel
shaft, casehardened gears, self
lubrication, and a single piece, gray iron
housing. This drive system ships
completely installed and aligned.

Gear Drive System,


Externally Mounted Motor
Gear drive system, close-coupled motor
Models FXV-288 and 364 are available with
a gear drive system with external TEFC
motor. A non-corrosive carbon-fiber
composite drive shaft with stainless steel
hubs is selected with a 2.0 service factor.
The motor and drive shaft ship separately
for easy field installation.

Equipment Controls
BAC control panels are specifically
designed to work seamlessly with all BAC
units and engineered to meet you
particular application. For more on BAC
Equipment Controls, see pages G1-G13.

VFD & safety switch

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E22

Low Sound Operation


The low sound levels generated by FXV
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers make

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


them suitable for installation in most
environments. For very sound sensitive
installations, a low sound fan option is
available to reduce the sound levels
generated from the tower with minimal
impact on thermal performance. The FXV
thermal performance with the low sound
fan has been certified in accordance with
CTI Standard STD-201.
For extremely sound sensitive
installations, factory designed, tested and
Unit with intake and discharge sound attenuation
rated sound attenuation is available for
both the air intake and discharge.

Whisper Quiet Fans


FXV single air inlet models (FXV-42X through FXV-Q66X) are
available with a “Whisper Quiet” fan that significantly reduces
the sound levels generated from the unit with minimal impact
on thermal performance.

Basinless Unit Construction


(FXV-288 and 364 Models Only)
The basinless unit construction option enables units to be
directly installed on new or existing concrete cold water
basins. This custom feature, reduces maintenance costs by
eliminating the integral basin from traditional units. It
simplifies piping and pumping requirements of multi-cell
installations and provides a cost-effective solution for many
field-erected replacement projects.

Installation on a concrete basin


.

...because temperature matters™


E23

Accessories
External Service Platforms
For external service, louver face and access door
platforms can be added to the unit, when purchased
or as an aftermarket item. Safety cages and safety
FXV

gates are also available. All components are


designed to meet OSHA requirements.

External platform at louver face

Ladder, Safety Cage, Gate and Handrails (FXV-288 and 364 Models Only)
In the event the end-user elects to provide access to the fan deck, models FXV-288 and 364 can be
furnished with ladders extending from the top of the unit to the base, as well as safety cages, safety
gates, fan deck extensions and handrail packages. All components are designed to meet OSHA
requirements. All access to the top of the equipment must be made in accordance with applicable
government occupational safety standards.
Note: Partial or full grating above the coil air intake is recommended with this option.

Internal Ladder
For access to the motor and drive assemblies on single air inlet models, a moveable internal ladder is
available.

Internal Service Platforms


For access to the motor and drive assemblies on
single air inlet models FXV-L641 through FXV-Q661
and all dual air inlet models, an internal ladder and
upper service platform with handrails is available.
Safety gates are available for all handrail openings.
All components are designed to meet OSHA
requirements.

Internal ladder and service platform


Vibration Cutout Switch
A factory mounted vibration cutout switch is available to effectively protect against equipment failure
due to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide either a mechanical
or solid-state electronic vibration cutout switch in a NEMA 4 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Additional contacts can be provided to either switch type to activate an alarm.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E24

Positive Closure Damper (PCD) Hoods


The FXV’s innovative design results in a low heat loss when the unit is idle. When additional heat loss
prevention is desired, coil air intake hoods with factory mounted PCDs and damper actuators can be
provided. The addition of factory mounted insulation to the hood and casing further reduces the heat
loss by minimizing losses due to conduction. See page E29 for heat loss data on all FXV models.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Basin Heaters
Closed circuit cooling towers exposed to below
freezing ambient temperatures require protection
to prevent freezing of the water in the cold water
basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed
electric immersion heaters, which maintain +40°F
(4.4°C) water temperature, are a simple and
inexpensive way of providing such protection.

Heater Sizing Data Basin heater

0˚F (-17.8˚C) Ambient Heaters -20˚F (-28.9˚C) Ambient Heaters


Model Numbers Number of Heaters kW per Heater Number of Heaters kW per Heater

FXV - 42X 1 4 1 6

FXV - 43X 1 6 1 8

FXV - 44X 1 8 1 12

FXV - 64X 1 12 1 16

FXV - 66X 1 16 1 21

FXV - 288 2 12 2 15

FXV - 364 2 14 2 20

Electric Water Level Control Package


The electric water level control replaces the standard mechanical
make-up valve when a more precise water level control is
required. This package consists of a conductance-actuated level
control mounted in the basin and a solenoid activated valve in the
make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize
water hammer.

Electric water level


control package

...because temperature matters™


E25

Accessories
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines are available for
lubrication of the fan shaft bearings. Grease fittings
FXV

are located inside the plenum area next to the


access door.

Grease fittings at the access door & bearings with the extended lubrication line option

High Temperature Fill


Optional high temperature fill material is available for high entering fluid temperatures.

Air Inlet Screens


Wire mesh screens can be factory-installed over the inlet
louvers and the spray distribution system to prevent debris
from entering the unit.

Basin Sweeper Piping


Basin sweeper piping provides an effective method of
preventing debris from collecting in the cold water basin of the
tower. A complete piping system, including nozzles, is provided
in the tower basin for connection to side stream filtration
equipment (by others). For more information on filtration
systems , see page M159.
Basin sweeper piping

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E26

Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers consists of parallel
I-beams positioned as shown on the drawings. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also
serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to assure access to the bottom of the tower.
Alternate steel support designs include a cantilevered plan as indicated by the optional minimum “D”

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


dimension in the table below. To support an FXV on columns or in an alternate arrangement not shown
here, consult your local BAC Representative.

Single Air Inlet

Optional Minimum Maximum


Model Number D
D* Deflection
FXV - 42x 8’ 3” 5’ 9” 3/16”

FXV - 43x 8’ 3” 5’ 9” 5/16”

FXV - 44x 8’ 3” 5’ 9” 3/8”

FXV - 64x 11’ 7-3/4” 8’ 0” 3/8”

FXV - 66x 11’ 7-3/4” 8’ 0” 1/2”

*When unit is supported with a cantilever plan, the side


opposite the air inlet shall be cantilevered.

Dual Air Inlet

Model Max.
D
Number Deflection

FXV-288-xxx 23’ 9-1/8” 1/2”

FXV-364-xxx 26’ 5/8” 1/2”

Notes:
1. Support steel and anchor bolts to be designed and furnished 4. If vibration isolation rails are to be used between the unit and
by others. supporting steel, be certain to allow for the length of the vibration
rails when determining the length of the supporting steel, as
2. All support steel must be level at the top. vibration rail length and mounting hole locations may differ from
3. Beams must be selected in accordance with accepted structural those of the unit.
practice. Maximum deflection of beam under unit to be 1/360 5. If point vibration isolation is used with multi-cell units, the isolators
of span, not to exceed 1/2 inch. must be located under the support steel, not between the support
steel and the closed circuit cooling towers.

...because temperature matters™


E27

Engineering Data
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Single Air Inlet Models
FXV

3" OVERFLOW

2" DRAIN

Motor HP Weights (lbs) Dimensions Connection Sizes2,3 Internal


Spray
Model Nominal Coil
Heaviest Make-Up Pump
Number Tons5 Fan Pump Operating1 Shipping L W H A P Coil Volume
Section Water (GPM)
(GAL)
FXV-421 33 7,730 5,050 2,900 46
FXV-422 46 8,190 5,370 3,220 60
3 to 10 1.5 6’ 1-1/4” 8’ 5-1/4” 13’ 2-3/4” 6’ 3/4” 1’ 3-3/4” 1/2” 4” 190
FXV-423 52 8,680 5,710 3,560 74
FXV-424 59 9,160 6,050 3,900 88
FXV-431 57 11,230 7,160 4,240 69
FXV-432 73 11,930 7,650 4,730 90
5 to 15 2 9’ 1-1/4” 8’ 5-1/4” 13’ 2-3/4” 6’ 3/4” 1’ 4-1/4” 1/2” 4” 290
FXV-433 81 12,630 8,140 5,220 112
FXV-434 95 13,380 8,680 5,760 133
FXV-441 92 14,200 8,760 5,120 91
FXV-442 111 15,150 9,410 5,770 120
1/2” 4”
FXV-443 122 16,080 10,060 6,420 149
FXV-444 140 7.5 to 20 3 17,070 10,770 7,130 12’ 1-1/4” 8’ 5-1/4” 13’ 2-3/4” 6’ 3/4” 1’ 8-1/4” 500 178
FXV-Q440 88 15,150 9,410 5,770 124
1/2’ 6”
FXV-Q441 125 17,070 10,770 7,130 182
FXV-641 144 18,560 10,890 6,730 146
FXV-642 175 20,050 11,930 7,770 192
1” 4”
FXV-643 193 21,550 12,980 8,820 238
10 to 30 5 12’ 1-1/4” 11’ 10” 15’ 10-3/4” 8’ 8-3/4” 1’ 8-3/4” 715
FXV-644 215 23,050 14,040 9,880 284
FXV-Q640 134 20,050 11,930 7,770 194
1” 6”
FXV-Q641 186 23,050 14,040 9, 880 286
FXV-661 231 27,070 15,510 9,690 218
FXV-662 267 29,290 17,070 11,250 288
1” 4”
FXV-663 295 31,570 18,670 12,850 358
15 to 45 7.5 18’ 1-1/4” 11’ 10” 16’ 4-1/4” 9’ 2-1/4” 2’ 3/8” 900
FXV-664 331 33,810 20,280 14,460 429
FXV-Q660 215 29,290 17,070 11,250 299
1” 8”
FXV-Q661 299 33,810 20,280 14,460 439

Notes:
1. Operating weight is for the tower with the water level in the cold 3. Inlet and outlet connections are beveled for welding.
water basin at the overflow. 4. Standard make-up, drain and overflow connections are MPT.
2. The actual size of the inlet and outlet connection may vary with
5. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from 95ºF to
the design flow rate. Consult unit print for dimensions.
85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E28

See page E81


for Engineering
Considerations.

Dual Air Inlet Models

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


6" FLUID OUT

6" FLUID IN

Motor HP Weights (lbs) Dimensions


Spray Internal Coil
Nominal
Model Number Heaviest Pump Volume
Tons6 Fan Pump Operating1 Shipping L W H
Section (GPM) (GAL)

FXV-288-31x 468 46,470 28,150 8,050 600


FXV-288-41x 502 20 to 60 15 50,160 30,910 9,430 11’ 11” 24’ 1/2” 18’ 10-3/8” 1,720 712
FXV-288-1Qx 439 50,160 30,910 9,430 706
FXV-364-31x 579 54,440 32,170 9,390 696
FXV-364-41x 624 25 to 75 15 58,800 35,450 11,030 13’ 11-1/8” 26’ 3-1/2” 19’ 0-3/8” 1,720 828
FXV-364-1Qx 550 58,800 35,450 11,030 862

Notes:
1. Operating weight is for the tower with the water level in the cold 5. Models shipped with an optional gear drive or low sound fan
water basin at the overflow. may have heights up to 10.5" greater than shown.

2. The actual size of the inlet and outlet connection may vary with
the design flow rate. Consult unit print for dimensions. 6. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from 95ºF to
85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.
3. Inlet and outlet connections are beveled for welding.
4. Standard make-up, drain and overflow connections are located
on the bottom of the unit. Make-up connection is 1-1/2” MPT
standpipe, drain is 2” FPT and overflow is 3” FPT.

...because temperature matters™


E29

Engineering Data:
Cold Weather Operation
FXV Heat Loss Data (BTUH)
Model Standard Unit w/ Unit w/ PCD
Number Unit PCD Hood Hood & Insulation
FXV

FXV-421 68,400 43,500 30,100


FXV-422 87,100 47,100 32,300
FXV-423 105,200 50,500 34,700
FXV-424 122,400 54,000 37,000

FXV-431 102,800 60,800 43,200


FXV-432 131,200 65,600 46,500
FXV-433 158,000 70,600 49,600
FXV-434 183,000 74,900 52,800

FXV-441 135,700 76,700 55,200


FXV-442 172,900 82,100 59,100
FXV-443 208,000 87,600 62,900
FXV-444 241,000 92,900 66,500
FXV-Q440 172,900 82,100 59,100
FXV-Q441 241,000 92,900 66,500

FXV-641 203,400 103,800 75,300


FXV-642 259,800 109,700 79,300
FXV-643 313,100 115,600 83,200
FXV-644 362,900 121,300 86,900
FXV-Q640 259,800 109,700 79,300
FXV-Q641 362,900 121,300 86,900

FXV-661 304,500 158,200 118,000


FXV-662 387,500 165,500 123,000
FXV-663 404,700 172,400 127,600
FXV-664 536,900 179,100 132,200
FXV-Q660 387,500 165,500 123,000
FXV-Q661 536,900 179,100 132,200

FXV-288-31x 760,200 280,700 202,000


FXV-288-41x 881,100 294,500 211,000
FXV-288-1Qx 881,100 294,500 211,000
FXV-364-31x 894,000 330,100 237,600
FXV-364-41x 1,036,200 346,400 248,100
FXV-364-1Qx 1,036,200 346,400 248,100

Notes:
1 Heat loss based on 50ºF entering coil water and -10ºF ambient
with 45 MPH wind (fans and pump off).
2. One inch thick PVC nitrite rubber blend thermal insulation on both
the PCD hood and the casing panels surrounding the coil.

Dimensional Data of Positive Closure Damper Hood


Model Hood Ship. Operating Weight Add Length Hood Height Unit Height Notes:
Width (W)
Number Weight (lbs.) (lbs.) (L) (Y) (H) 1. Hood shipping weight
includes shipping skid
FXV-42x 390 320 5’ 11-7/8” 3’ 5-1/4” 2’ 5-1/8” 15’ 1-3/4” weight.
FXV-43x 540 430 8’ 11-7/8” 3’ 5-1/4” 2’ 5-1/8” 15’ 1-3/4”
FXV-44x 720 570 11’ 11-7/8” 3’ 5-1/4” 2’ 5-1/8” 15’ 1-3/4”
FXV-64x 1,160 920 11’ 11-7/8” 5’ 3-1/2” 2’ 5-1/8” 17’ 9-3/4”
FXV-66x 1,650 1,300 17’ 11-7/8” 5’ 3-1/2” 2’ 5-1/8” 17’ 9-3/4”
FXV-288-xxx 1,300 1,040 11’ 11” 6’ 3-3/8” 2’ 5-1/8” 20’ 2-5/8”
FXV-364-xxx 1,500 1,200 13’ 11-1/8” 6’ 3-3/8” 2’ 5-1/8” 20’ 2-5/8”

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E30

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.
1.0 Closed Circuit Cooling Tower mally activated curing stage and monitored by a 23-step
quality assurance program. Coatings other than the
1.1 General: Furnish and install, as shown on the plans, BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System must be
___ factory-assembled closed circuit cooling tower(s) of submitted to the engineer for pre-approval. Approved
induced draft design with vertical air discharge. Overall equals must have undergone testing, resulting in the
dimensions shall not exceed approximately ___ ft (mm) x following results as a minimum:

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


___ ft (mm), with an overall height not exceeding approxi-
mately ___ ft (mm). Operating weight shall not exceed 1. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able
_____ lbs (kg). The closed circuit cooling tower shall be to withstand 6000 hours of 5% salt spray per ASTM
Baltimore Aircoil Company Model FXV-___. B117 without blistering, chipping, or loss of adhesion;
1.2 Thermal Capacity (water as heat transfer fluid): The 2. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able to
closed circuit cooling tower shall be warranted by the man- withstand 6000 hours of exposure to acidic (pH=4.0)
ufacturer to have capacity to cool _______ USGPM (l/s) of and alkaline (pH=11.0)water solutions at 95ºF (35˚C)
water from ______°F (°C) to _____°F (°C) at _____°F (°C) without signs of chemical attack;
entering wet-bulb temperature. Coil pressure drop shall not 3. Shall withstand impact of 160 in-lbs per ASTM D2794
exceed ________ psi (kPa). The performance shall be without fracture or delamination of the polymer layer;
certified by the Cooling Technology Institute in accordance 4. Shall withstand 6000 hours of ultraviolet radiation
with CTI Certification Standard STD-201 or, lacking such equivalent to 120,000 hours of noontime sun exposure
certification, a field without loss of functional properties;
acceptance test shall be conducted within the warranty
period in accordance with CTI Acceptance Test Code ATC- 5. Shall withstand 200 thermal shock cycles between -
105, by the Cooling Technology Institute, or other qualified 25ºF and +180ºF (-32˚C and 82˚C) without loss of
independent third party testing agency. Manufacturers' adhesion or other deterioration;
performance guarantees or performance bonds without CTI 6. Shall withstand 6000 hours of exposure to 60 psi
Certification of water ratings shall not be accepted. (42,184 kg/m2) water jet without signs of wear or
(Alternate) 1.2 Thermal Capacity (aqueous glycol solution erosion.
as heat transfer fluid): The closed circuit cooling tower(s) (Alternate) 2.1 Optional Stainless Steel Construction: All
shall be warranted by the manufacturer to cool steel panels and structural elements shall be constructed
________USGPM (l/s) of _____% by volume from heavy-gauge, Series 300 stainless steel.
ethylene/propylene glycol solution from ______°F (°C) to
2.2 Coil Section: The heat transfer section of the closed
_____°F (°C) at _____°F (°C) entering wet-bulb tempera-
circuit cooling tower shall be encased with removable
ture. Coil pressure drop shall not exceed ________ psi
heavy-gauge galvanized steel panels (or corrosion
(kPa). Basis for thermal performance rating shall be the
resistant, fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP) on Models
Cooling Technology Institute (CTI) certified rating for water
FXV-288 to 364). The coil shall be constructed of continu-
cooling appropriately adjusted for the thermal properties of
ous serpentine all prime surface steel, be pneumatically
the aqueous glycol solution used. Additionally, the thermal
tested at 375 psig (2,685 kPa), and be hot-dip galvanized
performance of the product line with water as the heat
after fabrication. The coil shall be designed for free
transfer fluid shall be certified by the CTI in accordance
drainage of fluid and shall be ASME B31.5 compliant.
with CTI Certification Standard STD-201. Manufacturers'
Maximum allowable working pressure shall be 300 psig
performance guarantees or performance bonds without CTI
(280 psig for coils supplied with a CRN).
Certification of water ratings shall not be accepted.
(Alternate) 2.2 Optional Cleanable Header Coil: Coil(s) to
1.3 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer
be constructed of continuous serpentine prime surface car-
shall have a Management System certified by an accredit-
bon steel, with a hot-dip galvanized (after fabrication) out-
ed registrar as complying with the requirements of ISO-
side surface. Inlet and outlet headers have removable
9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of products and
cover plates, and elbowed fluid inlet and outlet connections
services.
to allow removal of the cover plates without disturbing fluid
2.0 Construction Details piping. Coil(s) shall be pneumatically tested at 125 psig
2.1 Corrosion Resistant Construction (standard): Unless (895 kPa).
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and (Alternate) 2.2 Optional Cleanable Tube Coil: Coil(s) to be
structural elements shall be constructed from heavy-gauge, constructed with straight full-length tubes, pitched in the
G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel, with cut direction of fluid flow for free drainage, and pneumatically
edges given a protective coat of zinc-rich compound. tested at 125 psig (895 kPa). Full-height box headers and
(Alternate) 2.1 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless removable cover plates allow access to all tubes at both
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and ends. The entire assembly is hot-dip galvanized after
structural members shall be protected with the fabrication, inside and out.
BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System. The system (Alternate) 2.2 Optional ASME Coil: Coil(s) shall be
shall consist of G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized designed and constructed to meet the requirements of
steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII,
process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting, Division 1, and bear the U stamp.
hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a ther-

...because temperature matters™


E31

(Alternate) 2.2 Optional Stainless Steel Coil: Coil(s) shall manufactured and performance tested by the closed cir-
be constructed of Series 300 stainless steel serpentine cuit cooling tower manufacturer to provide single source
tube. Tubes shall be sloped for free drainage and coil responsibility and assure control of the final product. A
assembly shall be pneumatically tested at 375 psig (2,685 separate set of drift eliminators shall be removable in
kPa). Coil(s) shall be ASME B31.5 compliant. easily handled sections for quick access to the coil.
Eliminators shall have a minimum of three changes in air
direction.
2.3 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge hot-dip galvanized steel. The (Alternate) 4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The high
basin shall include a depressed section with drain/ temperature fill and integral drift eliminators shall be
clean-out connection. Standard accessories shall include formed from self-extinguishing (per ASTM-568) polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) having a flame spread rating of 5 per
FXV

large area, lift-out steel strainers with perforated openings


sized smaller than water distribution nozzle orifices, an ASTM E84 and shall be impervious to rot, decay, fungus
integral anti-vortexing hood to prevent air entrainment, and biological attack. The high temperature fill shall be
waste water bleed line, and brass make-up valve with suitable for entering water temperatures up to 140°F
large diameter plastic float arranged for easy adjustment. (60.0˚C). The fill shall be manufactured, tested and rated
by the cooling tower manufacturer and shall be elevated
above the cold water basin to facilitate cleaning.
(Alternate) 2.3 Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
The cold water basin shall be made of Series 300
stainless steel. All factory seams in the cold water basin 5.0 Air Inlet Louvers
shall be welded, leak tested at the factory to ensure 5.1 Air Inlet Louvers: Air inlet louvers shall be
watertight assembly and shall be warranted against leaks wave-formed, fiberglass-reinforced polyester (FRP),
for 5 years. spaced to minimize air resistance and prevent water
splash-out.
2.4 Casing Panels: Models FXV-4xx, 6xx, Lxxx, & Qxxx:
Casing panels shall be constructed of steel matching the
structure defined in section 2.1. 6.0 Mechanical Equipment
Or, for Models FXV-288 and 364: 6.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow, with
aluminum alloy blades. Air shall discharge through a fan
Casing panels shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, cylinder designed for streamlined air entry and minimum
fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP). fan blade tip clearance for maximum fan efficiency. Fan(s)
and shaft(s) shall be supported by heavy-duty, self-
aligning, grease-packed ball bearings with moisture-proof
3.0 Spray Water System seals and integral slinger rings, designed for minimum L10
3.1 Spray Water Pump(s): The closed circuit cooling life of 40,000 hours. Fan(s) shall be drive by a one-piece,
tower shall include an appropriate number of close- multi-groove neoprene/polyester belt designed specifically
coupled, bronze-fitted centrifugal pump and motor for evaporative cooling service. Fan and motor sheave(s)
assemblies equipped with mechanical seal, mounted in shall be fabricated from cast aluminum.
the basin and piped from the suction connection to the
water distribution system. The pump motor(s) shall be the
totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type suitable for 6.2 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed air
_____ volts, ___ phase, and ____ hertz electrical service. over (TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type
The system shall include a metering valve and bleed line with 1.15 service factor, designed specifically for
to control the bleed rate from the pump discharge to the evaporative cooling duty on _____ volt/ ___ hertz/ ___
overflow connection. phase electrical service. The motor shall be furnished
with special moisture protection on windings, shafts, and
bearings. Each motor shall be mounted on an easily
3.2 Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed adjusted, heavy-duty motor base.
evenly over the coil at a flow rate sufficient to ensure
complete wetting of the coil at all times. Large diameter,
non-clog, 360° plastic distribution nozzles shall utilize a (Alternate) 6.2 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally
two stage diffusion pattern to provide overlapping, enclosed air over (TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball
umbrella spray patterns that create multiple intersection bearing type designed specifically for evaporative cooling
points with adjacent nozzles. The branches and spray duty on ____ volt/ ___ hertz/ ____ phase electrical
nozzles shall be held in place by snap-in rubber service. The motor shall be furnished with special
grommets, allowing quick removal of individual nozzles moisture protection on windings, shafts, and bearings.
or complete branches for cleaning or flushing. Fan motors shall be inverter duty type designed per
NEMA Standard MG1, Section IV, Part 31.

4.0 Fill and Drift Eliminators 6.3 Mechanical Equipment Warranty: The fan(s), fan
4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The fill and integral drift shaft(s), sheaves, bearings, mechanical equipment
eliminators shall be formed from self-extinquishing (per support and fan motor shall be warranted against defects
ASTM-568) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having a flame in materials and workmanship for a period of five (5)
spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84 and shall be impervious years from date of shipment.
to rot, decay, fungus and biological attack. The fill shall be

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E32

6.4 ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (optional): Two single- provided to minimize vibration transmission from the tower
speed fan motors, one sized for full speed and load, the to the building structure. The isolators shall be designed
other sized for 2/3 speed and approximately 1/3 the full for a static deflection of 1" (25.4 mm) and a maximum
load horsepower, shall be provided for capacity control wind speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
and stand-by protection from drive or motor failure.
Two-speed motor(s) are not an acceptable alternative. 9.2 Basin Heater(s): The cooling tower cold water basin
shall be provided with electric heater(s) to prevent freezing
(Alternate) 3.4 BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System: Two in low ambient conditions. The heater(s) shall be selected
single speed fan motors, one sized for load, the other to maintain 40°F (4.4˚C) pan water temperatures at ____°
sized for 1/3 of the full load horsepower shall be provided F(˚C) ambient. The heater(s) shall be______V/ ____
in each cell for capacity control and standby protection phase/___Hz electric and shall be provided with low water

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


from drive or motor failure. The manufacturer of the cutout and thermostat.
equipment shall supply controls for the larger motor, a
VFD for the smaller motor and factory programmed logic (Alternate) 9.2 Basin Heaters (Available on single air inlet
controller to maximize energy saving for off peak load and models only): A steam coil shall be factory installed in the
wet-bulb conditions. cooling tower depressed sump of the cold water basin to
prevent freezing during cold water shutdown. The steam
7.0 Access coil shall be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.4˚C) pan water
temperature at a –20°F (-28.9˚C) ambient temperature
7.1 Plenum Access: A large, hinged access door shall be given 5 psig (34 kPa) at the coil inlet connection.
provided on each end wall for access to the coil, drift
eliminators, and fan plenum section. The water make-up 9.3 Basin Water Level Control: The cooling tower
valve, float ball, and suction strainer shall be easily manufacturer shall provide an electric water level control
accessible. On single side air inlet units, the access door (EWLC) system. The system shall consist of water level
shall open to an internal walkway. sensing and control units in quantities and locations as
indicated on the drawings. Each water level sensing and
8.0 Sound control unit shall consist of the following: NEMA 4
enclosure with gasketed access cover; solid state controls
8.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local including all necessary relays and contacts to achieve the
environment, the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) specified sequence of operation; stainless steel water level
measured 50 ft (15,240 mm) from the closed circuit sensing electrodes with brass holder; Schedule 40 PVC
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed standpipe assembly with vent holes, and all necessary
the sound levels detailed below. stainless steel mounting hardware. Provide PVC union
directly below the control enclosure to facilitate the
(Alternate) 8.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the removal and access of electrodes and control enclosure.
local environment, the closed circuit cooling tower shall be
furnished with a low sound fan. The thermal performance The number and position of water level sensing electrodes
of the closed circuit cooling tower shall be certified by the shall be provided to sense the following: high water level,
Cooling Technology Institute in accordance with paragraph low water level, high water alarm level, low water alarm,
1.2 of this specification when furnished with the low sound and heater safety cutout.
fan. Maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 50 ft
(15,240 mm) from the closed circuit cooling tower 9.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide mechanical local
operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound reset vibration switch. The mechanical vibration cutout
levels detailed below. switch will be guaranteed to trip at a point so as not to
cause damage to the cooling tower. To ensure this, the
trip point will be a frequency range of 0 to 3,600 RPM and
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A) a trip point of 0.2 to 2.0 g’s.
Discharge
Air Inlet (Alternate) 9.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide electronic
Cased Face remote reset vibration switch with contact for BAS
monitoring. Wiring shall be by the installing contractor.
The electronic vibration cut out switch shall be set to trip at
9.0 Accessories a point so as not to cause damage to the cooling tower.
The trip point will be 0.45 in/sec (0.0114 m/sec).
9.1 Vibration Isolation Rails (Available on single air inlet
9.5 Basin Sweeper Piping: The cold water basin of the
models only): Spring-type vibration isolation rails,
cooling tower shall be equipped with PVC sump sweeper
constructed of steel channels and base plates, painted
piping for a separator (supplied by others).
with a rust-resistant primer shall be provided to minimize
vibration transmission from the tower to the building 9.6 Intake Sound Attenuation: The unit shall be equipped
structure. The isolators shall be designed for a static with intake sound attenuators consisting of fiberglass
deflection of 1" (25.4 mm) and a maximum wind speed acoustical baffles encased in steel to further reduce sound
of 50 mph (80 km/h). levels.
(Alternate) 9.1 Vibration Isolation Rails (Available on single
air inlet models only): Spring-type vibration isolation rails,
constructed of steel channels and base plates, coated with
a 0.003" (.076 mm) layer of zinc after fabrication shall be

...because temperature matters™


E33

9.7 Sound Attenuation: The unit shall be equipped with a 10.0 Equipment Controls (Optional)
straight hood lined with sound absorbing fiberglass
acoustical baffles to reduce sound levels from the top of 10.1 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency
the unit. drive (VFD) shall be provided for each fan motor. The
supplier of the VFD shall be the manufacturer of the
9.8 Heat loss: The heat loss for the FXV shall be equal evaporative cooling equipment. The VFD shall have a
to or less than __________ BTUH using either a 3-contactor bypass, 3% input line reactor, a removable
standard unit, a unit with a hood, positive closure keypad, an RS232 terminal for PC connection, and a
dampers, insulation or a combination. circuit breaker disconnect. Fuse protection will not be
9.9 External platform with ladder: A galvanized steel accepted. Control voltage shall be 24V to minimize the
FXV

platform and aluminum ladder to grade shall be provided size of the enclosure which should not exceed _____ ft x
at all access doors to access the plenum section of the _____ ft x ____ ft and the weight should not exceed ____
cooling tower. All working surfaces shall be able to lbs. VFD shall be provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12)
withstand 50 psf live load or 200 pound concentrated enclosure. The VFD shall be compatible with a (ModBus)
load.a (LonWorks) (Johnson N2) Building Automation System.

(Alternate for Dual air inlet FXVs only) 9.9 Ladder: An OR


aluminum ladder (with galvanized steel safety cage) shall 10.1 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall
be provided for access to the fan deck. Access door or be provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling
service platforms shall not be accepted as equal. equipment. The panel shall include full voltage,
(Alternate for Dual air inlet FXVs only) 9.9 Handrails: non-reversing (FVNR) fan motor and pump motor (if
1-1/4" galvanized steel pipe handrail shall be proved applicable) starters in a common enclosure. The panel
around the perimeter of the cooling tower cells. The shall be provided with a main a circuit breaker disconnect
handrails shall be provided with knee and toe rails and and a separate circuit breaker for each motor or speed.
shall conform to the requirements of OSHA. Fuse protection will not be accepted. Panels containing
basin heaters shall have an Earth Leakage Breaker
9.10 Internal Walkway for Dual Air inlet FXV: An internal containing ground fault protection. Starters above 25 A
walkway shall be provided in the plenum section to shall be NEMA rated. IEC starters will be accepted for
provide for inspection and maintenance. All working motors below 25 A. Panel shall include a 120V/60Hz
surfaces shall be able to withstand 50 psf (244 Kg/m2)live control power transformer, Hand-Off-Auto switches for
load or 200 pound (90.7 Kg) concentrated load. Other each starter or contactor, and pilot lights for each
components of the cooling tower, i.e. basin and fill/drift component. Enclosed controls shall be provided in a
eliminators, shall not be considered an internal working NEMA (1)(3R)(4)(4X)(12) enclosure.
surface. Manufacturers that require that these surfaces be
used as a working platform shall provide a two-year Optional enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor
extended warranty to the Owner to repair any damage to shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A
these surfaces caused by routine maintenance. temperature controller shall be provided with the enclosed
controls.)(A basin heater contactor with circuit breaker
9.11 Internal Platform: An internal platform shall be shall be provided.)(A vibration cutout switch input shall be
provided in the plenum section to provide for inspection provided.)
and maintenance. All working surfaces shall be able to
withstand 50 psf live load or 200 pound concentrated 10.2 Safety Switch(es): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety
load. Other components of the cooling tower, i.e. basin disconnect switch shall be provided by the manufacturer
floor and fill/drift eliminators, shall not be considered an of the evaporative cooling equipment. Switch shall be
internal working surface. Manufacturers that require that single-throw, 3-pole design, rated up to 600 VAC. Switch
these surfaces be used as a working platform shall shall have triple padlocking capability, a visible double
provide a two-year extended warranty to the Owner to break rotary blade mechanism, a clearly visible On/Off
repair any damage to these surfaces caused by routine handle, an interlocking mechanism to prevent door
maintenance. opening with handle in On position, and a clear line shield.
Safety switch shall be provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12)
9.12 Fan Cylinder Extension: To extend the height of the enclosure.
tower equal to the surrounding enclosure, the cooling
tower shall be provided with ____ of fan cylinder
extension. The fan cylinder extension shall match the
construction of the fan deck.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E34

Series V
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E35

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E37

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E39

Custom Features & Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E41

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E44

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E47

Structural Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E55

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E56

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E81


E35

Series V
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
Single Cell Capacity:
4 – 543 Nominal Tons
Series V

12 – 1,629 GPM at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF

Series V Closed Circuit Cooling Towers deliver independently verified, fully rated thermal performance over a
wide range of flow and temperature requirements. The Series V can be installed indoors and is available in a
low profile version to accommodate limited ceiling or enclosure heights. The Series V design minimizes sound
levels and installation costs, provides year-round operating reliability, and simplifies maintenance
requirements.

Series V Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


• Suitable for indoor or outdoor installations
• Low profile models available
• Low sound
• Single side air inlet
• Low energy consumption
• Low installed cost
• Easy maintenance
• Reliable year-round operation
• Long service life
• ASME B31.5 compliant heat transfer coil
• Five-year warranty on mechanical equipment

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E36

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers

...because temperature matters™


E37

Benefits
Installation and Application Flexibility
• Indoor Installations — Centrifugal fans can
overcome the static pressure imposed by
Series V

external ductwork, allowing the Series V to


be installed indoors.

• Low Profile Models – The fan section of low


profile units are adjacent to the casing section to
yield models suitable for use in height sensitive
installations. Low profile models are available in
capacities from 4.5 to 108 nominal tons, which
correspond to heights of 5’ 5” (1651mm) and 8’
4-3/4” (2559.1mm), respectively. Low Profile Series V
Closed Circuit Cooling Tower

Low Sound
• Centrifugal Fan — Centrifugal fans have inherently low sound characteristics.

• Single Air Inlet — Particularly sound-sensitive areas can be accommodated by facing the quiet
blank-off panel to the sound-sensitive direction.

Low Energy Consumption


Evaporative cooling equipment minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system because it
provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving natural resources
and reducing environmental impact.

Low Installed Cost


• Support – All models mount directly on two parallel I-beams and ship complete with motors and
drives factory-installed and aligned (see sketches on next page).

• Modular Design – Large models ship in multiple sections to minimize the size and weight of the
heaviest lift, allowing for the use of smaller, less costly cranes. (See drawings on following page)

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E38

Easy Maintenance

Internal Access — The interior of the unit is easily

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


accessible for adjusting the float valve,
cleaning the strainer or flushing the basin.
The water level control (optional
electric control shown here) is easily
reached from the access door

Reliable Year-Round Operation

V-Belt Drive — The fans, motor, and drive system are


located outside of the moist discharge airstream, protecting
them from moisture, condensation and icing. Backed by a
5-year fan drive and motor warranty, these units are
suitable for year-round operation.

V-Belt drive system


Long Service Life
Materials of Construction – Various materials are available to meet
the corrosion resistance, unit operating life, and budgetary
requirements of any project (see page E41 for construction options).

VF1 Models VFL Models

Steel Supports
Steel Supports

...because temperature matters™


E39

Construction Details

4
2
Series V

Coil section
(typical for all models)

1 Heavy-Duty Construction 3 Coil


• G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized • Continuous serpentine, steel tubing
steel panels • Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF)
• Pneumatically tested at 375 psig
2 Water Distribution System • Sloped tubes for free drainage of fluid
• Schedule 40 PVC spray branches • ASME B31.5 compliant
• Large orifice, 360˚ non-clog nozzles • When required, orders shipping into
• Grommetted for easy removal Canada are supplied with a CRN

4 Drift Eliminators
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
• Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
• Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-03
• Assembled in easy to handle sections

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E40

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


6
7

VF1 Models

4
2

3
6
1

VFL Models 5
7

5 Fan Drive System 7 Recirculating Spray Pump


• V-belt drive • Close coupled, bronze fitted centrifugal pump
• Heavy-duty bearings • Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) motor
(280,000 hour average life) • Bleed line with metering valve installed from
• Cooling tower duty fan motor pump discharge to overflow
• 5-year motor and drive warranty
8 Access Door
6 Low Sound Centrifugal Fan(s) • Circular access door
• Quiet operation
• Corrosion resistant 9 Strainer (Not Shown)
• Anti-vortexing design to prevent air entrainment

...because temperature matters™


E41

Custom Features and Options


Construction Options

• Standard Construction – Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of heavy-gauge
G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel.
Series V

• Optional BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System – The BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection


System is a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment life, is applied to all hot-dip
galvanized steel components of the cooling tower.

• Optional Water Contact Series 300 Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin – A cost effective
alternative to all stainless steel cold water basin construction. All water contact steel panels in the
cold water basin are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel. All other steel components are
constructed of the base material of construction (galvanized steel or the BALTIBOND® Corrosion
Protection System).

• Optional Series 300 Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin - All steel panels and structural elements
of the cold water basin are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel. This option is available on
VF1 models only. See the “Optional Water-Contact Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin” for VFL
Models.

• Optional Water Contact Series 300 Stainless Steel Construction – A cost effective alternative to
an all stainless steel unit. All water contact steel panels in the cold water basin and casing are
constructed of Series 300 stainless steel. All other steel components are constructed of the base
material of construction (galvanized steel or the BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System).

• Optional Series 300 Stainless Steel Construction – All steel panels and structural elements are
constructed of Series 300 Stainless steel

Coil Configurations
• Standard Serpentine Coil:
The standard cooling coil is constructed of continuous lengths of all prime surface steel, hot-dip
galvanized (outside surface) after fabrication (HDGAF). The coil is designed for low pressure drop
with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 375 psig
(2,586 kPa) and is ASME B31.5 compliant.

• Optional Extended Surface Coil:


Coils are available with half or all rows finned at 5 fins per inch for seasonal wet/dry operation.
The coil is hot-dip galvanized (outside surface) after fabrication (HDGAF). The coil is designed for
low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at
375 psig (2,586 kPa) and is ASME B31.5 compliant.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E42

Coil Configurations
• Optional Stainless Steel Coil:
Coils are available in Series 300 stainless steel for specialized applications. The coil is designed for
low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at
375 psig (2,586 kPa) and is ASME B31.5 compliant.
• Optional Cleanable Header Coil:

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


The cleanable header tube bundle provides removable cover plates on the inlet and outlet header
boxes to permit access to each serpentine tube circuit for solvent or air-pressure cleaning. Tubes are
all prime surface steel tubing formed into a serpentine shape and welded into an assembly. Coil
material options include carbon steel coils (hot-dip galvanized outside surface) or stainless steel coils.
Each coil is pneumatically tested at 125 psig (860 kPa).
• Optional Straight-Through Cleanable Coil:
A header box with a removable cover plate at each end of the coil allows access to every tube end for
mechanical cleaning or plugging. It is available in carbon steel (hot-dip galvanized inside and out) or
stainless steel. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 125 psig (860 kPa).
• Optional ASME “U” Stamp Coil:
This coil is manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section VIII, Division 1, and bears the ASME “U” stamp. ASME coils are hot-dip galvanized
(outside surface) after fabrication (HDGAF). The coil is designed for low pressure drop with sloping
tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 375 psig (2,586 kPa).

When required, orders shipping into Canada are supplied with a CRN. Other coil configurations are
available for specific applications. Contact your local BAC Representative for details.

Cleanable header coil Straight-through cleanable coil

...because temperature matters™


E43

Custom Features and Options


Fan Drive System
The fan drive system provides the cooling air
necessary to reject unwanted heat from the system
Series V

to the atmosphere. Dynamically balanced, forwardly


curved, centrifugal fans driven by matched V-belts
with taper lock sheaves designed for not less than
150% of the motor nameplate horsepower are
standard. Cooling tower duty fan motors, custom
engineered for BAC to provide maximum
performance for cooling tower service, are provided
and backed by BAC’s comprehensive 5-year motor
and fan drive warranty.
Standard fan drive system

ENERGY-MISER® Fan System


The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System consists of two
standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full
speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3
the design horsepower. This configuration allows
the system to be operated like a two-speed motor,
but with the reserve capacity of a standby motor in
the event of failure. As a minimum, approximately
70% capacity will be available from the low horse-
power motor, even on a design wet-bulb day.
Controls and wiring are the same as those required ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
for a two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy
savings are achieved when operating at low speed during
periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.

BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System


The BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System builds on the advantages of the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
by adding a VFD to the smaller motor. Using the VFD on the smaller fan motor, as opposed to the
larger motor, reduces the cost of the VFD, and wiring for the motor. For more information on the
BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System refer to pages G1.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E44

Accessories
Equipment Controls
BAC control panels are specifically designed to work
seamlessly with all BAC units and engineered to
meet you particular application. For more on BAC

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Equipment Controls, see pages G1-G13.

Low Sound Alternatives


The low sound levels generated by Series V Closed
Circuit Cooling Towers make them suitable for most
installations. For situations when one direction is
particularly sound sensitive, the unit can be oriented Variable frequency drive
so that the side opposite the air intake faces the sound-sensitive direction. The Series V is also available
with factory designed, tested and rated sound attenuation for both the air intake and discharge.

External Access Options


(VF1 Models Only)
In the event the end-user elects to provide access to
the top of the unit, VF1 models can be furnished with
ladders extending from the base of the unit to the top,
as well as safety cages, safety gates and handrail
packages. All components are designed to meet
OSHA requirements. All access to the top of the
equipment must be made in accordance with
applicable government occupational safety standards.
NOTE: When these access options are employed, the
unit must be equipped with steel drift eliminators. Unit shown with external access platform

Vibration Cutout Switch


A factory mounted vibration cutout switch is available to effectively protect against equipment failure due
to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide either a mechanical or
solid-state electronic vibration cutout switch in a NEMA 4 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Additional contacts can be provided to activate an alarm.

...because temperature matters™


E45

Electric Water Level Control Package


The electric water level control replaces the
standard mechanical makeup valve when a more
precise water level control is required. This
package consists of a conductance-actuated level
control mounted in the basin and a solenoid
activated valve in the make-up water line. The
Series V

valve is slow closing to minimize water hammer.

Basin Heaters Basin heater

Closed circuit cooling towers exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to
prevent freezing of the water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory installed electric
immersion heaters, which maintain +40°F (4.4°C) water temperature, are a simple and inexpensive
way of providing such protection.

Heater Sizing Data


0˚F (-17.8˚C) Ambient Heaters -20˚F (-28.9˚C) Ambient Heaters
Model Numbers No. of Heaters kW per Heater No. of Heaters kW per Heater
VFL-012 1 2 1 2
VFL-024 1 3 1 4
VFL-036 1 4 1 5
VFL-048 1 5 1 7
VFL-072 1 7 1 9
VFL-096 1 9 1 12
VF1-009 1 2 1 2
VF1-018 1 2 11 2
VF1-027 1 2 1 3
VF1-036 1 3 1 5
VF1-048 1 3 11 5
VF1-072 1 5 1 7.5
VF1-096 1 5 1 7.5
VF1-144N 1 7 1 10
VF1-144 1 8 1 10
VF1-192 2 5 2 7.5
VF1-216 1 12 1 16
VF1-288N 2 7 2 10
VF1-288 2 8 2 10
VF1-432 2 12 2 16

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E46

Extended Lubrication Lines


Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings located outside the fan section are available for lubrication
of the fan shaft bearings.

Bottom Screens (VF1 Models Only)


Wire mesh screens are available factory-installed over the bottom openings to prevent unauthorized
access.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping is an effective method of
eliminating sediment that may collect in the cold
water basin of the tower. A piping system is provided
for connection to side stream filtration equipment
(by others) with a supply pressure of 10-20 psig.
For more information on filtration systems, see
page M159.

Solid Bottom Panels


Factory-installed bottom panels are required when
intake air is ducted to the unit.

Capacity Control Dampers


Modulating capacity control dampers are available Solid bottom panels
to provide better leaving water temperature control than can be obtained from fan cycling alone. A
standard electrical control package for dampers is available.

Discharge Hoods
BAC offers a full line of standard discharge hoods
with and without positive closure dampers that are
built, tested, and rated specifically for all Series V
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers. The tapered hoods
are designed to increase the discharge air
velocity to avoid recirculation in extremely tight
enclosures. Straight or tapered hoods can be used
to elevate the unit discharge above adjacent walls.
A larger fan motor may be necessary when this
option is provided. See page E53 for details of
hoods furnished with positive closure dampers.

Tapered discharge hood with positive closure dampers

...because temperature matters™


E47

VFL Engineering Data


Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Series V

End Elevation View Side Elevation View

1"

4' 1-1/4" 2" DRAIN

Models VFL-012 to 048

End Elevation View Side Elevation View

2" MAKE-UP

2"
7' 10-1/2"

Models VFL-072 to 096

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E48

See page E81


for Engineering
Considerations.

MOTOR HP WEIGHTS (LBS) DIMENSIONS CONNECTIONS SPRAY


MODEL NOMINAL AIRFLOW INTERNAL COIL
PUMP
NUMBER TONS1 FAN5 PUMP (CFM) OPERATING2 SHIPPING L H F COIL3,6 OVERFLOW VOLUME (GAL)
(GPM)
VFL-012-02G 4.5 3 9,220 2,560 1,880 5’ 5” 1’ 2-1/4” 45 18

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


VFL-012-12G 7.4 3 9,010 2,810 2,090 6’ 3-3/4” 1’ 10-3/4” 45 25
VFL-012-22G 9.4 3 1/3 8,870 3,140 2,330 7’ 0-3/4” 6’ 10” 2’ 7-1/4” 3” 2” 45 32
VFL-012-32G 12 3 8,760 3,425 2,555 7’ 6-1/2” 3’ 3-3/4” 45 39
VFL-012-32H 14 5 10,380 3,425 2,555 7’ 6-1/2” 3’ 3-3/4” 45 39
VFL-024-12H 17 5 15,430 4,610 3,120 6’ 3-3/4” 1’ 9-3/4” 94 47
VFL-024-22H 21 5 15,180 5,130 3,510 6’ 7-1/4” 2’ 6-1/4” 94 61
1/2 10’ 11-3/4” 4” 2”
VFL-024-32H 26 5 14,990 5,750 3,960 7’ 3-3/4” 3’ 2-3/4” 94 75
VFL-024-32J 30 7 1/2 17,160 5,750 4,000 7’ 6-1/2” 3’ 2-3/4” 94 75
VFL-036-22K 35 10 23,580 7,070 4,690 6’ 10-1/4” 2’ 9-1/4” 142 90
VFL-036-32K 43 10 1 23,290 7,950 5,330 14’ 11-9/16” 7’ 8-3/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 4” 2” 142 111
VFL-036-31M 49 20 29,340 7,970 5,350 7’ 11-1/2” 3’ 6-1/2” 142 111
VFL-048-22L 43 15 29,150 8,905 5,615 6’ 10-1/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 192 119
VFL-048-31L 46 15 28,790 9,920 6,480 7’ 8-3/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 192 148
1 1/2 17’ 11-3/4” 4” 3”
VFL-048-31M 52 20 31,680 9,920 6,480 7’ 8-3/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 192 148
VFL-048-41M 55 20 31,360 10,950 7,230 8’ 4-3/4” 4’ 3-3/4” 192 177
VFL-072-22N 69 25 45,390 13,555 8,755 7’ 1” 2’ 9-1/4” 284 180
VFL-072-22O 75 30 48,240 13,555 8,755 7’ 1” 2’ 9-1/4” 284 180
VFL-072-31O 81 30 1 1/2 47,640 15,190 9,920 14’ 11-9/16” 7’ 11-1/2” 3’ 6-1/2” 4” 3” 284 223
VFL-072-41O 86 30 47,150 16,590 10,950 8’ 7-1/2” 4’ 3-3/4” 294 265
VFL-072-41P 97 40 51,900 16,590 10,950 8’ 7-1/2” 4’ 3-3/4” 284 265
VFL-096-41O 94 30 54,110 20,680 12,960 8’ 4-3/4” 4’ 3-3/4” 384 347
2 17’ 11-3/4” 4” 3”
VFL-096-41P 108 40 59,560 20,680 12,960 8’ 4-3/4” 4’ 3-3/4” 384 347

Notes:
1. Nominal tonnage is CTI Certified performance at a 95ºF entering 4. If discharge hoods with positive closure dampers are furnished,
water temperature, an 85ºF leaving water temperature, and a see page E53 for added weight and height. Fan motor
78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature. Consult BAC selection horsepower may increase; consult selection software for
software for all other conditions. verification.

2. Operating weight is for the unit with water level in the cold water 5. Fan horsepower is at 0” external static pressure.
basin at the overflow. 6. The number and location of coil connections will vary with
3. Standard coil connections are beveled for welding. design flow and coil arrangement.
7. All units ship in one piece.

...because temperature matters™


E49

VF1 Engineering Data


Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Series V

End Elevation View Side Elevation View

1"

2"

2"

3' 11-1/2"

Models VF1-009 to 036

End Elevation View Side Elevation View

1"
3"

2"

4' 8-5/8"

Models VF1-048

End Elevation View Side Elevation View

2"
3"

7' 10-3/8"

Models VF1-072

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E50

See page E81


for Engineering
Considerations.

MOTOR HP WEIGHTS (LBS) DIMENSIONS COIL SPRAY INTERNAL


MODEL NOMINAL AIRFLOW
CONN. PUMP COIL VOLUME
NUMBER TONS1 FAN5 PUMP (CFM) OPERATING2 SHIPPING HEAVIEST7 L H F A
SECTION SIZE3,6 (GPM) (GAL)

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


VF1-009-12G 5.5 3 5,690 1,875 1,625 1,625* 7’ 3-3/4” 1’ 10-3/4” 20
VF1-009-22G 6.8 3 5,590 2,075 1,785 1,000 8’ 0-1/4” 2’ 7-3/4” 26
1/3 3’ 0” 3’ 8-1/8” 3” 35
VF1-009-32G 8.3 3 5,520 2,295 1,965 1,180 8’ 8-3/4” 3’ 3-3/4” 31
VF1-009-42G 9.2 3 5,470 2,495 2,125 1,340 9’ 4-3/4” 3’ 11-3/4” 36
VF1-018-02H 9.5 5 11,180 2,635 2,175 2,175* 6’ 7-1/4” 1’ 1-1/4” 27
VF1-018-12H 14 5 10,930 2,955 2,415 2,415* 7’ 3-3/4” 1’ 9-3/4” 38
VF1-018-22J 20 7.5 1/2 12,310 3,260 2,640 1,720 6’ 0” 8’ 0-1/4” 2’ 6-1/4” 3’ 8-1/8” 4” 75 49
VF1-018-32J 22 7.5 12,150 3,660 2,940 2,010 8’ 8-3/4” 3’ 2-3/4” 60
VF1-018-42J 24 7.5 12,030 4,010 3,190 2,260 9’ 5-1/4” 3’ 11-1/4” 71
VF1-027-22H 24 5 14,060 4,940 3,830 2,410 7’ 6” 2’ 0” 72
VF1-027-22J 28 7.5 16,090 4,860 3,750 2,470 8’ 3-1/4” 2’ 9-1/4” 72
3/4 8’ 11-3/4” 3’ 8-1/8” 4” 115
VF1-027-32K 35 10 17,490 5,440 4,108 2,850 9’ 0-1/2” 3’ 6-1/2” 89
VF1-027-42K 37 10 17,310 5,970 4,570 3,240 9’ 9-3/4” 4’ 3-3/4” 106
VF1-036-21L 41 15 24,870 6,280 4,760 3,200 8’ 3-1/4” 2’ 9-1/4” 95
VF1-036-31L 44 15 24,560 7,020 5,310 3,720 9’ 0-1/2” 3’ 6-1/2” 118
1 12’ 0” 3’ 8-1/8” 4” 150
VF1-036-41L 47 15 24,310 7,710 5,810 4,220 9’ 9-3/4” 4’ 3-3/4” 140
VF1-036-51L 49 15 24,100 8,390 6,310 4,720 10’ 7” 5’ 1” 163
VF1-048-21M 55 20 35,790 10,230 7,870 4,920 9’ 11-5/8” 2’ 9-1/4” 137
VF1-048-31N 65 25 1 1/2 38,070 11,390 8,460 5,930 11’ 11-1/2” 10’ 8-7/8” 3’ 6-1/2” 5’ 4-1/2” 4” 220 170
VF1-048-41N 70 25 37,690 12,690 9,320 6,600 11’ 6-1/8” 4’ 3-3/4” 203
VF1-072-21O 75 30 52,650 15,670 10,720 6,580 11’ 3-7/8” 2’ 9-1/4” 190
VF1-072-31O 81 30 2 51,990 17,380 12,050 7,950 11’ 7-3/4” 12’ 1-1/8” 3’ 6-1/2” 6’ 8-3/4” 4” 305 235
VF1-072-41O 86 30 51,460 18,000 12,480 8,410 12’ 10-3/8” 4’ 3-3/4” 281

Notes: 4. If discharge hoods with positive closure dampers are furnished,


see page E53 for added weight and height. Fan motor horsepower
1. Nominal tonnage is CTI Certified performance at a 95ºF entering
may increase; consult selection software for verification.
water temperature, an 85ºF leaving water temperature, and a 78ºF
entering wet-bulb temperature. Consult BAC selection software for 5. Fan horsepower is at 0” external static pressure.
all other conditions. 6. The number and location of coil connections will vary with design
2. Operating weight is for the unit with water level in the cold water flow and coil arrangement.
basin at the overflow. 7. Units marked with an asterisk ship in one piece. The coil section is
3. Standard coil connections are beveled for welding. the heaviest section.

...because temperature matters™


E51

VF1 Engineering Data


Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, free product selection software, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Series V

End Elevation View


Side Elevation View

ACCESS
2" MAKE-UP
3" OVERFLOW

7' 10-3/8"

Models VF1-096N to 288N Models VF1-096 to 144N

MAKE-UP
3" OVERFLOW
2"DRAIN

11' 10"

Models VF1-144 to 432 Models VF1-216


24"-0 1/2 "

11'-11 3/4"

M M

Models VF1-288
L

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E52

See page E81


for Engineering
Considerations.

36'-1 1/4"
1/2" FPT VENT 18'-0 1/8"

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


F

BFW FLUID IN
H

BFW FLUID OUT


A

MAKE-UP ACCESS
3" OVERFLOW

2" DRAIN M M M M

11'-10" Models VF1-432


MOTOR HP WEIGHTS (LBS) DIMENSIONS CONNECTION SIZES SPRAY INTERNAL
MODEL NOMINAL AIRFLOW
HEAVIEST PUMP COIL VOLUME
NUMBER TONS1 FAN 5
PUMP (CFM) OPERATING2 SHIPPING L H F A COIL3,6
MAKE-UP
SECTION7 (GPM) (GAL)
VF1-096-31O 81 30 53,540 19,385 12,795 8,460 13’ 6-3/8” 3’ 6-1/2” 296
VF1-096-41P 99 40 3 58,320 21,345 14,215 9,880 11’ 7-3/4” 14’ 3-5/8” 4’ 3-3/4” 8’ 1-5/8” 4” 2” 400 353
VF1-096-51Q 114 50 62,290 22,255 14,855 10,520 15’ 0-78” 5’ 1” 411
VF1-144N-21Q 127 50 72,700 25,610 16,430 10,390 12’ 9-1/8” 2’ 9-1/4” 356
VF1-144N-31R 148 60 5 76,290 28,480 18,490 12,570 17’ 8-1/3” 13’ 6-3/8” 3’ 6-1/2” 8’ 1-5/8” 4” 2” 610 443
VF1-144N-41R 157 60 75,510 31,560 20,750 14,570 14’ 3-5/8” 4’ 3-3/4” 529
VF1-192-31O 163 (2) 30 108,150 38,900 25,570 8,460 13’ 6-3/8” 3’ 6-1/2” 592
VF1-192-41P 198 (2) 40 (2) 3 115,640 42,780 28,360 9,880 23’ 8-1/2” 14’ 3-5/8” 4’ 3-3/4” 8’ 1-5/8” 4” 2” 800 706
VF1-192-51Q 228 (2) 50 123,490 44,600 29,780 10,520 15’ 0-7/8” 5’ 0” 822
VF1-288N-21Q 253 (2) 50 145,510 51,260 32,750 11,970** 12’ 9-1/8” 2’ 9-1/4” 712
VF1-288N-31R 295 (2) 60 (2) 5 152,700 57,080 36,250 12,570 35’ 9-1/4” 13’ 6-3/8” 3’ 6-1/2” 8’ 1-5/8” 4” 2” 1,220 886
VF1-288N-41R 313 (2) 60 151,140 62,280 40,520 14,750 14’ 3-5/8” 4’ 3-3/4” 1,058
VF1-144-21Q 129 50 87,600 27,090 16,530 10,300 12’ 11-1/2” 2’ 9-1/4” 365
VF1-144-31Q 140 50 5 86,500 29,980 18,610 12,370 11’ 7-3/4” 13’ 8-3/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 8’4” 4” 2” 620 453
VF1-144-41R 164 60 90,990 32,840 20,640 14,440 14’ 6” 4’ 3-3/4” 541
VF1-216-21O 188 (2) 30 125,030 40,190 24,200 15,170 12’ 11-1/2” 2’ 9-1/4” 545
VF1-216-31P 231 (2) 40 7.5 135,890 44,370 27,140 18,290 17’ 8-1/8” 13’ 8-3/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 8’4” 4” 2” 900 677
VF1-216-41P 245 (2) 40 134,510 48,570 30,090 21,410 14’ 6” 4’ 3-3/4” 809
VF1-288-21Q 259 (2) 50 175,190 54,300 32,930 11,430** 12’ 11-1/2” 2’ 9-1/4” 730
VF1-288-31Q 281 (2) 50 (2) 5 173,010 60,820 37,020 12,370 23’ 8-1/2” 13’ 8-3/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 8’4” 4” 2” 1,240 906
VF1-288-41R 325 (2) 60 181,970 65,720 41,050 14,440 14’ 6” 4’ 3-3/4” 1,082
VF1-432-21O 376 (4) 30 250,060 78,200 45,960 15,620** 12’ 11-1/2” 2’ 9-1/4” 1,090
VF1-432-31P 462 (4) 40 (2) 7.5 271,790 87,120 52,400 18,290 35’ 9-1/4” 13’ 8-3/4” 3’ 6-1/2” 8’4” 4” 3” 1,800 1,354
VF1-432-41P 490 (4) 40 289,790 96,420 59,200 21,410 14’ 6” 4’ 3-3/4” 1,618

Notes:
1. Nominal tonnage is CTI Certified performance at a 95ºF, an 85ºF 5. Fan horsepower is at 0” external static pressure.
and a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature. Consult BAC selection 6. The number and location of coil connections will vary with design
software for all other conditions. flow and coil arrangement.
2. Operating weight is for the unit with water level in the cold water 7. Unless marked with a double asterisk (**), the coil section is the
basin at the overflow. heaviest section.
3. Standard coil connections are beveled for welding.
4. If discharge hoods with positive closure dampers are furnished,
see page E53 for added weight and height. Fan motor horsepower
may increase; consult selection software for verification.

...because temperature matters™


E53

Engineering Data
Discharge Hoods with Positive Closure Dampers
Both tapered and straight discharge hoods with factory mounted positive closure dampers and damper
actuators are available for all Series V Closed Circuit Cooling Towers. Hoods are designed to minimize
heat loss from convective air flow through an idle unit. The addition of factory installed insulation to the
Series V

hood and casing further reduces the heat loss by minimizing losses due to conduction. Heat loss data is
presented on page E54 for units without hood, with hood, and with insulated casing and hood. Damper
actuators and linkage are factory mounted on the hood.

All wiring and actuator controls must be furnished by others. 115 volt single phase power supply is
required. Damper actuators should be interlocked with the temperature control system so that the
dampers are open when the pumps are running and closed when the pumps are off.

The additional external static pressure of the tapered discharge hood with dampers may require the use
of a larger fan motor; consult selection software for verification. Consult your local BAC Representative
for unit drawing with a hood and positive closure dampers.

NUMBER OF TAPERED TOTAL STRAIGHT TOTAL


MODEL
HOODS SHIPPING SHIPPING
NUMBER L W H L W H
REQUIRED WEIGHT (LBS) WEIGHT (LBS)
VFL-012 1 2’ 11-1/8” 2’ 3-1/2” 2’ 6-1/2”2 2204 2’ 11-1/8” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/4”2 2604
VFL-024 1 3’ 10-1/4” 2’ 3-1/2” 2’ 6-1/2”2 3304 5’ 3” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/4”2 4104
VFL-036 1 6’ 11” 2’ 3-1/2” 2’ 6-1/2”2 4704 8’ 2-1/2” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/4”2 5404
VFL-048 1 9’ 10” 2’ 3-1/2” 2’ 6-1/2”2 5904 11’ 2” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/4”2 7604
VFL-072 1 6’ 11” 4’- 1/2” 4’ 0”2 9104 8’ 2-1/2” 6’ 3-3/4” 2’ 9-1/4”2 9604
VFL-096 1 8’ 2-1/2” 4’- 1/2” 4’ 0”2 1,1004 11’ 2” 6’ 3-3/4” 2’ 9-1/4”2 1,2004
VF1-009 1 2’ 11-1/8” 1’ 4-1/4” 2’ 10-3/8”1 2803 2’ 11-1/8” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/8”1 3003
VF1-018 1 3’ 10-1/4” 1’ 4-1/4” 2’ 10-3/8”1 4703 5’ 1/4” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/8”1 4903
VF1-027 1 6’ 11” 1’ 4-1/4” 2’ 10-3/8”1 6403 8’ 2-1/2” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/8”1 6803
VF1-036 1 9’ 10” 1’ 4-1/4” 2’ 10-3/8”1 7603 11’ 2” 3’ 3/8” 2’ 9-1/8”1 8403
VF1-048 1 8’ 2-1/2” 2’ 3-1/2” 4’ 5-1/2”1 1,2403 11’ 2” 4’ 1/2” 3’ 6-1/8”2 1,2203
VF1-072 1 8’ 2-1/2” 3’ 3/8” 4’ 5-1/2”1 1,5403 10’5-1/8” 5’ 10” 3’ 6-1/8”2 1,6203
VF1-096 1 8’ 2-1/2” 4’ 1/2” 4’ 1-1/2”2 1,2004 11’ 2” 6’ 3-3/4” 3’ 6-1/8”2 1,3204
VF1-144N 1 14’ 1-1/2” 3’ 7-1/2” 4’ 1-1/2”2 1,7504 16’ 8” 6’ 3-3/4” 3’ 6-1/8”2 1,8204
VF1-144 1 8’ 2-1/2” 6’ 3-3/4” 4’ 1-1/2”2 1,5504 11’ 2” 10’ 3-7/8” 3’ 6-1/8”2 1,7504
VF1-192 2 8’ 2-1/2” 4’ 1/2” 4’ 1-1/2”2 2,4004 11’ 2” 6’ 6-3/4” 3’ 6-1/8”2 2,6404
VF1-216 1 14’ 1-1/2” 5’ 11” 4’ 1-1/2”2 2,1504 16’ 8” 10’ 3-7/8” 3’ 6-1/8”2 2,4004
VF1-288N 2 14’ 1-1/2” 3’ 7-1/2” 4’ 1-1/2”2 3,5004 16’ 8” 6’ 3-3/4” 3’ 6-1/8”2 3,6404
VF1-288 2 8’ 2-1/2” 6’ 3-3/4” 4’ 1-1/2”2 3,1004 11’ 2” 10’ 3-7/8” 3’ 6-1/8”2 3,5004
VF1-432 2 14’ 1-1/2” 5’ 11” 4’ 1-1/2”2 4,3004 16’ 8” 10’ 3-7/8” 3’ 6-1/8”2 4,8004

Notes (applicable to specific models only):


1. On these models, the discharge hood surrounds the drift 2. On these units, the hood sits directly on top of the casing.
eliminators and is recessed into the drift eliminator frame; 3. Includes drift eliminators and skid.
therefore, the overall height of the unit with hood equals H (of unit)
4. Includes skid only. Drift eliminators are included in unit weight.
plus H (of hood) minus 4”.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E54

See page E81


for Engineering
Heat Loss Data Considerations.

VFL Heat Loss Data (BTUH)1 VF1 Heat Loss Data (BTUH)1
Unit w/ Hood, Unit w/ Hood,
Standard Unit Unit w/ Hood Positive Closure Standard Unit Unit w/hood Positive Closure
Model Number Heat Loss & Positive Closure Dampers & Model Number Heat Loss & Positive Dampers &

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


(VFL Models Only) (BTU/HR) Dampers Insulation2 ( VF1 Models Only) (Btu/hr) Closure Dampers Insulation2
VFL-012-02G 19,200 16,500 11,000 VF1-009-12G 24,300 17,100 10,300
VF1-009-22G 29,400 18,800 12,000
VFL-012-12G 25,000 17,800 11,900
VF1-009-32G 32,900 20,500 12,000
VFL-012-22G 29,900 19,200 12,800
VF1-009-42G 34,800 22,200 13,700
VFL-012-32G/H 33,800 20,500 13,700 VF1-018-02H 34,700 25,600 15,400
VFL-024-12H 48,200 28,500 19,000 VF1-018-12H 46,200 27,300 15,400
VFL-024-22H 57,700 30,400 20,300 VF1-018-22J 56,000 29,100 17,100

VFL-024-32H/J 65,400 32,300 21,500 VF1-018-32J 64,300 30,800 17,100


VF1-018-42J 70,950 32,550 18,800
VFL-036-22K 87,000 47,100 30,700
VF1-027-22H/J 86,100 46,100 27,300
VFL-036-332K/M 98,400 49,800 32,500
VF1-027-32K 97,700 49,500 29,100
VFL-048-22L 126,400 66,000 42,600 VF1-027-42K 106,300 52,900 29,100
VFL-048-31L/M 138,800 69,300 44,800 VF1-036-21L 112,600 63,200 39,300
VFL-048-41M 151,200 72,600 47,000 VF1-036-31L 128,900 66,600 39,300
VFL-072-22N/O 210,900 84,400 56,200 VF1-036-41L 145,200 70,000 43,600
VF1-036-51L 161,500 73,400 43,600
VFL-072-31O 234,100 87,900 58,600
VF1-048-21M 154,900 80,200 52,900
VFL-072-41O/P 252,900 91,400 60,900
VF1-048-31N 177,200 83,700 52,900
VFL-096-41O/P 311,700 103,600 69,000 VF1-048-41N 197,000 85,600 54,600
VF1-072-21O 212,400 83,700 51,200
VF1-072-31O 241,100 87,100 51,200
VF1-072-41O 269,800 90,500 56,800
VF1-096-31O 286,700 97,600 60,000
VF1-096-41P 312,100 102,600 60,900
VF1-096-51Q 329,800 107,900 61,700
VF1-144N-21Q 381,400 128,300 81,300
VF1-144N-31R 429,900 134,700 82,800
VF1-144N-41R 464,800 141,400 84,400
VF1-144-21Q 385,000 139,900 88,600
VF1-144-31Q 435,500 146,900 90,200
VF1-144-41R 474,600 154,200 91,900
VF1-192-31O 576,300 228,400 153,600
VF1-192-41P 627,300 240,100 156,700
VF1-192-51Q 662,800 252,500 160,100
VF1-216-21O 579,900 194,000 122,900
VF1-216-31P 653,500 203,700 125,100
VF1-216-41P 707,300 213,800 127,300
VF1-288N-21Q 762,800 256,600 162,600
VF1-288N-31R 859,800 269,400 165,600
VF1288N-41R 929,600 282,800 168,800
VF1-288-21Q 750,800 260,300 171,900
VF1-288-31Q 849,300 273,300 175,000
VF1-288-41R 925,600 286,800 178,300
VF1-432-21O 1,142,500 390,000 259,400
VF1-432-31P 1,287,400 409,500 264,000
VF1-432-41P 1,393,500 429,800 268,500
Notes:
1. Heat loss is based on 50ºF coil water and –10ºF ambient with a 45 MPH wind. Fan(s) and pump(s) are off.
2. One inch thick PVC nitrite rubber blend thermal insulation with protective paint.

...because temperature matters™


E55

Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for the Series V Closed Circuit Cooling Tower consists of parallel
I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following drawing. Besides providing
adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the
bottom of the tower. To support a Series V Closed Circuit Cooling Tower in an alternate steel support
arrangement, consult your local BAC Representative.
Series V

All VFL Models VF1-009 thru -048, -072, -096, & -144

VF1-144N, -192, -216 & -288 VF1-288N & -432

MODEL NUMBER A B MAXIMUM DEFLECTION3


VFL-012 3’ 11” 4’ 6” 1/4”
VFL-024 3’ 11” 7’ 11-1/2” 3/8”
VFL-036 3’ 11” 10’ 11-1/4” 1/2”
VFL-048 3’ 11” 13’ 11-1/2” 1/2”
VFL-072 7’ 8-1/4” 10’ 11-1/4” 1/2”
VFL-096 7’ 8-1/4” 13’ 11-1/2” 1/2”
VF1-009 3’ 9-3/8” 2’ 5-1/2” 3/32”
VF1-018 3’ 9-3/8” 5’ 5-1/2” 3/16”
VF1-027 3’ 9-3/8” 8’ 5-1/4” 5/16”
VF1-036 3’ 9-3/8” 11’ 5-1/2” 3/8”
VF1-048 4’ 6-1/4” 11’ 5-1/2” 3/8”
VF1-072, 096 7’ 7-5/8” 10’ 7-1/4” 3/8”
VF1-144N 7’ 7-5/8” 16’ 7-3/4” 1/2”
VF1-192 7’ 7-5/8” 22’ 8-1/4” 1/2”
VF1-288N 7’ 7-5/8” 34’ 8-3/4” 1/2”
VF1-144 11’ 7-1/4” 10’ 7-1/2” 3/8”
VF1-216 11’ 7-1/4” 16’ 7-3/4” 1/2”
VF1-288 11’ 7-1/4” 22’ 8-1/4” 1/2”
VF1-432 11’ 7-1/4” 34’ 8-3/4” 1/2”

Notes: 4. All units can be furnished with an optional vibration isolation


package, if required, to be installed between the tower and
1. Support beams and anchor bolts are to be selected and supporting steel. When determining the length of steel beams,
installed by others. allow for the length of vibration isolation rails, as they may be
2. All supporting steel must be level at the top. longer than the tower length shown above.
3. Beams must be selected in accordance with accepted structural 5. If point vibration isolation is used, the isolators must be located
practice. The maximum allowable deflection of beams under the under the supporting steel, not between the support steel and the
unit shall be as specified in the table above. cooling tower.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E56

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.

1.0 Closed Circuit Cooling Tower 3. Shall withstand impact of 160 in-lbs per ASTM D2794 without
fracture or delamination of the polymer layer.
1.1 General: Furnish and install ____factory assembled, forced 4. Shall with stand 6000 hours of ultraviolet radiation equivalent
draft, centrifugal fan, closed circuit cooling tower(s) with vertical to 120,000 hours of noontime sun exposure without loss of
air discharge, conforming in all aspects to the specifications and functional properties.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


schedules as shown on the plans. Overall dimensions shall not
exceed approximately ____ft (mm) long x ____ft (mm) wide x 5. Shall withstand 200 thermal shock cycles between -25ºF and
____ft (mm) high. The total connected fan horsepower shall not +180ºF (-32˚C and 82˚C) without loss of adhesion or other
exceed ____HP (kW). The total connected pump horsepower deterioration.
shall not exceed ____HP (kW). The closed circuit cooling
tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Company Model(s) 6. Shall withstand 6000 hours of exposure to 60 psi (42,184
________________. kg/m2) water jet without signs of wear or erosion.

1.2 Thermal Capacity (water as heat transfer fluid): The 1.4 Quality Assurance: The closed circuit cooling tower
closed-circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted by the manufacturer shall have a management system certified by an
manufacturer to cool ______USGPM (l/s) of _______ water from accredited registrar as complying with the requirements of
____°F (°C) to ____°F (°C) at ____°F (°C) entering wet-bulb ISO-9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of its products and
temperature. The thermal performance shall be certified by the services. Closed circuit cooling tower manufacturers that are not
Cooling Technology Institute in accordance with CTI Certification ISO-9001:2000 certified shall provide an additional year of
Standard STD-201. A manufacturer’s performance guarantee or warranty to the customer at no additional cost.
performance bond without CTI Certification will not be accepted.

(Alternate) 1.2 Thermal Capacity (aqueous glycol solution as heat


transfer fluid): The closed circuit cooling tower(s) shall cool 2.0 Construction Details
________USGPM (l/s) of _____% by volume ethylene/propylene
glycol solution from ______°F (°C) to _____°F (°C) at _____°F 2.1 Tower Structure: The closed circuit cooling tower shall be
(°C) entering wet-bulb temperature. Coil pressure drop shall not constructed of heavy-gauge steel utilizing double-brake flanges
exceed ________ psi (kPa). Basis for thermal performance rating for maximum strength and rigidity and reliable sealing of
shall be the Cooling Technology Institute (CTI) certified rating for water-tight joints. All sheared edges shall be protected with a
water cooling appropriately adjusted for the thermal properties of coating of zinc-rich compound.
the aqueous glycol solution used. Additionally, the thermal
performance of the product line with water as the heat transfer 2.2 Casing Assembly: The closed circuit cooling tower shall
fluid shall be certified by the CTI in accordance with CTI include a coil casing section consisting of a serpentine coil, spray
Certification Standard STD-201. Manufacturers' performance water distribution system, and drift eliminators, as indicated by
guarantees or performance bonds without CTI Certification of the manufacturer. PVC drift eliminators shall be removable in
water ratings shall not be accepted. easily handled sections. They shall incorporate a minimum of
three changes in air direction.
1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise noted in
this specification, all steel panels and structural members shall be 2.3 Coil Assembly: The cooling coil shall be fabricated of
constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip continuous lengths of all prime surface steel at the
galvanized steel, with all sheared edges given a protective manufacturer’s own facility, and hot-dip galvanized after
coating of zinc-rich compound. fabrication. The cooling coil shall be pneumatically tested at 375
psig (2,865 kPa). The cooling coil shall be designed for low
(Alternate) 1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid and
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and shall be ASME B31.5 compliant. Maximum allowable working
structural members shall be protected with the BALTIBOND® pressure shall be 300 psig (2,068 kPa) (280 psig (1,931 kPa) for
Corrosion Protection System. The system shall consist of G-235 coils supplied with a CRN).
(Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel prepared in a four-step
(clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry) process with an electrostatically (Alternate) 2.3 Coil Assembly (Galvanized steel coil with
sprayed, thermosetting, hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the cleanable header): The cooling coil shall be fabricated of
substrate during a thermally activated curing stage and monitored continuous lengths of all prime surface steel at the
by a 23-step quality assurance program. Coatings other than the manufacturer’s own facility, and hot-dip galvanized after
BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System must be submitted to fabrication. The cooling coil shall be designed for low pressure
the engineer for pre-approval. Approved equals must have drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Removable
undergone testing, resulting in the following results as a cover plates permit access to each circuit for pressure cleaning.
minimum: Coil has a maximum allowable working pressure of 80 psig (650
kPa) and is tested at 125 psig (960 kPa) air pressure under
1. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able to water.
withstand 6000 hours of 5% salt spray per ASTM B117
without blistering, chipping, or loss of adhesion.

2. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able to


withstand 6000 hours of exposure to acidic (pH=4.0) and
alkaline (pH=11.0) water solutions at 95ºF (35˚C) without
signs of chemical attack.

...because temperature matters™


E57

(Alternate) 2.3 Coil Assembly (Galvanized steel coil with 2.6 Basin Assembly: The combination basin/fan section shall be
cleanable coil): Coil shall be constructed of continuous 1.05" constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 metric) galvanized
O.D. all prime surface steel tubes hot-dip galvanized inside and steel. The basin shall be provided with large area lift out
outside, encased in hot-dip galvanized steel framework. Coil strainers with perforated openings sized smaller than the water
shall have removable coverplates, also hot dip galvanized after distribution nozzles and an anti-vortexing device to prevent air
fabrication, to permit access to each tube for mechanical entrainment. The strainer and vortex device shall be constructed
cleaning. Elbowed fluid connections shall allow removal of the of the same material as the cold water basin to prevent dissimilar
cover plates without disturbing the fluid piping. Tubes shall be metal corrosion.
sloped for liquid drainage. Coil shall have a maximum allowable
working pressure of 80 psig (650 kPa) and tested at 125 psig
(960 kPa) air pressure under water.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1 Fan System: The fans and motors shall be factory installed
Series V

(Alternate) 2.3 Coil Assembly (ASME coil) : The cooling coil shall
at the base of the unit in the dry entering air stream to provide
be fabricated of continuous lengths of all prime surface steel at
greater reliability and ease of maintenance. The forwardly curved
the manufacturer’s own facility, and hot-dip galvanized after
centrifugal fans shall be heavy-duty centrifugal flow type,
fabrication. The cooling coil shall be pneumatically tested at 375
statically and dynamically balanced prior to shipment. Fan
psig (2,865 kPa). The cooling coil shall be designed for low
housings shall have curved inlet rings for efficient air entry and
pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid.
rectangular discharge cowls shall extend into the basin to
Maximum allowable working pressure shall be 300 psig (280
increase fan efficiency and prevent water from entering the fans.
psig for coils supplied with a CRN). The cooling coil shall be
designed, built, tested and stamped in accordance with Section 3.2 Bearings: Fans shall be mounted on a steel fan shaft
VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. supported by heavy-duty self aligning, relubricatable bearings
with cast iron housings and designed for a minimum L10 life of
(Alternate) 2.3 Coil Assembly (Galvanized steel coil with
40,000 hours (280,000 hrs average life).
additional circuit): The cooling coil shall be fabricated of
continuous lengths of all prime surface steel at the 3.3 Fan Motor/Drive System: Fan motor(s) shall be totally
manufacturer’s own facility, and hot-dip galvanized after enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type with a 1.15 service factor,
fabrication. The cooling coil shall be designed for low pressure suitable for _____ volts, ____ phase, ____ Hz electrical service
drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. The cooling coil and shall be mounted on an easily adjusted, heavy-duty motor
shall be designed for low pressure drop with sloping tubes for base. V-belt drives shall be designed for not less than 150% of
free drainage of fluid. Maximum allowable working pressure shall motor nameplate horsepower.
be 300 psig (280 psig for coils supplied with a CRN). The coil
header shall be partitioned. Each coil segment shall include an (Alternate) 3.3 Fan Motor/Drive System: Fan motor(s) shall be
inlet and outlet connection to allow independent operation of totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) inverter duty type with a 1.0
each segment. service factor, suitable for _____ volts, ____ phase, ____ Hz
electrical service. Motor shall be designed per NEMA Standard
(Alternate) 2.3 Coil Assembly (Galvanized steel coil with fins): MG1, Section IV, Part 31. V-belt drives shall be designed for not
The cooling coil shall be fabricated of continuous lengths of all less than 150% of motor nameplate horsepower.
prime surface steel at the manufacturer’s own facility, and hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication. The cooling coil shall be designed 3.4 Mechanical Warranty: The fan(s), fan shaft(s), bearings,
for low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. supports, and fan motor(s) shall be warranted against defects in
The cooling coil shall be designed for low pressure drop with materials and workmanship for a period of five (5) years from
sloping tubes for free drainage of fluid. Maximum allowable date of shipment.
working pressure shall be 300 psig (280 psig for coils supplied
with a CRN). Steel fins, spirally wound, optimally spaced for (Alternate) 3.5 ENERGY-MISER® Fan System: Two single speed
wet/dry operation on designated rows of tubes shall be provided fan motors, one sized for full speed and load, the other sized for
on the coil. 2/3 speed and approximately 1/3 of full load horsepower shall be
provided in each cell for capacity control and standby protection
2.4 Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly from drive or motor failure. Two speed motor(s) is not an
over the coil at a minimum flow rate of 4.5 gpm/ft2 (3.1 l/s-m2) to acceptable alternative.
ensure complete wetting of the coil at all times. The distribution
system shall consist of large-diameter, non-clog, plastic 360° (Alternate) 3.5 BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System: Two single
distribution nozzles spaced across the coil face area in Schedule speed fan motors, one sized for load, the other sized for 1/3 of
40 PVC spray branches by snap-in rubber grommets, allowing the full load horsepower shall be provided in each cell for
quick removal of individual nozzles or complete branches for capacity control and standby protection from drive or motor
cleaning or flushing. Nozzles shall utilize a two-stage diffusion failure. The manufacturer of the equipment shall supply controls
pattern to provide overlapping, umbrella spray patterns that for the larger motor, a VFD for the smaller motor and factory
create multiple intersection points with adjacent nozzles. programmed logic controller to maximize energy saving for off
peak load and wet-bulb conditions.
2.5 Spray Pump System: The closed circuit cooling tower shall
include a close-coupled, bronze-fitted centrifugal pump equipped
with a mechanical seal, mounted on the basin and piped to the
4.0 Sound
suction strainer and water distribution system. It shall be installed 4.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local
so that it can be drained when the basin is drained. The pump environment, the maximum sound pressure levels (dB)
assembly shall include a metering valve and bleed line to control measured 50 ft (15,240 mm) from the closed circuit cooling
the bleed rate from the pump discharge to the overflow tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
connection. The pump motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled levels detailed below.
(TEFC) type suitable for _____ volts, ____ phase, ______ Hz
electrical service.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
(Alternate) 2.5 Spray Pump System-Remote Sump: On Discharge
installations requiring a remote sump, the closed circuit cooling
Air Inlet
tower shall be modified to accommodate the use of an
independent basin and pump (both by others) for recirculating Cased Face
water.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E58

5.0 Accessories 5.5 Basin Sweeper Piping: The cold water basin of the cooling
tower shall be equipped with PVC sump sweeper piping for a
5.1 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibration isolation rails, separator (supplied by others).
constructed of steel channels and base plates, painted with a
rust-resistant primer shall be provided to minimize vibration 5.6 Intake Sound Attenuation: The unit shall be equipped with
transmission from the tower to the building structure. The intake sound attenuators consisting of fiberglass acoustical baffles
isolators shall be designed for a static deflection of 1" (25.4 mm) encased in steel to further reduce sound levels.
and a maximum wind speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
5.7 Discharge Options: The unit shall be equipped with a tapered
(Alternate) 5.2 Basin Heaters: A steam coil shall be factory hood lined with sound absorbing fiberglass acoustical baffles to
installed in the cooling tower depressed sump of the cold water reduce sound levels from the top of the unit.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


basin to prevent freezing during cold water shutdown. The steam
coil shall be capable of maintaining 40°F pan water temperature (Alternate) 5.8: Discharge Options: The unit shall be equipped
at a –20°F ambient temperature given 5 psig at the coil inlet with a tapered hood to increase discharge velocity or to raise the
connection. discharge to the top of an enclosure.

(Alternate) 5.1 Vibration Isolation Rails: Spring-type vibration 5.9 Heat Loss: The heat loss shall be no greater than
isolation rails, constructed of steel channels and base plates, _____________. If the heat loss is greater than the specified
coated with a 0.003" (0.076 mm) layer of zinc after fabrication limit, positive closure dampers or insulation on the hood/casing
shall be provided to minimize vibration transmission from the provided.
tower to the building structure. The isolators shall be designed for
a static deflection of 1" (25.4 mm) and a maximum wind speed of
50 mph (80 km/h). 6.0 Equipment Controls (Optional)
5.2 Basin Heater(s): The cooling tower cold water basin shall be 6.1 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency drive (VFD)
provided with electric heater(s) to prevent freezing in low shall be provided for each fan motor. The supplier of the VFD
ambient conditions. The heater(s) shall be selected to maintain shall be the manufacturer of the evaporative cooling equipment.
40°F (4.4˚C) pan water temperatures at _____°F(°C) ambient. The VFD shall have a 3-contactor bypass, 3% input line reactor, a
The heater(s) shall be ______V/____phase/___Hz electric and removable keypad, an RS232 terminal for PC connection, and a
shall be provided with low water cutout and thermostat. circuit breaker disconnect. Fuse protection will not be accepted.
Control voltage shall be 24V to minimize the size of the enclosure
(Alternate) 5.2: Basin Heaters: A hot water coil shall be factory which should not exceed _____ ft x _____ ft x ____ ft and the
installed in the cooling tower depressed sump of the cold water weight should not exceed ____ lbs. VFD shall be provided in a
basin to prevent freezing during shutdown. The hot water coil NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure. The VFD shall be compatible with a
shall be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.4°C) pan water tempera- (ModBus) (LonWorks) (Johnson N2) Building Automation System.
ture at a 20°F (-29°C) ambient given 180°F (82°C) entering water
temperature and 170°F (76°C) leaving water temperature. OR
5.3 Basin Water Level Control: The cooling tower manufacturer
shall provide an electric water level control (EWLC) system. The 6.1 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall be
system shall consist of water level sensing and control units in provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling equipment. The
quantities and locations as indicated on the drawings. Each water panel shall include full voltage, non-reversing (FVNR) fan motor
level sensing and control unit shall consist of the following: NEMA and pump motor (if applicable) starters in a common enclosure.
4 enclosure with gasketed access cover; solid state controls The panel shall be provided with a main a circuit breaker
including all necessary relays and contacts to achieve the disconnect and a separate circuit breaker for each motor or
specified sequence of operation; stainless steel water level speed. Fuse protection will not be accepted. Panels containing
sensing electrodes with brass holder; Schedule 40 PVC standpipe basin heaters shall have an Earth Leakage Breaker containing
assembly with vent holes, and all necessary stainless steel ground fault protection. Starters above 25 A shall be NEMA rated.
mounting hardware. Provide PVC union directly below the control IEC starters will be accepted for motors below 25 A. Panel shall
enclosure to facilitate the removal and access of electrodes and include a 120V/60Hz control power transformer, Hand-Off-Auto
control enclosure. switches for each starter or contactor, and pilot lights for each
component. Enclosed controls shall be provided in a NEMA
The number and position of water level sensing electrodes shall (1)(3R)(4)(4X)(12) enclosure.
be provided to sense the following: high water alarm level, high
water level (make-up valve closes), low water level (make-up Optional enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor shall
valve opens), low water alarm, and heater safety cutout. be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A temperature controller
shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A basin heater
5.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide mechanical local reset contactor with circuit breaker shall be provided.)(A vibration cutout
vibration switch. The mechanical vibration cut out switch will be switch input shall be provided.)
guaranteed to trip at a point so as not to cause damage to the
cooling tower. To ensure this, the trip point will be a frequency 6.2 Safety Switch(es): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety disconnect
range of 0 to 3,600 RPM and a trip point of 0.2 to 2.0 g’s. switch shall be provided by the manufacturer of the evaporative
cooling equipment. Switch shall be single-throw, 3-pole design,
(Alternate) 5.4 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide electronic remote rated up to 600 VAC. Switch shall have triple padlocking
reset vibration switch with contact for BAS monitoring. Wiring capability, a visible double break rotary blade mechanism, a
shall be by the installing contractor. The electronic vibration cut clearly visible On/Off handle, an interlocking mechanism to
out switch shall be set to trip at a point so as not to cause prevent door opening with handle in On position, and a clear line
damage to the cooling tower. The trip point will be 0.45 in/sec. shield. Safety switch shall be provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12)
enclosure.

...because temperature matters™


E59

Lonza Biologics, Inc.


Reliable Performance and Flexibility prescribed
for Biotechnology Company
Project Report

Owner/Operator:
Lonza Biologics, Inc.: Portsmouth, NH

Project Engineer:
Parsons Engineering: Somerset, NJ

Consulting Engineer:
Phoenix Imperative, Inc.: Newark, DE

Mechanical Contractor:
Gilbane Building Co.: Nashua, NH

When designing the Large Scale Build Out (LSBO) expansion to their existing manufacturing facility in
Portsmouth, NH, Lonza Biologics elected to use BAC FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers rather than
conventional open cooling towers. The closed circuit units preserve the integrity of the cooling loop by
isolating it from contaminant in the outside airstream, while providing cooling for a variety of heat loads
including process chillers, HVAC chillers and air compressors. Since the chillers are providing both
environmental and manufacturing process cooling, reliable operation of the system is critical to maintaining
the stringent requirements of their pharmaceutical customers. The following performance benefits made the
BAC FXV Lonza’s choice to meet its critical needs:

• Combined-flow technology provides the required heat rejection in a limited


plan area (79’-3”L x 28’W)

• Multi-cell arrangement allows for continuous access across all (6) cells to
facilitate routine inspection and maintenance activities

• Corrosion resistant construction featuring BAC’s BALTIBOND® Corrosion


Protection System, FRP casing panels and a welded Type 304 stainless steel
basin assure long life

• Dry operation capability inherent to closed circuit cooling towers allows for
continued unit operation without water during extreme winter conditions

Lonza Group is a Life Sciences driven company head quartered in Switzerland. Lonza Biologics is the
world’s leading contract manufacturer of monoclonal antibodies and recombinant proteins. Lonza Biologics
undertakes highly specialized development and manufacturing services for the pharmaceutical and
biotechnology industries. It has nearly 20 years of experience in mammalian cell culture and proprietary
technology for large-scale manufacture of innovative biopharmaceutical products.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E60

HXV
Closed Circuit Hybrid Cooling Towers

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E61

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E63

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E65

Custom Features & Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E67

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E70

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E73

Structural Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E74

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E77

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E81


E61

HXV Closed Circuit Hybrid


Cooling Towers
Single Cell Capacity:
160 – 305 Nominal Tons
HXV

480 – 915 GPM at 95ºF/85ºF/78ºF

HXV Closed Circuit Hybrid Cooling Towers deliver fully rated thermal performance over a wide range of flow
and temperature requirements. Distinct advantages of the HXV include plume abatement, significant water
savings over traditional water-cooled equipment, and its suitability for high temperature cooling (>180ºF).
Standard design features satisfy today’s environmental concerns, minimize installation costs, maximize
year-round operating reliability, and simplify maintenance requirements.

HXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


• Plume abatement
• Maximum water savings
• High temperature cooling (>180ºF)
• Low energy consumption
• Low installed cost
• Easy maintenance
• Reliable year-round operation
• Long service life
• ASME B31.5 compliant prime surface coil
• Five-year warranty on mechanical equipment

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E62

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers

...because temperature matters™


E63

Benefits
Plume Abatement
The HXV offers a combination of sensible, adiabatic, and evaporative heat transfer to significantly
reduce any plume that may occur with conventional evaporative cooling equipment. During the
HXV

coldest times of the year, when the potential for visible discharge is greatest, the HXV operates
100% dry, completely eliminating plume.

Maximum Water Savings


Water savings are achieved throughout the year with each of three different operating modes HXV. In
some areas, the water cost savings alone can pay for the equipment in as little as two years!
• At peak conditions in the “dry/wet” operating mode, a significant amount of heat is removed
by sensible heat transfer, providing reduced water consumption versus conventional
evaporative cooling
• When the heat load and/or ambient temperatures drop, water consumption is further
reduced in the “adiabatic” operating mode
• Water consumption is totally eliminated in the “dry” operating mode

See page E75 for details on operating modes.

High Temperature Cooling


The finned dry coil tempers the incoming fluid, allowing higher inlet fluid temperatures than
traditional closed circuit cooling towers.

Low Energy Consumption


The HXV provides heat rejection at the lowest possible energy input and maintenance
requirements via:
• High efficiency, low horsepower axial fans
• Closed loop cooling, which minimizes process fouling
• Patented combined flow technology, which reduces evaporation directly off the coil,
minimizing the potential for scaling and fouling
• Variable Frequency Drives (see page G1 for details)
• ENERGY-MISER® Fan System available (see page E69 for details)
• BALTIGUARD PLUS™ Fan System (see page G1 for details)

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E64

Low Installed Cost

• Support — All models mount directly on parallel I-beams and ship complete with motors and drives
factory-installed and aligned.

• Modular Design — Units ship in three pieces to minimize the size and weight of the heaviest lift,
allowing for the use of smaller, less costly cranes.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Easy Maintenance

• Access — Hinged access doors on each end wall and a


standard internal walkway provide easy access to the
unit interior.

• Spacious Interior — Provides easy access to the cold Access door


water basin, drift eliminators, fan drive system and the
prime surface coil.

• Access to Spray Distribution — Parallel flow of air


and spray water over the coil allows for inspection and
access to the top of the coil during full operation.

Drift eliminators can be removed for


access to the prime surface coil
Reliable Year-Round Operation
• BALTIDRIVE® Power Train — Backed by a five-year fan motor and
drive warranty, the BALTIDRIVE® Power Train utilizes special
corrosion-resistant materials of construction and state-of-the-art
technology to ensure ease of maintenance and reliable year-round
performance.

• Separate Air Inlet Louvers — Reduce the potential for scale build-up
and damaging ice formations at the air/water interface by providing a
line of sight from the outside of the unit into the fill.

Long Service Life


Materials of Construction — Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance, unit
operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project (see page E67 for construction options).

...because temperature matters™


E65

Construction Details

6
HXV

12

1
11 8

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E66

1 Heavy-Duty Construction
7 BACross Fill with Integral Drift
®

• G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip Eliminators (Not Shown)


galvanized steel panels • High efficiency heat transfer surface
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
2 BALTIDRIVE Power Train
®
• Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
(Not Shown) • Flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84-77a
• Premium quality, solid-backed,

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


multi-groove belt 8 FRP Air Inlet Louvers
• Corrosion resistant cast aluminum sheaves
• Corrosion resistant
• Heavy-duty bearings (280,000
hour average life) • UV resistant finish
• Cooling tower duty fan motor • Maintenance free
• 5-year motor and drive warranty
9 Cold Water Basin
Low HP Axial Fan(s) • Sloped cold water basin for easy cleaning
3 • Suction strainer with anti-vortex hood
(Not Shown)
• High efficiency • Adjustable water make-up assembly
• Quiet operation • Integral internal walkway
• Corrosion resistant
10
Recirculating Spray Pump
4 Water Distribution System (Not Shown)
• Overlapping spray patterns ensure proper • Close coupled, bronze fitted
water coverage centrifugal pump
• Large orifice, 360˚ non-clog nozzles • Totally enclosed fan cooled
(TEFC) motor
• Visable & accessable during operation
• Bleed line with metering valve installed from
pump discharge to overflow
5 Prime Surface Coil (Not Shown)
• Continuous serpentine, steel tubing 11 Hinged Access Doors
• Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF) • Inward swinging door on each end wall
• Pneumatically tested at 375 psig (2,585 kPa)
• Sloped tubes for free drainage of fluid 12 Optional Flow Control Package
• ASME B31.5 compliant
• Temperature sensor
• When required, orders shipping into Canada
are supplied with a CRN • 3-way flow control valve with actuator
• All interconnecting piping
6 Dry Finned Coil
• Copper tubing with high density aluminum fins
• Pneumatically tested at 320 psig (2,206 kPa)
• Sloped tubes for free drainage of fluid

...because temperature matters™


E67

Custom Features and Options


Construction Options
• Standard Construction—
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of heavy-gauge G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip
HXV

galvanized steel. Inlet louvers are constructed of UV resistant, fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP).
• Optional BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System—
The BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment
life, is applied to all hot-dip galvanized steel components of the closed circuit hybrid cooling tower
(excluding heat transfer coils).
• Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin—
A Series 300 stainless steel cold water basin is available. Seams between panels inside the cold
water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded seams are provided with
a five year leak-proof warranty.
• Optional Stainless Steel Construction—
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of Series 300 stainless steel. Seams between
panels inside the cold water basin are welded. The basin is leak tested at the factory and welded
seams are provided with a five-year leak-proof warranty.
See page M26 for more details on the materials described above.

Prime Surface Coil Configurations


• Standard Serpentine Coil—
The standard cooling coil is constructed of
continuous lengths of all prime surface steel,
hot-dip galvanized (outside surface) after
fabrication (HDGAF). The coil is designed for
low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free
drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically
tested at 375 psig (2,586 kPa) and is ASME
B31.5 compliant.

• Stainless Steel Coil—


Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication
Coils are available in Series 300 stainless steel
for specialized applications. The coil is designed for low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free
drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 375 psig (2,586 kPa) and is ASME B31.5
compliant.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E68

• Optional ASME “U” Stamp Coil—


This coil is manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section VIII, Division I, and bears the ASME “U” stamp. ASME coils are hot-dip galvanized
(outside surface) after fabrication (HDGAF). The coil is designed for low pressure drop with sloping
tubes for free drainage of fluid. Each coil is pneumatically tested at 375 psig (2,586 kPa).

Other coil configurations are available for specific applications. Contact your local BAC Representative

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


for details.

Dry Finned Coil Configurations


The standard finned coil on the HXV unit has 6 rows and
is available in 1-1/2 serpentine and triple serpentine
arrangements. The serpentine arrangement indicates the
way in which these rows are circuited internally, and
influences the process fluid velocity and the total fluid
pressure through the unit. Hence, the unit flow and
pressure drop allowance must be taken into account
when the finned coil serpentine is selected to obtain the
most suitable HXV selection. Consult your local BAC
Dry fin coil
Representative for selection assistance.
Note: The dry finned coil is available in alternate materials of construction to meet specific
application requirements.

Fan Drive System


The fan drive system provides the cooling air necessary
to reject unwanted heat from the system to the
atmosphere. The standard fan drive system on all models
is the exclusive BALTIDRIVE® Power Train. This BAC
engineered drive system consists of a specially designed
powerband and two cast aluminum sheaves located on
minimum shaft centerline distances to maximize belt life.
A cooling tower duty fan motor, custom engineered for
BAC to provide maximum performance for cooling tower
service, is provided and backed by BAC’s comprehensive
five-year motor and fan drive warranty.

High efficiency fan

...because temperature matters™


E69

Custom Features and Options


ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System consists of two standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 the design horsepower. This configuration allows the
HXV

system to be operated like a two-speed motor, but with the reserve capacity of a standby motor in the
event of failure. As a minimum, approximately 70% capacity will be available from the low horsepower
motor, even on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and wiring are the same as those required for a
two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy savings are achieved when operating at low speed
during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.

BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System


The BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System builds on the advantages of the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
by adding a VFD to the smaller motor. Using the VFD on the smaller fan motor, as opposed to the
larger motor, reduces the cost of the VFD, and wiring for the motor. For more information on the
BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System refer to page G1.

Independent Fan Operation


Models HXV-64X and Q64X are provided with one fan motor driving two fans as standard. Models
HXV-66X and Q66X are provided with two fan motors driving three fans as standard. The independent
fan option consists of one fan motor and drive assembly for each fan to allow independent operation,
providing an additional step of fan cycling and capacity control.

Low Sound Operation


The low sound levels generated by HXV
Closed Circuit Hybrid Cooling Towers
make them suitable for installation in
most environments. For extremely sound
sensitive installations, factory designed,
tested and rated sound attenuation is
available for both the air intake and
discharge.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E70

Accessories
External Service Platforms
For external service, louver face and access door platforms can be added to the unit when purchased or
as an aftermarket item. Safety cages and safety gates are also available. All components are designed

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


to meet OSHA requirements.

Internal Ladder
For access to the motor and drive assemblies, an internal ladder is available.

Internal Service Platforms


For access to the motor and drive assemblies, an internal ladder and upper service platform with
handrails is available. Safety gates are available for all handrail openings. All components are designed
to meet OSHA requirements.

Vibration Cutout Switch


A factory mounted vibration cutout switch is available to
effectively protect against equipment failure due to
excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment
system. BAC can provide either a mechanical or
solid-state electronic vibration cutout switch in a NEMA
4 enclosure to ensure reliable protection. Additional
contacts can be provided to activate an alarm.

Basin Heaters Vibration cutout switch

Although most HXV units will operate dry in the winter, basin heaters are available for freeze protection
when required. Basin heaters prevent freezing of the water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle.
Factory-installed electric immersion heaters, which maintain +40°F (4.4°C) water temperature, are a
simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection.

Heater Sizing Data


0˚F (-17.8˚C) Ambient Heaters -20˚F (-28.9˚C) Ambient Heaters
Model Number
Number of Heaters kW per Heater Number of Heaters kW per Heater

HXV-64X, Q64X 1 12 1 16

HXV-66X, Q66X 1 16 1 21

...because temperature matters™


E71

Accessories
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the standard mechanical
makeup valve when a more precise water level control is
HXV

required. This package consists of a conductance-actuated level


control mounted in the basin and a solenoid activated valve in
the make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize
water hammer.

Electric water level


control package
Flow Control Package
A flow control package is available to provide maximum plume control and water savings. This package
consists of a temperature sensor, a 3-way flow control valve arrangement with actuator, and all
connecting piping. 3-way flow control valve arrangement shown below for single prime surface and
double prime surface coil connections.

FLUID IN

Single Prime
Surface Coil FLUID OUT
Connections

FLUID IN

Double Prime FLUID OUT


Surface Coil
Connections

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E72

Extended Lubrication Lines


Extended lubrication lines are available for
lubrication of the fan shaft bearings. Grease fittings
are located inside the plenum area next to the
access door.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


Grease fittings at the access door & bearings with the extended lubrication line option

High Temperature Fill


Optional high temperature fill material is available for high entering fluid temperatures.

Air Inlet Screens


Mesh screens can be factory-installed over the inlet louvers to prevent debris from entering the unit.

Basin Sweeper Piping


Basin sweeper piping provides an effective method of preventing
debris from collecting in the cold water basin of the tower. A
complete piping system, including nozzles, is provided in the
tower basin for connection to side stream filtration equipment
(by others).

Equipment Controls
BAC control panels are specifically designed to work seamlessly
with all BAC units and engineered to meet you particular
application. For more on BAC Equipment Controls, Basin sweeper piping
see pages G1-G13.

...because temperature matters™


E73

Engineering Data
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data, and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.

HXV-64X/Q64X
HXV

(4) 4" BFW FLUID IN (4) 4" BFW FLUID IN

(4) 4" BFW FLUID OUT (4) 4" BFW FLUID OUT
AIR AIR

HXV 64x INLET HXV Q64x INLET


F

(2) 4" BFW FLUID OUT ACCESS DOORS


6" BFW FLUID OUT THIS SIDE ONLY
22'-3 1/8"

22'-3 1/8"
(2) 4" BFW FLUID IN

F
6" BFW FLUID IN

ACCESS DOOR
ACCESS DOOR
A

A
(THIS END ONLY)

2'-7 1/2"
(THIS END ONLY) 3" OVERFLOW
8'-8 3/4"

8'-8 3/4"

11 1/2"
2" DRAIN

1" MAKE UP

2'-2 3/8" 2'-8 3/8" 6" 1'-8 1/4" 2'-2 1/4"

3"
3'-2 3/8" 11'-10" 12'-1 1/4" 2'-7 1/8"
11'-10"

HXV-66X/Q66X
(4) 4" BFW FLUID IN (4) 4" BFW FLUID IN

(4) 4" BFW FLUID OUT (4) 4" BFW FLUID OUT
AIR AIR
HXV 66x INLET HXV Q66x INLET
F

ACCESS DOORS
(2) 4" BFW FLUID OUT 8" BFW FLUID OUT THIS SIDE ONLY
(2) 4" BFW FLUID IN
22'-8 5/8"

22'-8 5/8"
F

8" BFW FLUID IN

ACCESS DOOR ACCESS DOOR


A

(THIS END ONLY) (THIS END ONLY) 3" OVERFLOW


3'-1"
9'-2 1/4"

9'-2 1/4"

2" DRAIN

1'-5"
1" MAKE UP

2'-2 3/8" 2'-8 3/8" 6" 2'-0 3/8" 2'-2 1/4"


8 1/2"

3'-2 3/8" 11'-10" 18'-1 1/4" 2'-7 1/8"


11'-10"

Motor Hp Weights (lbs) Dimensions


Model Number Nominal Tons5
Fan Pump Operating1 Shipping Heaviest Section A F

HXV-641-OM 160 30 5 24,800 15,800 6,800 14’ 2” 2’ 0”

HXV-642-OM 180 30 5 26,300 16,900 7,800 14’ 2” 2’ 9-1/4”

HXV-Q640-OM 164 30 5 26,300 16,900 7,800 14’ 1” 2’ 7-3/8”

HXV-Q641 191 30 5 29,300 18,900 9,900 14’ 1” 4’ 1-7/8”

HXV-661-OM 252 30 & 15 7.5 35,700 22,400 9,700 14’ 7-1/2” 2’ 0”

HXV-662-OM 283 30 & 15 7.5 38,000 23,900 11,300 14’ 7-1/2” 2’ 9-1/4”

HXV-Q660-OM 268 30 & 15 7.5 38,000 23,900 11,300 14’ 5-1/2” 2’ 5-3/8”

HXV-Q661 305 30 & 15 7.5 42,400 27,100 14,500 14’ 5-1/2” 3’ 11-7/8”

Notes:
1. Operating weight is for the tower with the water level in the cold 4. Dimensional drawings show standard (right hand) arrangements
water basin at the overflow. with the standard finned coil arrangement.

2. The actual size of the inlet and outlet connection may vary with 5. Nominal tons of cooling represents 3 GPM of water from 95ºF to
the design flow rate. Consult the unit print for dimensions. 85ºF at a 78ºF entering wet-bulb temperature.

3. Pipe sizes are nominal diameters. Standard connections are


beveled-for-welding (BFW).

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E74

See page E81


Engineering Data for Engineering
Considerations.
Winter Operation
Heat Loss Data Internal Coil Volumes Cold Water Basin Volume at
Model Number
(BTU/HR, Standard Unit) Prime Surface Coil (Gallon) Finned Coil (Gallon) Operating Level (Gallon)

HXV-641-OM 904,180 163 119 207

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


HXV-642-OM 962,184 218 119 207
HXV-Q640-OM 962,184 218 119 207
HXV-Q641 1,074,780 326 119 207
HXV-661-OM 1,354,564 255 170 314
HXV-662-OM 1,436,452 340 170 314
HXV-Q660-OM 1,436,452 340 170 314
HXV-Q661 1,596.816 510 170 314

Notes:
1. Heat loss data based on 50°F (-10.0˚C) coil water and –10°F (-23.3˚C) with a 45 mph (72.4 Km/hr) wind velocity (fans and pump are off).
2. Electric immersion heaters with thermostat and low level cutout. All components are factory installed in the unit basin. Heaters are selected to
maintain 40°F (4.4˚C) basin water at 0°F (-17.8˚C) ambient temperature. In outdoor locations, trace heating and insulation of spray pump(s) (by
others) may be required for freeze protection. See page E84-E85 for more information on winter operation

Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for HXV Closed Circuit Hybrid Cooling Towers consists of
parallel I-beams positioned as shown in the drawings. Besides providing adequate support, the steel
also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to assure access to the bottom of the tower.
To support an HXV on columns or in an alternate arrangement not shown here, consult your local BAC
Representative.
INLET

INLET
AIR

AIR

7/8" MOUNTING HOLES UNIT OUTLINE 1 1/8"

HXV 64x HXV 66x


UNIT

W
A

HXV Q64x HXV Q66x

4"
C B C C B B C
1 1/8"

L L

Maximum Number of Standard


Model Number W L A B C
Deflection (IN)4 7/8” Anchor Bolts
HXV-64X 1/2” 11’ 10” 12’ 1-1/4” 11’ 7-3/4” 10’ 5-1/4” 10” 4
HXV-Q64X 1/2” 11’ 10” 12’ 1-1/4” 11’ 7-3/4” 10’ 5-1/4” 10” 4
HXV-66X 1/2” 11’ 10” 18’ 1-1/4” 11’ 7-3/4” 8’ 10-5/8” 8
HXV-Q66X 1/2” 11’ 10” 18’ 1-1/4” 11’ 7-3/4” 8’ 10-5/8” 8

Notes:
1. Supporting steelwork and anchor bolts are to be designed and 5. If vibration isolation rails are to be used between the unit and the
furnished by others. supporting steel, be certain to allow for the length of the vibration
rails when determining the length of the supporting steel, as
2. All support steel must be level at the top. vibration rail length and mounting hole locations may differ from
3. Each beam should be designed, as a minimum, for 65% of the those of the unit.
total unit operating weight applied as a uniformly distributed load. 6. If point vibration isolation is used with multi-cell units, the isolators
4. Beams must be selected in accordance with accepted structural must be located under the support steel, not between the support
practice. Maximum deflection of the beam under the unit to be steel and the towers.
1/360 of span, not to exceed 1/2 inch.

...because temperature matters™


E75

See page E81


for Engineering
Considerations.
Modes of Operation
Wet Primed Surface
Operation Mode Dry Finned Coil Fluid Flow Spray Pump Fan(s)
Coil Fluid Flow

Combined Dry/Wet 100% Modulating On On


HXV

Adiabatic 100% 0% On On

Dry 100% 100% Off On

Notes:
1. During dry mode, two-speed, variable frequency drive (VFD), or ENERGY-MISER® Fan System operation is also possible.
2. For both dry/wet and adiabatic operation modes, the use of an automatic blowdown system is recommended to minimize water consumption.

Combined Dry/Wet Operation Mode


In this mode, the fluid to be cooled flows first to the dry finned coil and then to the prime surface
evaporative coil, where the cooled fluid exits the unit. Spray water is drawn from the cold water basin
and pumped to the water distribution system above the prime surface coil. Wetting the prime surface
coil allows evaporative cooling to occur. The spray water falls from the prime surface coil over the fill
surface, enhancing the evaporative heat transfer by sub-cooling the spray water. Air is drawn through
both the prime surface coil and through the fill where it is saturated and picks up heat. The air is,
however, still cold enough to achieve significant cooling within the finned coil, which is installed at the
discharge above the fan(s).

In the dry/wet mode, both sensible and evaporative heat transfer are used. Compared to a conventional
evaporative unit, the potential for plume is substantially reduced and significant water savings can be
obtained, even at peak design conditions. At reduced heat load and/or ambient temperatures, the
evaporative cooling portion, and hence water usage, is further reduced as the flow through the
evaporative coil is gradually decreased. This is accomplished by a modulating flow control valve
arrangement, which controls the outlet fluid temperature. This control arrangement automatically
assures maximum use of sensible cooling in the finned coil and minimum use of evaporative cooling in
the prime surface coil. The heat transfer method and flow control are arranged to achieve maximum
water savings in the dry/wet mode. Plume is minimized by reducing the amount of evaporated water
and the heating of the entire discharge air with the dry finned coil.

Water consumption

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E76

Adiabatic Mode

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


The adiabatic mode occurs when the fluid to be cooled completely bypasses the evaporative prime
surface coil. No heat is rejected from this coil and the recirculating spray water merely serves to
saturate and adiabatically pre-cool the incoming outside air. In most climates, the ambient air still
has considerable potential for absorbing moisture.

Thus adiabatic cooling of the


incoming air results in significantly lower
air temperatures, which greatly
increases the rate of sensible heat
transfer. Compared to conventional
evaporative cooling equipment,
visible plume and water consumption
are greatly reduced while maintaining
the low fluid design temperatures
required to maximize system efficiency.
Water consumption

Dry Mode
During the dry operation mode the spray water system is turned off, saving on pump energy. The fluid
to be cooled is fed from the finned coil to the prime surface coil. The modulating flow control valve
remains fully open to ensure both coils receive the full fluid flow in series; hence the maximum heat
transfer surface is available. In this
mode no water consumption WATER DISTRIBUTION SYTEM AIR OUT

occurs, and plume is completely AIR


FINNED COIL

eliminated. HXV units can be IN

economically selected for dry bulb AXIAL FAN

switchover points of 50°F (10°C) to AIR

60°F (15°C) or higher, depending


on the specific needs of the project. PRIME SURFACE COIL

When the equipment operates in


AIR

the dry mode for prolonged periods, IN


AIR

draining the cold water basin is


recommended, eliminating the need SPRAY PUMP
Water consumption
for freeze protection and water SUMP FILL

treatment.

...because temperature matters™


E77

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.

1.0 Closed Circuit Hybrid Cooling 6. Shall withstand 6000 hours of exposure to 60 psi (42,184
kg/m2)water jet without signs of wear or erosion.
Tower
(Alternate) 2.1 Optional Stainless Steel Construction: All steel
1.1 General: Furnish and install, as shown on the plans, ___ panels and structural elements shall be constructed from
factory-assembled closed circuit hybrid cooling tower(s) of heavy-gauge, Series 300 stainless steel.
HXV

induced draft design with vertical air discharge. The unit shall be
able to operate in combined dry/wet, adiabatic and dry modes for 2.2 Coil Sections: The dry finned coil shall consist of copper tubes
plume abatement and minimum water consumption. Overall with rippled edge, aluminum flat plate fins, and headers of
dimensions shall not exceed approximately ___ ft (m) x ___ ft (m), seamless copper tubes installed in a heavy-gauge galvanized
with an overall height not exceeding approximately ___ ft (m). steel casing. Fins shall have full drawn collars to maintain
Operating weight shall not exceed _____ lbs (kg). The closed consistent fin spacing and a continuous surface contact over the
circuit hybrid cooling tower shall be Baltimore Aircoil Company entire tube for maximum heat transfer. The coil shall have a
Model HXV-___. design pressure of 250 psig (1,725 kPa) and be pneumatically
tested at 320 psig (2,205 kPa). Staggered tube coil arrangement
1.2 Thermal Capacity (water as heat transfer fluid): The closed cir- and fin density shall be optimized for maximum sensible heat
cuit cooling tower shall be warranted by the manufacturer to have transfer during all operation modes with minimum airside pressure
capacity to cool _______ USGPM (l/s) of water from ______°F drop. The coil shall be designed for free drainage of fluid.
(°C) to _____°F (°C) at _____°F (°C) entering wet-bulb tempera-
ture. Coil pressure drop shall not exceed ________ psi (kPa). The prime surface coil shall be encased in a heavy-gauge
galvanized steel casing. The coil shall be constructed of
1.3 Quality Assurance: The tower manufacturer shall have a continuous serpentine all prime surface steel, be pneumatically
Management System certified by an accredited registrar as tested at 375 psig (2,685 kPa), and be hot-dip galvanized after
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001 to ensure consistent fabrication. The coil shall be designed for free drainage of fluid
quality of products and services. and shall be ASME B31.5 compliant. Maximum allowable working
pressure shall be 300 psig (280 psig for coils supplied with a
2.0 Construction Details CRN).

2.3 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be constructed
2.1 G-235 (Z700 metric) Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Structure: All
of heavy-gauge hot-dip galvanized steel. The basin shall include a
steel panels and structural elements shall be constructed from
depressed section with drain/clean-out connection. Standard
heavy-gauge, G-235 (Z700 metric) hot-dip galvanized steel, with
accessories shall include large area, lift-out steel strainers with
cut edges given a protective coat of zinc-rich compound.
perforated openings sized smaller than water distribution nozzle
(Alternate) 2.1 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless orifices, an integral anti-vortexing hood to prevent air entrainment,
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural waste water bleed line, and brass make-up valve with large
members shall be protected with the BALTIBOND® Corrosion diameter plastic float arranged for easy adjustment.
Protection System. The system shall consist of G-235 (Z700
(Alternate) 2.3 Optional Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin: The
metric) hot-dip galvanized steel prepared in a four-step (clean,
cold water basin shall be made of Series 300 stainless steel. All
pre-treat, rinse, dry) process with an electrostatically sprayed,
factory seams in the cold water basin shall be welded, leak tested
thermosetting, hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during
at the factory to ensure watertight assembly and shall be
a thermally activated curing stage and monitored by a 23-step
warranted against leaks for five years.
quality assurance program. Coatings other than the BALTIBOND®
Corrosion Protection System must be submitted to the engineer
for pre-approval. Approved equals must have undergone testing, 4.0 Fill and Drift Eliminators
resulting in the following results as a minimum:
4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The fill and integral drift eliminators
1. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able to shall be formed from self-extinguishing (per ASTM-568) poly vinyl
withstand 6000 hours of 5% salt spray per ASTM B117 choride (PVC) having a flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84
without blistering, chipping, or loss of adhesion; and shall be impervious to rot, decay, fungus and biological
attack. The fill shall be manufactured and performance tested by
2. When X-scribed to the steel substrate it shall be able to the closed circuit cooling tower manufacturer to provide single
withstand 6000 hours of exposure to acidic (pH=4.0) and source responsibility and assure control of the final product. A
alkaline (pH=11.0) water solutions at 95ºF (35˚C) without separate set of drift eliminators shall be removable in easily
signs of chemical attack; handled sections for quick access to the coil. Eliminators shall
have a minimum of three changes in air direction.
3. Shall withstand impact of 160 in-lbs per ASTM D2794
without fracture or delamination of the polymer layer;
(Alternate) 4.1 Fill and Drift Eliminators: The high temperature fill
4. Shall withstand 6000 hours of ultraviolet radiation equivalent and integral drift eliminators shall be formed from self-
to 120,000 hours of noontime sun exposure without loss of extinguishing (per ASTM-568) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) having a
functional properties; flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM E84 and shall be impervious to
rot, decay, fungus and biological attack. The high temperature fill
5. Shall withstand 200 thermal shock cycles between -25ºF and shall be suitable for water temperatures up to 140°F. The fill shall
+180ºF (-32˚C and 82˚C) without loss of adhesion or other be manufactured, tested and rated by the cooling tower
deterioration; manufacturer and shall be elevated above the cold water basin to
facilitate cleaning.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E78

5.0 Air Inlet Louvers Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
5.1 Air Inlet Louvers: Air inlet louvers shall be wave-formed, Discharge
fiberglass-reinforced polyester (FRP), spaced to minimize air Air Inlet
resistance and prevent water splash-out. Cased Face

6.0 Mechanical Equipment


Accessories
6.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow, with aluminum
alloy blades. Air shall discharge through a fan cylinder designed 9.1 Basin Heater(s): The cooling tower cold water basin shall be
for streamlined air entry and minimum fan blade tip clearance for provided with electric heater(s) to prevent freezing in low ambient

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


maximum fan efficiency. Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by conditions. The heater(s) shall be selected to maintain 40°F
heavy duty, self-aligning, grease-packed ball bearings with (4.4°C) basin water temperatures at _____°F ambient. The
moisture-proof seals and integral slinger rings, designed for heater(s) shall be ______V/____phase/___Hz electric and shall
minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours. Fan(s) shall be driven by a be provided with low water cutout and thermostat.
one-piece, multi-groove neoprene/polyester belt designed
specifically for evaporative cooling service. Fan and motor (Alternate) 9.1 Basin Heaters: A steam coil shall be factory
installed in the cooling tower depressed sump of the cold water
sheave(s) shall be fabricated from cast aluminum.
basin to prevent freezing during cold weather shutdown. The
steam coil shall be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.4°C) basin
6.2 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed air over
water temperature at a –20°F (-28.9˚C) ambient temperature
(TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type with 1.15
given 5 psig at the coil inlet connection.
service factor, designed specifically for evaporative cooling duty
on _____ volt/ ___ hertz/ ___ phase electrical service. The motor (Alternate) 9.1 Basin Heaters: A hot water coil shall be factory
shall be furnished with special moisture protection on windings, installed in the cooling tower depressed sump of the cold water
shafts, and bearings. Each motor shall be mounted on an easily basin to prevent freezing during cold weather shutdown. The hot
adjusted, heavy-duty motor base. water coil shall be capable of maintaining 40°F (4.4°C) basin
water temperature at a –20°F (-28.9°C) ambient using 180°F
(Alternate) 6.2 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed
(82.2°C) entering water temperature and 170°F (76.7°C) leaving
air over (TEAO), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type
water temperature.
designed specifically for evaporative cooling duty on ____ volt/
___ hertz/ ____ phase electrical service. The motor shall be 9.2 Basin Water Level Control: The cooling tower manufacturer
furnished with special moisture protection on windings, shafts, shall provide an electric water level control (EWLC) system. The
and bearings. Fan motors shall be inverter duty type designed system shall consist of water level sensing and control units in
per NEMA Standard MG1, Section IV, Part 31. quantities and locations as indicated on the drawings. Each water
level sensing and control unit shall consist of the following: NEMA
6.3 Mechanical Equipment Warranty: The fan(s), fan shaft(s),
4 enclosure with gasketed access cover; solid state controls
sheaves, bearings, mechanical equipment support and fan motor
including all necessary relays and contacts to achieve the
shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship
specified sequence of operation; stainless steel water level
for a period of five (5) years from date of shipment.
sensing electrodes with brass holder; Schedule 40 PVC standpipe
6.4 ENERGY-MISER® Fan System (optional): Two single-speed assembly with vent holes, and all necessary stainless steel
fan motors, one sized for full speed and load, the other sized for mounting hardware. Provide PVC union directly below the control
2/3 speed and approximately 1/3 the full load horsepower, shall enclosure to facilitate the removal and access of electrodes and
be provided for capacity control and stand-by protection from control enclosure.
drive or motor failure. Two-speed motor(s) are not an acceptable
The number and position of water level sensing electrodes shall
alternative.
be provided to sense the following: high water level, low water
(Alternate) 6.5 BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System: Two single level, high water alarm level, low water alarm, and heater safety
speed fan motors, one sized for full load, the other sized for 1/3 of cutout.
the full load horsepower shall be provided in each cell for capacity
9.3 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide mechanical local reset
control and standby protection from drive or motor failure. The
vibration switch. The mechanical vibration cut out switch will be
manufacturer of the equipment shall supply controls for the larger
guaranteed to trip at a point so as not to cause damage to the
motor, a VFD for the smaller motor and factory programmed logic
cooling tower. To ensure this, the trip point will be a frequency
controller to maximize energy saving for off peak load and wet-
range of 0 to 3,600 RPM and a trip point of 0.2 to 2.0 g’s.
bulb conditions.
(Alternate) 9.3 Vibration Cutout Switch: Provide electronic remote
7.0 Access reset vibration switch with contact for BAS monitoring. Wiring
shall be by the installing contractor. The electronic vibration cut
7.1 Plenum Access: A large, hinged access door shall be provided out switch shall be set to trip at a point so as not to cause
on each end wall for access to the prime surface coil, drift elimina- damage to the cooling tower. The trip point will be 0.45 in/sec.
tors, and fan plenum section. The water make-up valve, float ball,
and suction strainer shall be easily accessible. 9.4 Basin Sweeper Piping: The cold water basin of the cooling
tower shall be equipped with PVC sump sweeper piping with
8.0 Sound plastic educator nozzles. The piping should create a grid under
the fill section and force all dirt and debris to the center depressed
8.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment, section of the cold water basin.
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 50 ft from the
tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound levels
detailed below.

...because temperature matters™


E79

9.5 Air intake Option: Provide removable hot dip galvanized Optional enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor shall
steel 1”x1” mesh air intake screens. be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A temperature controller
shall be provided with the enclosed controls.)(A basin heater
(Alternate) 9.5 Air intake Option: Provide removable hot dip contactor with circuit breaker shall be provided.)(A vibration
galvanized steel 1”x1” mesh air intake screens protected with the cutout switch input shall be provided.)
BALTIBOND® Corrosion Protection system or Series 300
stainless steel. 10.3 Safety Switch(es): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety
disconnect switch shall be provided by the manufacturer of the
(Alternate) 9.5 Air intake Option: Provide removable Series 300 evaporative cooling equipment. Switch shall be single-throw,
stainless steel 1”x1” mesh air intake screens. 3-pole design, rated up to 600 VAC. Switch shall have triple
padlocking capability, a visible double break rotary blade
(Alternate) 9.5 Air Intake Option: The unit shall be equipped with
mechanism, a clearly visible On/Off handle, an interlocking
HXV

intake sound attenuators consisting of fiberglass acoustical


mechanism to prevent door opening with handle in On position,
baffles encased in steel to further reduce sound levels.
and a clear line shield. Safety switch shall be provided in a
9.6 Discharge Option: The discharge plenum shall be equipped NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure.
with sound absorbing material.
10.4 Flow Control Package: The manufacturer shall provide a
9.7 Access Door Platform: A galvanized steel platform and flow control package consisting of a 3-way flow control valve
aluminum ladder to grade shall be provided at all access doors arrangement with actuator, and all interconnecting piping
to access the plenum section of the cooling tower. All working between the finned coil and the prime surface coil. The package
surfaces shall be able to withstand 50 psf live load or 200 pound will be designed to maximize plume control and water savings.
concentrated load.

9.8 Internal Platform: An internal platform shall be provided in


the plenum section to provide for inspection and maintenance.
All working surfaces shall be able to withstand 50 psf live load or
200 pound concentrated load. Other components of the cooling
tower, i.e. basin floor and fill/drift eliminators, shall not be
considered an internal working surface. Cooling tower
manufacturers that require that these surfaces be used as a
working platform shall provide a two-year extended warranty to
the Owner to repair any damage to these surfaces caused by
routine maintenance.

9.9 Heat Loss: The heat loss shall be no greater than


_____________. If the heat loss is greater than the specified
limit, positive closure dampers or insulation on the hood/casin
provided.

10.0 Equipment Controls (Optional)


10.1 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency drive
(VFD) shall be provided for each fan motor. The supplier of the
VFD shall be the manufacturer of the evaporative cooling
equipment. The VFD shall have a 3-contactor bypass, 3% input
line reactor, a removable keypad, an RS232 terminal for PC
connection, and a circuit breaker disconnect. Fuse protection will
not be accepted. Control voltage shall be 24V to minimize the
size of the enclosure which should not exceed _____ ft x _____
ft x ____ ft and the weight should not exceed ____ lbs. VFD
shall be provided in a NEMA (1)(3R)(12) enclosure. The VFD
shall be compatible with a (ModBus) (LonWorks) (Johnson N2)
Building Automation System.

OR

10.2 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall be


provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling equipment. The
panel shall include full voltage, non-reversing (FVNR) fan motor
and pump motor (if applicable) starters in a common enclosure.
The panel shall be provided with a main a circuit breaker
disconnect and a separate circuit breaker for each motor or
speed. Fuse protection will not be accepted. Panels containing
basin heaters shall have an Earth Leakage Breaker containing
ground fault protection. Starters above 25 A shall be NEMA
rated. IEC starters will be accepted for motors below 25 A. Panel
shall include a 120V/60Hz control power transformer, Hand-Off-
Auto switches for each starter or contactor, and pilot lights for
each component. Enclosed controls shall be provided in a NEMA
(1)(3R)(4)(4X)(12) enclosure.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E80

HXV Offers Economic Advantages


HXV First Cost Benefits (o F)

Heat rejection equipment must be selected for the


maximum heat load at summer peak air temperatures. In
most climates peak wet-bulb temperatures are significantly

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


lower than peak dry-bulb temperatures. Evaporative
cooling equipment based on the ambient air wet-bulb
therefore has a greater temperature driving force, thus
allowing the use of lower system temperatures. This
greater driving force also allows the use of less and thus
more cost-effective heat transfer surface area. Since the
Dry-bulb/wet-bulb difference
HXV utilizes evaporative cooling during peak load opera- versus climate zone
tion it inherently benefits from this advantage. Evaporatively
cooled units such as the HXV have a plan area and fan
horsepower advantage over the typical air-cooled arrangement, saving on support structures and electrical
hook-ups. The HXV design also avoids the corrosion and scaling that can be associated with spraying of
standard air-cooled equipment on design days for additional capacity. The lower process fluid temperatures
that can be achieved compared to air-cooled systems and the
greatly reduced fouling factors of closed loop cooling result in
lower first cost of process equipment such as chillers or
refrigeration compressors. Lastly, the costs associated with
plume abatement are eliminated, as the design is inherently
plume-free.

HXV Operating Cost Benefits


Due to its water saving concept and combined flow design, the
HXV offers significant operating cost benefits. Water Closed circuit cooling systems offer
consumption is minimized throughout the year. During peak the lowest fluid temperatures
summer operation a large amount of heat load is already
transferred by the finned coil. As the ambient temperature and/or heat load drops, the amount of evaporative
heat transfer is further reduced by controlling the flow through the wet coil. This reduces the evaporation loss
and blow-down as well as water treatment requirements
compared to conventional evaporative cooling equipment. In the
“adiabatic” mode only a small amount of water is needed to
saturate the air and the amount of blow-down is reduced even
further. Finally in the ‘dry’ mode no water is used at all (while
saving the energy associated with running the spray pump).
With HXV hybrid units water savings up to 70% or more are pos-
sible. Depending on local water costs and availability, this
advantage alone can pay for the equipment in as little as two
years through cost savings in water use, water treatment
0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
chemicals, and higher system efficiencies. In addition, fouling 10
o
( F)

potential associated with open circuit cooling towers is eliminated Typical annual distribution of
through both the closed loop cooling system and the Combined ambient temperature with the
Flow TechnologyTM design of the HXV, assuring peak efficiency and three operating modes
energy savings over time. Finally, the induced draft propeller fan
design results in low fan energy requirements compared to centrifugal fan units.

...because temperature matters™


E81

Engineering Considerations -
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
Location
Units must have an adequate supply of fresh air to the air inlet(s). When units are located adjacent to
Engineering Considerations

building walls or in enclosures, care must be taken to ensure that the warm, saturated discharge air is not
deflected off surrounding walls or enclosures and drawn back to the air inlet(s).

CAUTION:
Each unit should be located and positioned to prevent the introduction of the warm discharge air
and the associated drift, which may contain chemical or biological contaminants including
Legionella, into the ventilation systems of the building on which the unit is located or those of
adjacent buildings.

For detailed recommendations on layout, refer to our web site, www.BaltimoreAircoil.com, or consult
your local BAC Representative.

For Series V products, bottom screens or solid bottom panels may be desirable or necessary for safety,
depending on the location and conditions at the installation site.

Piping and Valves


Piping must be sized and installed in accordance with good piping practice. All piping should be supported
by pipe hangers or other supports, not by the unit.

Some installations may require flow balancing valves (supplied by others) at the coil inlets to balance the
flow to individual coils and cells. External shutoff valves on the closed circuit loop (supplied by others) may
also be required if the system design necessitates the isolation of individual cells.

Although equalizing lines can be used to balance water levels between multi-cell closed circuit cooling
towers, the spray water for each cell must be treated separately, and a separate make-up must be provided
for each cell. Note that a common remote sump for multi-cell installations can simplify make-up and water
treatment – see page M167 for details. See page E83 or the appropriate Operating and Maintenance
Manual for more information on water treatment.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E82

Capacity Control
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD)
Installations which are to be controlled by Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) require the use of an inverter
duty motor as designed per NEMA Standard MG.1, Section IV, Part 31, which recognizes the increased
stresses placed on motors by these drive systems. Inverter duty motors must be furnished on VFD
applications in order to maintain the motor warranty.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


WARNING:
When the fan speed is to be changed from the factory-set speed, including through the use of a
variable speed control device, steps must be taken to avoid operating at or near fan speeds that
cause a resonance with the unit or its supporting structure. At start-up, the variable frequency drive
should be cycled slowly between zero and full speed and any speeds that cause a noticeable
resonance in the unit should be “locked out” by the variable speed drive.

Fan Cycling
Fan cycling is the simplest method of capacity control. The number of steps of capacity control can be
increased using the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System, BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System, the independent
motor option, or two-speed fan motors in conjunction with fan cycling (see “Custom Features & Options”
section of the appropriate product line to determine whether the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System,
BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System, or the independent fan motor option are available for the particular
product line; two-speed motors are available for all product lines with either belt or gear fan drive systems.
All of these options provide substantial energy savings when compared to simple fan cycling, especially the
BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System, which provides energy savings and redundancy at a low cost.

WARNING:
Rapid on-off cycling can cause the fan motor to overheat. It is recommended that controls be set to
allow a maximum of 6 on-off cycles per hour.
Note: Spray water pump cycling should not be used for capacity control. This method of control
often results in short cycling of the pump motor as capacity changes substantially with pump
cycling. In addition, alternate wetting and drying of the coil promotes scaling of the heat
exchanger coil surface.

Capacity Control Dampers (Series V Models Only)


On Series V models, modulating capacity control dampers are available to provide better leaving water
temperature control than can be obtained from fan cycling alone. See page E46 or contact your local BAC
Representative for more details.

Vibration Cutout Switches


Vibration cutout switches are recommended on all installations. Vibration cutout switches are designed to
interrupt power to the fan motor and/or provide an alarm to the operator in the event of excessive vibration.
BAC offers both electronic and mechanical vibration cutout switches on all closed circuit cooling tower
models.

...because temperature matters™


E83

Water Treatment
As water evaporates in an evaporative cooling unit, the dissolved solids originally present in the water
remain in the system. The concentration of these dissolved solids increases rapidly and can cause scale
and corrosion. In addition, airborne impurities and biological contaminants, including Legionella, may be
introduced into the circulating water. To control all potential contaminants, a water treatment program must
be employed. In many cases, a simple bleed-off may be adequate for control of scale and corrosion.
Note: Bleed lines are to be provided and installed by others. However, biological contamination, including
Engineering Considerations

Legionella, can be controlled only through the use of biocides. Such treatment should be initiated at system
startup, after periods of equipment shutdown, and continued regularly thereafter. Accordingly, it is strongly
recommended a biocide treatment be initiated when the unit is first filled with water and continued regularly
thereafter. For more information, consult the appropriate Operating and Maintenance Manual.

When a water treatment program is employed, it must be compatible with construction materials. The pH of
the circulating water must be maintained between 6.5 and 9.0. Units having galvanized steel construction
and a circulating water pH of 8.3 or higher will require periodic passivation of the galvanized steel to prevent
the accumulation of white, waxy, nonprotective zinc corrosion called white rust. Batch feeding of chemicals
into the unit is not recommended. If units are constructed with optional corrosion resistant materials, acid
treatment may be considered; however, the water quality must be maintained within the guidelines set forth
in the Operating and Maintenance Manual.

Note: Unless a common remote sump is utilized, each cell of a multi-cell installation must be treated
as a separate entity, even if the cold water basins are flumed together or equalized.
For complete Water Quality Guidelines, see the appropriate Operating and Maintenance Manual,
available at www.baltimoreaircoil.com
For specific recommendations on water treatment, contact a competent water treatment supplier.

Fill Compatibility (FXV Models Only)


The standard fill in FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers is constructed of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and has a
flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM Standard E84. This PVC fill is compatible with the water found in most
evaporative cooling applications. For applications where the entering fluid temperature exceeds 140°F,
contact your local BAC Representative to confirm that the standard PVC fill is acceptable.

Sound Levels
Sound rating data is available for all BAC Closed Circuit Cooling Towers. When calculating the sound levels
generated by a unit, the designer must take into account the effects of the geometry of the tower as well as
the distance and direction from the unit to noise-sensitive areas. Low sound fans and intake and discharge
sound attenuation can be supplied on certain models to provide reduced sound characteristics (see the
“Custom Features and Options” section of the appropriate product line for details). The ENERGY-MISER®
Fan System, two-speed motors, or variable frequency drives can also be used to reduce sound during
periods of non-peak thermal loads. For more information on sound and how it relates to evaporative cooling
equipment, see page M124. For detailed low sound selections, please consult your local BAC
Representative.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E84

Protection Against Basin Water Freezing


When a unit is shut down in freezing weather, the basin water must be protected by draining to an indoor
auxiliary remote sump tank (see page H5 for remote sump engineering data; page M32 for sizing
guidelines) or by providing supplementary heat to the cold water basin. Supplementary heat can be provided
by electric immersion heaters or in some cases, hot water or steam coils, or steam injectors. All exposed
water piping, make-up lines, and spray pumps (if applicable) that do not drain at shutdown should be traced
with electric heater tape and insulated.

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


When dry operation is planned for low ambient conditions, centrifugal fan units should be supplied with
oversized fan motors to prevent motor overload when the spray water is not operating. Dry operation with
standard fan motors is acceptable for axial fan units. For remote sump applications, the spray water pump
must be selected for the required flow at a total head which includes the vertical lift, pipe friction (in supply
and suction lines) plus the required pressure at the inlet header of the water distribution system (2.0 psi for
FXV models; 1.0 psi for Series V models). A valve should always be installed in the discharge line from the
pump to permit adjusting flow to the unit requirement. Inlet water pressure should be measured by a
pressure gauge installed in the water supply riser at the spray water inlet, and adjusted to the specified inlet
pressure. See page M32 for more information.

Indoor Installations (Applicable to Series V Models Only)


Many indoor installations require the use of inlet and/or discharge ductwork. Units installed with inlet
ductwork must be ordered with solid-bottom panels. Generally, intake ducts are used only on smaller
units while the equipment room is used as a plenum for larger units. Discharge ductwork will normally be
required to carry the saturated discharge air from the building.

Both intake and discharge ductwork must have access doors to allow servicing of the fan assembly, drift
eliminators, and water distribution system. All ductwork should be symmetrical and designed to provide even
air distribution across the face of air intakes and discharge openings.

WARNING:
The discharge opening must be positioned to prevent the introduction of discharge air into the fresh air
intakes serving the unit or the ventilation systems of adjacent buildings.
Note: Axial fan units are not suitable for indoor installations.

Safety
Adequate precautions, appropriate for the installation and location of these products, should be taken to
safeguard the public from possible injury and the equipment and the premises from damage. Operation,
maintenance and repair of this equipment should be undertaken only by personnel qualified to do so. Proper
care, procedures and tools must be used in handling, lifting, installing, operating, maintaining, and repairing
this equipment to prevent personal injury and/or property damage.

...because temperature matters™


E85

Fluid Compatibility
The fluid to be cooled must be compatible with the coil material (standard serpentine and cleanable header
coils are carbon steel, hot-dip galvanized on the outside only). Fluids not compatible with coil materials
can lead to corrosion and tube failure. Certain fluids may require occasional pressure cleaning or
mechanical cleaning of the inside of coil tubes. In such cases the coil must be designed to provide this
capability (Optional Coil Configurations: for FXV see page E19, for Series V see page E41, and for HXV see
page E67).
Engineering Considerations

Open/Closed System
The standard galvanized steel serpentine and cleanable header serpentine coils are carbon steel,
hot-dip galvanized on the outside only, and are intended for application on closed, pressurized
systems which are not open to the atmosphere. Stainless steel coils or cleanable coil units (with tubes
hot-dip galvanized inside and out) are available to cool corrosive fluids or water and ethylene/propylene
glycol solutions in systems open to the atmosphere (Optional Coil Configurations: for FXV see page E19, for
Series V see page E41, and for HXV see page E67).

Protection Against Coil Freezing


At below freezing ambient conditions, the closed circuit cooling tower can experience heat loss even without
the recirculating spray water pump and fans in operation. Without a heat load on the circulating fluid, coil
freezing can occur even at full flow. Protective means are readily available to avoid potential freeze
problems. Where the system will permit, the best protection against coil freeze-up is the use of an
industrially inhibited anti-freeze solution. When this is not possible, the system must be designed to meet
both of the following conditions:

1. Maintain minimum recommended flow through the coil at all times, as per the table below:

MODEL MINIMUM FLOW (GPM)


FXV-42X, 43X, 44X 75
FXV-Q44X 150 See product sections for
FXV-64X, 66X 110
FXV-Q64X, Q66X 220
applicable heat loss data:
FXV-288-X1X 275
FXV-288-XQX 550 FXV - page E29
FXV-364-X1X 275 Series V - page E54
FXV-364-XQX 550
HXV-6XX 110
HXV - page E74
HXV-Q6XX 220
VFL-012 thru 048 65
VFL-072 thru 096 125
VF1-009 thru 036 50
VF1-048 75
VF1-072 100
VF1-096 thru 144N 125
VF1-192 thru 288N 250
VF1-144 thru 216 200
VF1-288 thru 432 400

Baltimore Aircoil Company


E86

2. Maintain a heat load on the circulating fluid so that the temperature of the fluid leaving the coil will not be
below 45ºF (7.2ºC).

If the process load is extremely light, or if the process is periodically shut off entirely, then an auxiliary heat
load must be applied to the circulating fluid when below freezing ambient temperatures exist to prevent
damage to the coil. Refer to the Heat Loss Data table (for FXV see page E29, for Series V see page E54,
and for HXV see page E74) for the auxiliary heat load requirement. The amount of auxiliary heat necessary

Closed Circuit Cooling Towers


to prevent coil freezing can be further reduced by the use of a positive closure damper hood and insulation.
Draining the coil is not recommended as a normal method of freeze protection. However, draining is
acceptable as an emergency method of freeze protection. Frequent draining can promote corrosion inside
the coil tubes. If the coil is not protected by an industrially inhibited anti-freeze solution, an automatic drain
valve and air vent is recommended to drain the coil if flow stops or fluid temperature drops below 45°F
(7.2ºC) when the ambient temperature is below freezing. Note that cold water basin heaters will not provide
freeze protection for the coil.

Code Requirement
Standard coils are ASME B31.5 compliant and are provided with a Canadian Registration Number (CRN)
when required. State or local codes, or certain applications may require the use of pressure vessels
designed, fabricated, tested and “U” stamped in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code, Section VIII, Division I. In such cases, the optional ASME “U” Stamp coil must be provided.

Warranties
Please refer to the Limitation of Warranties applicable to and in effect at the time of the sale/purchase of
these products.

...because temperature matters™


E87

Colt Armory
“Quick on the Draw” at Historic Coltsville Site
Project Report

Developer:
Homes for America, LLC, Yonkers, NY

Architect:
Tai Soo Kim Partners, Hartford, CT

Mechanical Engineer:
Maguire Group, Foxboro, MA

Mechanical Contractor:
Harry Grodsky & Co. Inc, Springfield, MA

The “innovative” Colt .45 Peacemaker revolver was developed and manufactured in Coltsville,
Connecticut. Today an “innovative” state-of-the-art heat pump system is installed on the site. Closed
circuit cooling towers, within an architectural enclosure, provide cooled water to each community
building through a new underground piping system. The heat absorbing cooled water, delivered by
these towers to individually controlled heat pumps, provides comfort cooling for the entire complex.
To save time and money, BAC provided (3) dual air-inlet model FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Towers.
Quick installation of the closed circuit cooling towers reduced costs and allowed the contractor to
meet a very demanding schedule. FXV Closed Circuit Cooling Tower versatility reduces the number
of cells required for large projects and virtually eliminates the need for custom field-erected
solutions.

The residents of Coltsville, past and present, know how to appreciate innovation. It was in Coltsville
that the Colt .45 Peacemaker, also know as the “weapon that won the west,” was developed and
manufactured under the direction of one of the nation’s first female industrialists, Elizabeth Colt.
Widowed in 1862, Elizabeth carried on the work started by her inventive and beloved husband,
Samuel Colt.

Samuel began construction on his armory and the surrounding community to house, entertain and
educate his workers and their families in 1847. His concept of a multiple shot firearm was unique in
his time, and brought him success as one of America’s first great entrepreneurs. Samuel’s impact
on the economy and the Industrial Revolution, along with Elizabeth’s role in the company after his
death, make Coltsville a fascinating piece of U.S. history. The Coltsville site, currently undergoing a
renovation in excess of $100 million, is under consideration for inclusion in the National Park
System.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F1

ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Products

Thermal Storage Products


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F2

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F4

Proven Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F8

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F12

Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F14

Custom Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F15

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F20

Engineering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F21


F2

ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Products


Cooling with ice thermal storage can be the most cost-effective, reliable system approach to cooling offices,
schools, hospitals, malls and other buildings, and provides a steady source of low temperature fluids for
process cooling applications. These systems are environmentally friendly because they help lower energy
consumption and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. With thousands of successful installations worldwide,
ICE CHILLER®

BAC is the global leader in the application of ice thermal storage.

Ice Thermal Storage


• Lowest first cost
• Reduced energy cost
• Variable capacity
• Improved system reliability
• Reduced maintenance
• Environmentally friendly
• Proven technology

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F3

Thermal Storage Products

...because temperature matters™


F4

Benefits
Lowest First Cost
Systems with ice thermal storage can be installed at the same or lower first cost than traditional
systems when designed with the colder supply water available from ice. The savings that result from
ICE CHILLER®

the use of smaller chillers and cooling towers, reduced pump and pipe sizes, and less connected
horsepower offset the cost of the ice thermal storage equipment. Additional savings can be found when
using lower temperature air distribution, which allows for reduced ductwork and fan sizes.

• Smaller Chillers and Heat Rejection Equipment: By designing


the system around 24-hour per day chiller operation, the size of
the chillers and cooling towers or air-cooled condensers required
for an ice storage system is significantly reduced, when compared
to conventional chillers and heat rejection equipment sized for
the instantaneous peak load. A typical thermal storage design
includes chillers that provide 50 to 60% of the peak cooling load.
The balance of the cooling requirement is provided from the ice
storage system.

• Reduced Pump and Pipe Sizes: Pump and pipe sizes are also
reduced in a properly designed ice storage system. Substantial
savings in the chilled water distribution loop are realized when the
system design incorporates reduced flow rates that result from
using a larger temperature range in the water loop. Use of a larger
temperature range, for example 18°F (10°C) instead of the more
traditional 10°F (5.5°C) results in a reduction of pipe size.
Condenser water pipe sizes are reduced due to lower
flow requirements for the smaller chiller. Pump savings due to
reduced chilled water and condenser water flow rates are also
realized.

• Reduced Cooling Coil and Supply Air Fan Sizes: Cooling coils
sized using lower supply water temperatures and traditional supply
air temperatures are generally smaller due to fewer rows.
The reduction in rows leads to lower supply fan HP (kW).

• Reduced Air Handling Equipment: When the air distribution is designed with lower supply air
temperatures, the size of the ductwork, fans and fan motors are reduced.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F5

• Reduced Electrical Distribution: Smaller chillers, heat rejection equipment and pumps
require less horsepower than a traditional system, which results in smaller transformers,
switchgear, wire sizes and starter panels.

Thermal Storage Products


• Reduced Generator Size: If a facility has a generator for daily or back-up power, the size of the
generator will be significantly reduced when the peak electrical load of the facility is reduced using
ice storage.

Reduced Energy Cost


An ice thermal storage system reduces peak demand, shifts energy usage to non-peak hours, saves
energy, and reduces energy costs.

• Reduces Peak Demand and Shifts Energy Usage: With less connected horsepower, ice storage
can lower peak electrical demand for the HVAC or process cooling system by 50% or more. Since
most electrical rates include demand charges during peak demand times and/or higher day versus
night kWh charges, savings on electrical bills can be substantial. Peak electrical demand rates of
$15 to $18 per kW are not uncommon. In areas with “real time pricing”, where the electric rate
varies hour-by-hour based on the market price of electricity, day to night kWh costs can vary by
500 to 1000%. The use of electricity at night versus peak daytime hours can lead to large savings
on energy bills.

• Saves Energy: In addition, total annual kilowatt-hours used are less when the system is designed
to take advantage of the low supply water temperature available from ice storage system.
Lower kWh consumption is possible for several reasons:

1. Although making ice requires more energy than producing chilled water, the efficiency
penalty is not as large since the ice is made at night when condensing temperatures are
lower, increasing the efficiency of the chiller.
2. Ice systems typically operate the chiller at full load. Chillers are inefficient when run with
low loads during the spring and fall. A conventional chiller will operate at less than 30%
capacity for half the year.
3. Reduced pumping horsepower.
4. Reduced fan horsepower due to lower air pressure drop across the cooling coil. A higher
chilled water temperature differential across the cooling coil usually results in fewer rows
and therefore a lower pressure drop.
5. The ability to recover waste heat from the chiller for heating water both night and day.

...because temperature matters™


F6

Benefits
Additional kWh savings are possible if the air distribution is
designed to take advantage of the low temperatures
available from the ice storage system. As the electric
ICE CHILLER®

industry continues to deregulate, and time-of-use rates, real


time pricing schedules and negotiated power prices become
standard, ice storage can provide even greater future
savings in operating costs.

Variable Capacity
The ice storage system will maintain a constant supply
temperature regardless of the variations in instantaneous
cooling demand. The flow and entering water temperature set
the instantaneous capacity.

Improved System Reliability


Ice storage systems provide the reliability necessary to ensure
air-conditioning is available. With traditional systems, installing multiple chillers provides redundancy. In
the event of a mechanical failure of one chiller, the second chiller provides limited cooling capacity. The
maximum available cooling for the traditional system would only be 50% on a design day.

Most ice storage systems utilize two chillers in addition to the


ice storage equipment. Two chillers are designed to provide
approximately 60% of the required cooling on a design day
while the ice storage provides the remaining 40% of the
cooling capacity. In the event only one chiller is available to
provide cooling during the day, up to 70% of the cooling
capacity is available. The one operable chiller provides 30%
of the cooling requirement while the ice provides up to 40%.
Based on typical HVAC load profiles and ASHRAE weather
data, 70% of the cooling capacity would meet the total daily
cooling requirements 85% of the time.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F7

Reduced Maintenance
The ice storage coils have no moving parts, so very little maintenance is required. Because the chillers,
pumps and heat rejection equipment are smaller, ice storage systems will have less maintenance than

Thermal Storage Products


a traditional system. The ice storage system also allows a chiller to undergo routine maintenance during
the day when the ice storage can handle the system load.

Environmentally Friendly
Reducing energy consumption and using electricity at night will reduce global warming. Electricity
generated at night generally has a lower heat rate (lower fuel use per power output), and therefore
lower carbon dioxide and greenhouse gas emissions resulting in less global warming. The California
Energy Commission concluded that the use of electricity at night created a 31% reduction in air
emissions over the use of electricity during the day.

With smaller chillers, an ice storage system reduces the amount of refrigerant in a system. Most
refrigerants in use today are slated to be banned in the future under the Montreal Protocol because they
contribute to global warming. Using smaller amounts of refrigerant helps to save the ozone layer and
reduce global warming.

...because temperature matters™


F8

Proven Technology
BAC has successfully applied ice storage technology to thousands of installations worldwide. BAC has
the application and system experience to assist in the design, installation and operation of any ice
storage system. BAC has supplied ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Products for projects that range in
size from 90 to 125,000 ton-hours (0.3 to 441.3 MWh). Installations include office buildings, hospitals,
ICE CHILLER®

manufacturing processes, schools, universities, sports arenas, produce storage facilities, hotels and
district cooling applications.

The ICE CHILLER® Product includes a variety of factory-assembled units. For large applications,
where space is limited or factory-assembled units are not cost effective, ICE CHILLER® Thermal
Storage Coils are available for installation in field-erected tanks.

The BAC product offering provides system design flexibility. Ice can be built using various refrigerants
or glycols on steel coils and is used to provide either chilled water or chilled glycol to the cooling
system. This flexibility, combined with a broad range of application experiences, allows BAC to provide
a cost-effective product to meet your specific requirements.

Merchandise Mart
Merchandise Mart in Chicago, Illinois installed 26,400 ton-
hours (93.2 MWh) of ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils
in a retrofit of the building’s air-conditioning system. The
Merchandise Mart was built in 1930. The increased
air- conditioning load on the building from computers, other
electrical equipment and increased people density made
the old system too small. Ice thermal storage, with low
temperature water, allowed the retrofit of the air-
conditioning system to go ahead without replacing piping
and ductwork. Increasing the temperature ranges on the piping and air distribution system allowed the
Merchandise Mart to install an ice storage system at a lower first cost than a conventional system.

Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Lab


The Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Lab in
Laurel, MD installed 5,600 ton-hours (19.8 MWh) of ICE
CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils to cool the new Steven
Mueller Building which houses offices, labs and clean
rooms. Another 2,800 ton-hours (9.9 MWh) of ICE
CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils were added to cool
adjacent office and lab buildings. The ice thermal storage
allows the Applied Physics Lab to save over $150,000 per
year on its electric bill.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F9

Friendship Annex 3 Office Building


The HVAC renovation of Friendship Annex (FANX) 2 and
3 in Baltimore, MD received the “Outstanding Engineering
Achievement of the Year Award” from the Engineering

Thermal Storage Products


Society of Baltimore. Ice with low temperature air
distribution cools these renovated buildings. To meet
federal guidelines, a comprehensive study of five
alternate systems was made using life cycle costing. The
analysis showed ice storage with low temperature chilled
water and low temperature air to be the most economical system. A total of 15,230 ton-hours (53.8 MWh)
of ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units were installed for the two buildings.

Taipei 101
Taipei 101 is located in the central government and business district
of Taipei, Taiwan. The building consists of a podium shopping and
entertainment complex and office tower. Completed in August 2002,
the 101-floor office tower is the world’s tallest building at 508 meters.

BAC ice storage equipment (36,450 ton-hours) was selected because


of its ability to provide low fluid temperatures, in this case 36ºF (2°C).
Low supply temperatures allowed economical selection of pressure
isolation heat exchangers on the 42nd and 74th floors. Additionally, the
low supply temperature allowed cold air distribution to be used
throughout, thus reducing first costs and operating costs while
providing improved occupant comfort.

IMUX Beijing District Cooling


IMUX Beijing District Cooling’s first central cooling plant is
located in Beijing’s West Zone Zhongguancun Science
and Technology Park, China’s largest science park
focused on developing high-tech enterprises. The plant,
largely located underground, incorporates 29,800
ton-hours of BAC ice storage coils in a system which
effectively uses less expensive nighttime power (75% less
expensive than daytime power). Chilled water is supplied
at 34ºF (1°C) to a campus-style chilled water distribution
loop. Many of the buildings served employ cold air
distribution systems to achieve even lower construction
and operating costs.

...because temperature matters™


F10

Proven Technology
Low Temperature Air
Omni Interlocken Resort
ICE CHILLER®

Hotel
The Omni Interlocken Resort Hotel just
outside of Denver, CO was designed
with a low temperature air and water
system using ICE CHILLER® Thermal
Storage Units. The challenge was to
design a high-quality HVAC system
sensitive to building aesthetics, which
would provide good guest comfort, low
operating/maintenance costs and could
be constructed within a tight
construction budget. The first
conceptual design was a four-pipe
fan-coil system for the hotel rooms with air-cooled chillers and rooftop air-handler units for the public
spaces. The final design was a low temperature air system with Modular ICE CHILLER® Thermal
Storage Units. This low temperature air system was $500,000 less than the original conceptual
design. In addition, the hotel’s energy bills are $100,000 less than with a conventional system.

Villa Julie College


Modular ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units were part of an
expansion that doubled the size of this private college in
Baltimore, MD. The new facilities added 135,700 ft2 (12,620 m2)
of space to the campus and include a 400-seat auditorium and
theater, gymnasium with showers and locker rooms, student
center, video center, academic and computer classrooms, kitchen
and administrative offices. The architect designed the new
buildings with the intention that the structure be part of the visual
space. This reduced the space allotted for the mechanical equipment. The engineer designed a low
temperature air system that delivers 45°F (7°C) air temperature to VAV series fan powered boxes. The
use of smaller piping and ductwork made it possible to avoid architectural changes that would affect
the aesthetics of the design.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F11

Food Processing
Zippy’s Restaurant Central Facility
At Zippy’s in Honolulu, HI, food is cooked in a central
kitchen where it is cooled and packaged for use in local
Zippy’s restaurants. The FDA requires that the food in the
cooking vessels be cooled to 45°F (7°C) in less than one

Thermal Storage Products


hour to prevent contamination. The cooking vessels in the
kitchen need varying amounts of cooling depending on the
dish that is being prepared, and when it finishes its cooking
cycle. Because of the varying cooling load from day to day
and hour to hour and the need for a quick cool down period,
standard chillers are not a good match for this application. Ice storage with its variable capacity and low
supply temperature is an excellent match for this process cooling application.

Power Generation
Wolverine Power
Wolverine Power, located in central Michigan, is a
generation and transmission electric cooperative. For a new
generating plant with (2) 22-megawatt Rolls Royce turbines,
Wolverine Power elected to use ice storage for their turbine
inlet air cooling. They installed 7,610 ton-hours (26.9 MWH)
of ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units to gererate 40°F
(4.4°C) chilled water, which provides 55°F (13°C) inlet air.
The generating plant’s ice storage capacity can be used over a 16-hour period as partial storage or over
a 4-hour period as full storage, depending on the value of power on the open market. During peak
summer time, the increased power capacity is worth up to $3,500 per hour in electricity sales.

Emergency Cooling
Verizon
Verizon, the provider of telephone service to a large portion
of the east coast, uses an ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage
Unit to provide back-up cooling to one of its computer
centers in Silver Spring, MD. If the chiller that provides
cooling goes down for any reason, power outage or alarm,
the system immediately switches over to the ice storage
system for cooling. The pump on the ice storage system is
on the continuous power back up with the computers. There
is enough ice to provide cooling for 30 minutes. This gives Verizon enough time to clear the alarm or get
the back-up generator running and the chiller back on line.

...because temperature matters™


F12

Construction Details
ICE CHILLER®

9 2
11

5
6
7
8

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F13

1 Covers
7 Secondary Liner/Vapor
• Watertight Barrier

Thermal Storage Products


• G-235 (Z700 Metric) Hot-dip • Prevents moisture from penetrating through
galvanized steel panels the insulation

• Insulated with 2” expanded


polystyrene insulation 8 Wall Panel
• Heavy-gauge galvanized steel with double
2 Coil Support Beams brake flanges

• Prevent contact between coil and • 3” of expanded polystyrene insulation


primary liner

3 Glycol Connections 9 Sight Tube


• Grooved for mechanical coupling • Visual indicator of water level
corresponding to the amount of ice in unit
4 Galvanized Steel Coil
• Continuous serpentine, steel tubing Operating Control
10
• Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (Not Shown)
(HDGAF) • High-level float switch and low water cutout
• Pneumatically tested at 190 psig mounted on the outside of the tank

• Rated for 150 psig operating pressure • Can be provided for one tank (standard) or
all tanks (optional)

5 Primary Liner
• Single piece 11 Ice Inventory Sensor
(Optional)
• 48-hour integrity test before shipment
• Differential pressure transmitter provides an
electrical 4-20 mA output signal which is
6 Extruded Polystyrene proportional to the amount of ice in
Insulation inventory
• 1.5” thick, installed between primary and
secondary liners

...because temperature matters™


F14

Engineering Data
Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions. This handbook includes data current
at the time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
ICE CHILLER®

Contact your local BAC


Representative for selection
assistance.

OVER FLOW
100 %
75 %

PERCENT ICE BUILD


50 %
25 %
0%

MODEL WEIGHTS (lbs) VOLUMES (gal) DIMENSIONS CONNECTION


NUMBER OPERATING SHIPPING TANK WATER COIL GLCOL L W SIZE
TSU-237M 39,100 9,750 2,990 260 10’ 7-5/8” 7’ 10-3/8” 2”
TSU-476M 73,900 16,750 5,840 495 19’ 10-1/4” 7’ 10-3/8” 3”
TSU-594M 93,100 20,200 7,460 610 19’ 10-1/4” 9’ 9-1/4” 3”
TSU-761M 113,800 24,000 9,150 790 19’ 10-1/4” 11’ 9-3/4” 3”
Notes:
1. Unit should be continuously supported on a flat level surface.
2. All connections are grooved for mechanical coupling.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F15

Custom Coils
BAC will manufacture custom ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils to meet project specific
requirements. BAC has done extensive research and testing on the build and melt characteristics of ice
storage. This research and testing has resulted in selection capabilities unmatched by any other
company in the industry.

Thermal Storage Products


BAC can predict the temperatures required on an hour-by-hour basis for building ice on custom coils,
over a variety of conditions and build times. The physical space available, load profile, discharge
temperatures, chiller capacity and operating sequences can be evaluated to find the design that best
meets the application.

The ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils are constructed of continuous 1.05" O.D. all prime surface
serpentine steel tubing, with no intermediate butt welds. The coils are assembled in a structural steel
frame designed to support the weight of the coil stack with a full ice build. After fabrication the coils are
tested for leaks using 375 psig air pressure under water, then hot-dip galvanized for corrosion
protection.

Installation of coil module at Oriole Park at Camden Yards, Baltimore, MD

For glycol applications the coils are configured to provide countercurrent glycol flow in adjacent circuits
for maximum storage capacity.

Individual coils are factory-assembled into modules of two (2) coils. Glycol manifolds are coated with
zinc-rich, cold galvanizing finish at the factory. Necessary support steel and lifting lugs are provided on
the modules to allow for lifting into and final positioning within the storage tank.

...because temperature matters™


F16

Engineering Data:
Modes of Operation
The modular ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit can operate in any of five distinct operating modes.
These modes of operation provide the flexibility required by building operators to meet their daily HVAC
ICE CHILLER®

cooling requirements.

Ice Build
In this operating mode, ice is built by circulating a 25% solution (by weight) of inhibited ethylene/
propylene glycol through the coils contained in the ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit. Figure 1
illustrates typical chiller supply temperatures for 8, 10 and 12 hour build cycles. For a typical 10–hour
build time, the supply glycol temperature is never lower than 22°F (-5.6°C). As the graph illustrates, for
build times exceeding 10 hours, the minimum glycol temperature is greater than 22°F (-5.6°C). For
build times less than 10 hours, the minimum glycol temperature will be lower than 22°F (-5.6°C) at the
end of the build cycle. This performance is based on a chiller flow rate associated with a 5°F (2.8°C)
range. When a larger temperature range is the basis of the chiller selection, the chiller supply
temperatures will be lower than shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F17

Ice Build with Cooling


When cooling loads exist during the ice build period, some of the cold glycol used to build ice is
diverted to the cooling load to provide the required cooling. The amount of glycol diverted is determined
by the building loop set point temperature. BAC recommends that this mode of operation be applied on
systems using primary/secondary pumping. This reduces the possibility of damaging the cooling coil or
heat exchanger by pumping cold glycol, lower than 32°F (0°C), to this equipment.

Thermal Storage Products


Cooling – Ice Only
In this operating mode the chiller is off. The warm return glycol solution is cooled to the desired set
point temperature by melting ice stored in the modular ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit.

Cooling – Chiller Only


In this operating mode the chiller supplies all the building cooling requirements. Glycol flow is diverted
around the thermal storage equipment to allow the cold supply glycol to flow directly to the cooling
load. Temperature set points are maintained by the chiller.

Cooling – Ice with Chiller


In this operating mode, cooling is provided by the combined operation of the chiller and ice storage
equipment. The glycol chiller precools the warm return glycol. The partially cooled glycol solution then
passes through the ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit where it is cooled by the ice to the design
temperature.

Modular ICE Thermal Storage Unit

...because temperature matters™


F18

Engineering Data:
System Schematics
ICE CHILLER®

Two basic flow schematics are applied to select


ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units. Figure 2
illustrates a single piping loop with the chiller
installed upstream of the thermal storage
equipment. This design allows the thermal
storage system to operate in four of the five
possible operating modes. They are Ice Build,
Cooling-Ice Only, Cooling-Chiller Only and
Cooling-Ice with Chiller.

Figure 2
For Figure 2 the following control logic is applied:

MODE CHILLER P-1 V-1 V-2


Ice Build On On A-B A-B
Cooling – Ice Only Off On Modulate A-C
Cooling – Chiller Only On On A-C A-C
Cooling – Ice With Chiller On On Modulate A-C

Valve V-1 modulates in response to temperature sensor, TS-1. Valve V-2 could be positioned to either
maintain a constant flow, less than P-1, or modulate in response to the return glycol temperature from
the cooling load.
When the building loop contains chilled water, a heat exchanger must be installed to separate the
glycol loop from the building’s chilled water loop. On applications where an existing water chiller is
available, it can be installed in the chilled water loop to reduce the load on the thermal storage system.
This design should not be used when there is a requirement to build ice and provide cooling. This
would require the cold return glycol from the thermal storage equipment be pumped to the cooling load
or heat exchanger. Since the glycol temperature is below 32°F (0°C), the cooling coil or heat exchanger
is subject to freezing. The flow schematic illustrated in Figure 3 details a primary/secondary pumping
loop with the chiller located upstream of the thermal storage equipment. This design allows the system
to operate in all five operating modes.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F19

Thermal Storage Products


Figure 3

For Figure 3 the following control logic is applied:


MODE CHILLER P-1 P-2 V-1
Ice Build On On Off A-B
Ice Build With Cooling On On On A-B
Cooling – Ice Only Off On On Modulate
Cooling – Chiller Only On On On A-C
Cooling – Ice With Chiller On On On Modulate

Valve V-1 and Valve V-2 modulate, depending on the operating mode, in response to temperature
sensor, TS-1. The benefit provided by the primary/secondary pumping loop is that the system can build
ice and provide cooling without fear of freezing a cooling coil or heat exchanger. This system design
also allows for different flow rates in each of the pumping loops. When the flow rates in the pumping
loops are different, the glycol flow rate in the primary loop should be greater than or equal to the glycol
flow rate in the secondary loop. As in the single loop schematic, a heat exchanger and a base water
chiller can be added to the system schematic.

Variations to these schematics are possible but these are the most common for ice storage systems.
One variation positions the chiller downstream of the ice storage equipment. By positioning the chiller
downstream of the ice, the chiller is used to maintain the required supply temperature. In Figures 2 and
3, the chiller is installed upstream of the ice. This offers two significant advantages compared to system
designs that locate the chiller downstream of the ice. First, the chiller operates at higher glycol
temperatures to precool the return glycol. This enables the chiller to operate at a higher capacity which
reduces the amount of ice required. Second, since the chiller is operating at higher evaporator
temperatures, the efficiency (kW/TR) of the chiller is improved.

...because temperature matters™


F20

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.

The ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit(s) shall be Baltimore level before the ice build cycle can begin. Operating control
Aircoil Company Model TSU-______. Each unit shall have a quantities vary based on project requirements. An optional
latent ton-hour storage capacity of _______ ton-hours to be differential pressure transmitter shall be available to supply an
generated in ____ hours when supplied with _______ USGPM electrical output signal proportional to the amount of ice in
ICE CHILLER®

(lps) of a 25% (by weight) solution of industrially inhibited inventory.


ethylene/propylene glycol. The minimum glycol temperature
required during the ice build operating mode shall be _______
°F(°C). Rated system performance shall be provided in the The heat transfer fluid shall be an industrially inhibited, 25% by
format recommended by the Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration weight, ethylene/propylene glycol solution specifically designed
Institute (ARI) Guideline T. The thermal storage units shall be for HVAC applications. The 25% (by weight) solution is designed
modular in design. Unit design shall allow units of different sizes to provide freeze/burst and corrosion protection as well as
to be installed in order to optimize unit selection and minimize efficient heat transfer in water based, closed loop systems.
space requirements. Tanks sizes can be mixed due to internal Corrosion inhibitors shall be provided to keep pipes free of
piping arrangements that create a balanced flow due to uniform corrosion without fouling. DOWTHERM® SR-1 and
pressure drop through the coil circuits. UCARTHERM® are acceptable fluids.

The tank shall be constructed of heavy-gauge galvanized steel Overall unit dimensions shall not exceed approximately _____ ft
panels and include double brake flanges for structural strength. (m) by ____ ft (m) with an overall height not exceeding ____ ft
The tank walls shall be supplied with a minimum of 4-1/2" of (m). The operating weight shall not exceed _______ lbs (kg).
insulation that provides a total insulating value of R-18. The tank
design shall utilize multiple liners. The primary liner, which forms
the interior of the unit, shall be of single piece construction and
be suitable for low temperature applications. The secondary
liner/vapor barrier shall be separated from the primary liner by
1-1/2" of extruded polystyrene insulation. The tank bottom shall
be insulated with 2" of expanded polystyrene insulation and 1" of
extruded polystyrene insulation.

The ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit shall be provided with


watertight, sectional covers constructed of hot-dip galvanized
steel. The covers shall be insulated with a minimum of 2" of
expanded polystyrene insulation.

Contained within the tank shall be a steel heat exchanger that is


constructed of 1.05" O.D., all prime surface serpentine steel
tubing encased in a steel framework. The coil, which is hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication, shall be pneumatically tested at 190
psig and rated for 150 psig operating pressure. The coil circuits
are configured to provide maximum storage capacity. The coil
connections on the unit are galvanized steel and are grooved for
mechanical coupling.

Each ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit shall be provided with


a sight tube. The sight tube, which shall be fabricated from clear
plastic pipe, shall display the tank water level and corresponding
ice inventory.

Operating controls, consisting of two float switches, shall be


mounted on the outside of the tank. The high level float switch
terminates the build cycle when the tank water level reaches the
100% ice build level. The high level switch shall also prevent
re-initiation of the build cycle until approximately 15% of the ice
has been discharged. The second float switch is a low water
cutout. The cutout requires that the water level in the ICE
CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit be at or above the 0% ice build

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F21

Engineering Considerations -
ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Products
Installation
ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units are designed to be installed

Thermal Storage Products


outdoors. The units must be installed on a continuous flat level surface.
The pitch of the slab must not exceed 1/8" over a 10’ span. Figure 1
details ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit layout guidelines. The
units should be positioned so there is sufficient clearance between units
and adjacent walls to allow easy access. When multiple units are
installed, a minimum of 18" is recommended side-to-side and 3'-0"
end-to-end for access to the operating controls.

When installed indoors, the access and slab requirements described


above also apply. The units should be placed close to a floor drain in
the event they need to be drained. The minimum height requirement
above the tank for proper pipe installation is 3 feet. Figure 2 illustrates
the recommended overhead clearance for ICE CHILLER® Thermal
Storage Units. Figure 1

For large ton–hour applications, BAC will provide ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coils for installation in
field fabricated concrete tanks. When coils are required, BAC’s manufacturing capabilities allow coils to be
manufactured in the size and configuration necessary to meet specific site and performance requirements.
The concrete tank design is to be completed by a qualified structural engineer. Figure 3 illustrates the ICE
CHILLER® Thermal Storage Coil layout guidelines. For large projects that require ICE CHILLER® Coils,
contact your local BAC Representative for selection and dimensional information.

Figure 2 Figure 3

...because temperature matters™


F22

Unit Piping
Piping to the ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit should follow established piping guidelines. The coil
connections on the unit are galvanized steel and are grooved for mechanical coupling.

For single tank applications, each pair of manifolded


coil connections should include a shut-off valve, so
the unit can be isolated from the system. Figure 4
ICE CHILLER®

illustrates the valve arrangement for a single unit. It is


recommended that the piping include a bypass circuit
to allow operation of the system without the ICE
CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit in the piping loop.
This bypass can be incorporated into the piping
design by installing a three way/modulating valve.
This valve can also be used to control the leaving
glycol temperature from the thermal storage unit.
Temperature and pressure taps should be installed to Figure 4
allow for easier flow balancing and system
troubleshooting. A relief valve, set at a maximum of 150 psi, must be installed between the shut-off
valves and the coil connections to protect the coils from excessive pressures due to hydraulic
expansion. The relief valve should be vented to a portion of the system which can accommodate
expansion.

CAUTION:
The system must include an expansion tank to accommodate changes in fluid volume.
Adequately sized air vents must be installed at the high points in the piping loop to remove
trapped air from the system.

Figure 5 illustrates reverse return piping for multiple units installed in parallel. The use of reverse return
piping is recommended to ensure balanced flow to
each unit. Shut-off valves at each unit can be used
as balancing valves.

When large quantities of ICE CHILLER® Thermal


Storage Units are installed, the system should be
divided into groups of units. Then, balancing of each
unit can be eliminated and a common balancing
valve for each group of units installed. Shut-off valves
for isolating individual units should be installed but
not used for balancing glycol flow to the unit.

Figure 5

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F23

Controls
To ensure efficient operation of the ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units, each system is provided with
factory installed Operating Controls. A brief description of the controls follow.

Once the ice build cycle has been initiated, the glycol chiller should run at full capacity without cycling or
unloading until the ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units are fully charged. When the units are fully
charged, the chiller should be turned off and not allowed to re-start until cooling is required. The ice build

Thermal Storage Products


cycle is terminated by the Operating Control Assembly. This assembly includes a low water cutout and a
shut-off switch. The low water cutout prevents the ice build mode from starting if there is insufficient water in
the tank. The shut-off switch will terminate the build cycle when the units are fully charged and will prevent
the next ice build mode from starting until 15% of the ice has melted.

Note: Multiple Operating Control Assemblies must be wired in series so that a full build signal from
any one tank will terminate the ice build cyle.

An inventory control that provides a 4 - 20 mA signal is available. This control should be used for
determining the amount of ice in inventory, but not to terminate the ice build cycle. Complete operating
control details are provided in the Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual.

Glycol
ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Units typically use a 25% (by weight) solution of industrially inhibited
ethylene/propylene glycol for both corrosion protection and freeze protection. Industrial grade inhibited glycol
is specifically designed to prevent corrosion in HVAC and heat transfer equipment. Inhibitors are used to
prevent the ethylene glycol from becoming acidic and to protect the metal components in the thermal
storage system. The system’s lowest operating temperature should be 5°F to 7°F (2.8°C to 3.9°C) above the
glycol freeze point. The freeze point for a system with 25% by weight ethylene glycol is 13°F (10.6°C); the
freeze point for a system with 25% by weight propylene glycol is 15°F (9.4°C).

Acceptable industrial grade inhibited glycol solutions are DOWTHERM® SR–1, DOWFROST® HD and
UCARTHERM®. Use of other brands of glycol in ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Products should be
approved by BAC.
DOWTHERM® SR-1, DOWFROST® and UCARTHERM® are registered trademarks of The Dow Chemical Company or its
subsidaries.

CAUTION:
Uninhibited glycol and automotive antifreeze solutions are NOT to be used on thermal storage
applications.

...because temperature matters™


F24

Water Treatment
In the near freezing temperatures of the ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit, scale and corrosion are
naturally minimized. Therefore, water treatment for these two conditions may not be required or may require
minimal attention unless the water is corrosive in nature. To control biological growth, a biocide may be
needed to prevent the spread of iron bacteria or other organisms. For specific recommendations, consult a
reputable local water treatment company and follow the guidelines below:
ICE CHILLER®

PROPERTY OF WATER RANGE


pH 7.0 to 9.01
Hardness as CaCO3 30 to 500 ppm
Alkalinity as CaCO3 500 ppm maximum
Total Dissolved Solids 625 ppm maximum
Maximum Conductivity 1000 micromhos/cm @ 32°F
Chlorides 125 ppm maximum as Cl
Sulfates 125 ppm maximum

Note:
1. A water pH of 8.3 or higher will require periodic passivation of the galvanized steel to prevent
“white rust,” the accumulation of white, waxy, nonprotective zinc corrosion products on
galvanized steel surfaces.

To assure full capacity of the ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit, the water treatment should not alter the
freeze point of water.

Winterization

CAUTION:
Precautions must be taken to protect the unit and associated piping from freezing conditions. Heat
tracing and insulation should be installed on all piping connected to the unit. The sight tube,
operating controls and optional inventory sensor must be protected if the units are installed
outdoors and exposed to sub-freezing ambient conditions.

For this purpose, BAC can provide an optional heated enclosure, complete with a 100 W heater.
Otherwise, the sight tube, operating controls and optional inventory sensor must be heat traced and
insulated. It is not necessary to drain the unit during cold weather.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


F25

Pressure Drop
The ICE CHILLER® Thermal Storage Unit is designed for low pressure drop. Figure 6 shows the pressure
drop associated with each unit for a 25% solution of industrially inhibited ethylene glycol. Data for flow rates
not shown should not be extrapolated from the performance curve. Pressure drops for flow rates not
presented in this table, and for alternative fluids, are available by contacting the local BAC Representative.

Thermal Storage Products


Figure 6

Warranties
Please refer to the Limitation of Warranties applicable to and in effect at the time of the sale/purchase of
these products.

...because temperature matters™


F26

Comfort Link
Baltimore Building Owners Put Cooling on “ICE”

Comfort Link Inc. has helped building owners


Project Report

in downtown Baltimore, MD put cooling costs


on ice, ice thermal storage that is. Comfort
Link, a partnership between Baltimore Gas &
Electric Company and the Monumental
Investment Company, supplies chilled water
and related HVAC building services to
Baltimore businesses. Buildings served
include government and commercial office
buildings, hospitals, the convention center and
entertainment / retail establishments. With
three plants strategically located around
Baltimore’s Inner Harbor, Comfort Link
supplies cooling to its customers with a greater
degree of system reliability than others can
achieve alone. Other benefits provided
include enhanced building comfort, reduced
environmental risk, deferred capital investment,
and an overall increase in building asset value. Baltimore Convention Center

Convention Center Chilling Station (Plant 1)


Comfort Link’s initial chiller plant is located within the Baltimore Convention Center. Custom field-erected
glycol chillers are industrial screw compressors coupled with remote BAC Evaporative Condensers. 49,055
ton-hours of BAC ice coils, configured for air-agitated, internal melt operation, sit in concrete tanks located in
the convention center basement and below a parking lot adjacent to Oriole Park at Camden Yards. Peak plant
capacity is nearly 12,000 tons.

Market Center Chilling Station (Plant 2)


Custom dual-evaporator screw chillers can efficiently chill gylcol for ice making or water directly during peak
load periods. Packaged centrifugal chillers handle day and night base load water chilling duty. Heat rejection
is handled by BAC Series 3000 Cooling Towers equipped with low sound fans and discharge sound
attenuation. A total of 27,000 ton-hours of BAC ice coils, configured for air-agitated, external melt operation,
are installed in two 39’ diameter, steel storage tanks. Overall plant capacity is 13,750 tons.

Municipal Center Chilling Station (Plant 3)


Due to very tight site constraints, Plant 3 is being constructed and put into service in several phases. Plant 3
is Comfort Link’s largest, with capacity exceeding 16,000 tons. Large capacity centrifugal chillers will handle
water chilling duties. Heat rejection is handled by BAC Model Series 3000 Cooling Towers located on the roof.

Operations
Industrial and commercial businesses in Maryland were required to switch to independent suppliers of electric-
ity and enter the world of deregulation. While many owners dreaded the thought of deregulation, this change
was welcomed by Comfort Link as a great opportunity to manage energy costs.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


G1

BAC Custom
Engineered Controls

BAC Custom Engineered Controls


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G2

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G4

Construction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G6

Custom Features & Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G8

Engineering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G13


G2

BAC Controls
BAC provides a complete, industrial grade control solution for all your
evaporative cooling needs:

• Variable frequency drives (VFDs)


BAC Controls

• Enclosed controls – motor starters


and contactors
• Enclosed controls with factory
provided programmable logic
controllers
• Safety disconnect switches
• Externally mounted pre-wired
terminal box
• Universal mounting brackets

Utilizing BAC as your single source


simplifies the order and submittal
approval process. BAC control panels are
specifically designed to work seamlessly
with all BAC units – including open cooling
towers, closed circuit cooling towers,
and evaporative condensers – and are
engineered to meet your particular
application.

BAC Controls offer:


• Single source responsibility
• Indoor/outdoor applications
NEMA 1 VFD with Bypass
• Industrial grade components
• Easy installation
• Ability to comply with current energy standards
• Energy and water savings controls

Baltimore Aircoil Company


G3

BAC Custom Engineered Controls

...because temperature matters™


G4

Benefits
Single Source Responsibility
BAC has designed the controls taking into
BAC Controls

consideration the exact specifications of the


fan and spray pump motors, heaters and other
accessories, providing you with a single
source solution.

Indoor/Outdoor Applications
BAC offers a variety of enclosures for location
flexibility; whether in a mechanical equipment
room or outdoors next to the equipment.

NEMA 3R VFD

Enclosure Type
Indoor Rated Outdoor Rated
NEMA 4x
NEMA 12 NEMA 3R NEMA 4
(Watertight, stainless steel
Products NEMA 1 (Dust tight) (Rainproof) (Watertight)
construction)
VFD
• • •
Enclosed Control • • • • •
Safety Disconnect Switch • • •
Terminal Box •

Industrial Grade Components


NEMA contactors are provided with all BAC control panels (25 amps and above). Circuit breaker
protection is provided for the main panel as well as separate circuit breakers for each motor or speed.
Each control panel is UL/CSA listed.

Baltimore Aircoil Company


G5

Easy Installation
All motor starters and basin heater contactors are modular
in design, which simplifies expansion or replacement. The
VFDs are constructed with 24VDC components, making
them 70% lighter and easier to install than VFDs using

BAC Custom Engineered Controls


120V components. Also available are optional universal
mounting kits and factory pre-wired unit mounted terminal
boxes (Series 3000 Cooling Towers only) for ease of panel
mounting and field wiring, saving time and money.

Compliance with Current


Energy Standards
BAC Controls can help you comply with the speed control
requirements of current energy standards such as
ASHRAE Standard 90.1 and California Title 24.
These standards call for any motor 7.5 HP and above
to have the ability to run at 2/3 or less of full speed.
BAC offers many alternatives to comply with this
requirement, depending on your unique system needs. Pre-wired unit mounted
These methods include variable frequency drives, the terminal box and VFD
BALTIGUARD PLUS™ Fan System, the ENERGY-MISER®
Fan System, or multi-speed motors. The automatic motor
speed control requirements of these standards can be
satisfied through the controllers and temperature/ pressure
sensors available with BAC Controls for any of these
methods.

Saves Energy and Water


Evaporative water-cooled systems, whether for comfort
cooling or process applications, offer substantial
year-round system energy savings compared to air-cooled
alternatives. Proper system control is crucial to fully
utilize this advantage and operate your system at peak
efficiency under all combinations of atmospheric and load
conditions. BAC’s technical expertise in this field can show
you how saving energy can also save you water when
using BAC Controls for a truly “green” solution.

BALTIGUARD PLUS™ Fan System Control

...because temperature matters™


G6

Construction Details
VFD:
1 Ventilation Hood 1
• Required for NEMA 3R Drives
2 Circuit Breaker
• Easily re-settable
BAC Controls

• Adjustable trip point


3 VFD Keypad/Keypad Connector 4
• Standard keypad with Hand-Off-Auto & Bypass 2
• Monitors Fan Speed, Actual Temp/Pressure or
Set-point Water Temp/Pressure
• Ready, Run and Fault lights 3
• Programmable buttons & lights 5
• Multi-Monitor Display
• RS-232 connection provides compatibility interface
with a PC to troubleshoot or reprogram the VFD
4 24VDC Power Supply
• Smallest & lightest components
• 24VDC power supply ensures redundancy 6
5 Space Heater
• Maintains minimum operating temperature
inside panel
• Thermostat control
6 3-Contactor Bypass
• Allows motor to be transferred to utility line
• Manual or automatic bypass
VFD - (NEMA 3R shown)

Enclosed Controls:
2 3
1 120V Transformer 6 1
• Provides 120V, single-phase control circuit power
from high voltage, three-phase supply (from 200-575V)
2 Main Circuit Breaker
• Easily re-settable
• Adjustable trip point
3 Disconnect Switch
• Lockable operator handle
• Mechanically tied to the Main Circuit Breaker
4 Hand-Off-Auto Switches, Pilot Lights & Buttons 4
• Pilot Lights for each starter and accessory
• Basin Heater Contactor
• Vibration Cutout Switch Remote Reset Button 5

5 Main Fan Motor Starter


• Full voltage, non-reversing starter
• NEMA rated starters (25A and above)
• IEC rated starters (25A and below)
Programmable Logic Controller/Operator Interface
6 • Externally mounted controller monitors and
adjusts desired parameters

Enclosed controls - (NEMA 3R shown)

Baltimore Aircoil Company


G7

Your local BAC


Representative can provide
additional assistance
Safety Disconnect Switch:
1 Clear Line Shield
• Protects the operator from contact with wires
2 Operator Handle

BAC Custom Engineered Controls


• Triple locking capability 1
• Prevents unauthorized access to the interior
of the enclosure
3 Door Labels Include
• Full lug wire size ranges and torque values
• Parts list
• Catalog numbers of UL listed accessories
• Maximum HP ratings
4 Enclosure Interlock
3 5
• Prevents the front door from being opened while
the disconnect handle is in the ON position 4
6
5 Contacts
• Visible double-break rotary mechanism
• Two points of contact provide a positive open and
close, easier operation and also help prevent help 2
contact burning for longer contact life
6 Ground Lug
• Provided for wiring convenience

Safety disconnect switch -


(NEMA 3R shown)

Terminal Box:
1 Terminal Blocks for Vibration Cutout Switches (VCOS)
• Vibration Cutout Switches are factory-wired into
the terminal blocks
• Electrical contractor wires from the terminal
blocks to the control panel
2 Power Terminal Blocks for Fan Motor(s)
• Fan motor(s) are factory-wired into the terminal blocks
• Electrical contractor wires from the terminal
blocks to the control panel 1
3 Ground Lugs
• Provided for wiring convenience
4 Cover (not shown) 2
• Enclosure provides NEMA 3R rating
• Stainless steel enclosure standard
3

Terminal box - (NEMA 3R shown)

...because temperature matters™


G8

Custom Features & Options


Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs)
VFDs offer many benefits including:
(1) Precise leaving fluid temperature control provides a more
efficient method to vary airflow compared to fan cycling,
BAC Controls

fan dampers, or mechanical speed changers.


(2) Soft-starts, stops, and smooth accelerations prolong the
mechanical system (fans, motors, belts, bearings, etc)
life while reducing maintenance.
(3) The soft-start feature minimizes start-up noise and smooth
acceleration make the tower sound less noticeable to the
neighbors.

The VFDs are UL 508C listed and CUL certified and are
provided with a standard two year warranty.

Standard VFD includes an enclosure, 24VDC power supply,


control power transformer, main circuit breaker, disconnect NEMA 12 VFD with bypass
switch with lockable operator handle, 3-contactor bypass, and multi-monitor display
modular cooling fan and a detachable, programmable
VFD keypad.

3-Contactor Bypass is standard on all BAC drives. The input


contactor electrically isolates the drive during bypass
operation. The output and bypass contactors are mechanically
interlocked to regulate power to the fan motor. Bypass allows
for 100% fan speed operation back-up if the drive is not
functional for any reason.

Circuit Breaker Protection, which allows for quick reset,


is standard on all BAC VFDs. The circuit breaker is
mechanically linked to the rotary disconnect switch
mounted on the front of the panel.

User Interface Keypad controls hand-off-auto and bypass


modes. The multi-monitor display shows fan speed, set point,
measured temperature/pressure, vibration warnings and
fault codes.
Multi-monitor display and keypad

Baltimore Aircoil Company


G9

Enclosed Controls
BAC enclosed controls, designed with the highest grade
components, are packed with operation-friendly features to
ensure a long life expectancy and lower life cycle costs. The
modular design of BAC panels allows for consistency across
projects and simplifies upgrades or future replacements, yet
can be customized to meet your particular application. The

BAC Custom Engineered Controls


enclosed controls are UL 508A listed and CSA/CUL certified
and are provided with a standard one year warranty.

Standard Panel with Fan Motor Starter(s) includes an


enclosure, control power transformer, main circuit breaker,
disconnect switch with lockable operator handle, hand-off-auto
switch, run pilot lights for each starter, and full voltage,
non-reversing starter with overload relay and double-break
silver alloy contacts.

Standard panel with fan motor starter


Circuit Breaker Protection allows for quick reset and is
standard for all BAC control panels. The main circuit breaker
is sized for the maximum current draw for the panel
configuration. Each fan motor starter includes individual
branch circuit protection.

Safety Disconnect Switches


Since control panels can be installed in indoors, NEC Article
430-102b requires a disconnect switch located within sight of
the motor and the driven machinery location. BAC safety
disconnect switches are rated for 600 VAC and sized
specifically for the current draw of the components. The
safety disconnect switches are UL E239 listed and CSA
certified and are provided with a standard one year warranty.

Standard Safety Disconnect Switch meets the NEC


requirements and includes an enclosure, knife blade style
contacts, door lock provision, interlock, ground lug and a
clear line shield.
NEMA 4X safety disconnect switch

...because temperature matters™


G10

Options
Vibration Cutout Switch Interface includes wired interlock
to the fan motor starter and a remote reset button outside
the panel.
BAC Controls

Electric Water Level Control Interface (for enclosed


controls) includes wired interlock to the solenoid make up
valve and provision for high and low level alarms.

Communications Cards (for VFDs) can be provided when a


Building Automation System is used. Currently, BAC offers
Modbus, Lonworks and Johnson N2 cards. Consult the factory
for BACNet and Siemens communication card availability.

Custom VFD Software has been developed for typical


applications. The BAC Start-up Wizard guides the operator
step-by-step through the required parameters and
useful settings.
NEMA 3R VFD with multi-monitor
display & custom VFD software
Commissioning (for VFDs) is available to ensure successful
configuration and operation of BAC drives. Completion of
factory authorized start-up will extend the standard warranty
from two to three years, including parts and labor.

Fan Motor Starters (for enclosed controls) are available for


two speed/one winding; two speed/two winding or main/pony
motor configurations such as the ENERGY-MISER®
Fan System.

Basin Heater Controls (for enclosed controls) are


equipped with definite purpose contacts, a resettable short
circuit protection device, ground fault protection,
Hand-Off-Auto switch, and run pilot light. Basin heater
controls include Ground Fault Interrupt Protection as
required by NEC Article 427.

Spray Pump Motor Starter(s) (for enclosed controls)


include full voltage, non-reversing starter with overload relay
and double-break silver alloy contacts.
Basin heater controls with
ground-fault protection

Baltimore Aircoil Company


G11

Positive Closure Damper Interface (for enclosed controls)


includes wired interlock to the fan motor starter.

Temperature/Pressure Controller & Interface Package


(for enclosed controls) includes a temperature or pressure
sensor with a 4-20mA transmitter to modulate the fan speed
and perform other functions such as: turn heaters on and off,

BAC Custom Engineered Controls


turn the spray pump on and off, or open and close dampers
based on a factory programmed sequence of operation.

Externally Mounted Factory Pre-wired


Terminal Box (Currently available on
Series 3000 Cooling Towers)
All wiring for the fan motor(s) and vibration cutout switch leads
are pre-wired from the factory and terminated on the outside
face of the BAC unit in a clearly marked terminal box. This
feature saves installation labor required to run conduit and Factory wiring to the fan motor & vibra-
wiring to the motor and vibration cutout switch, while saving tion cutout switch to the terminal blocks
material costs for the internal conduit, wire, couplings
and hardware. The externally mounted terminal boxes are UL
1773 listed and CSA certified. The externally mounted terminal
boxes are provided with a standard five year warranty.

The Terminal Box includes a factory-mounted enclosure,


factory wiring to terminal blocks for the fan motors and
vibration cutout switches, and grounding lugs.

Universal Mounting Brackets


Steel struts and mounting hardware are provided for simple
field installation of the control panels. The universal mounting
brackets are provided with a standard one year warranty.

Standard Universal Mounting Brackets include universal


mounting hardware for location flexibility and adjustable
vertical position panels.

Universal mounting brackets

...because temperature matters™


G12

Fan Drive Controls


ENERGY-MISER® Fan System
The ENERGY-MISER® Fan System is an energy
saving, capacity control alternative consisting of two
single speed fan motors and drive assemblies
BAC Controls

connected to a common shaft. A full size fan motor


and drives are coupled with a lower horsepower motor,
approximately 1/3 the standard motor horsepower,
providing stand-by capability in the event of a motor
failure. Drives for the lower horsepower motor are
sized for approximately 2/3 of design fan speed. The
unit can be operated at either full or 2/3 speed for
capacity control and significant energy savings during
periods of reduced load and/or lower ambient
temperatures. The controls and wiring required are
virtually identical to those of two-speed, two-winding
motors.
ENERGY-MISER® Fan System

BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System


The BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System builds on the
advantages of the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System by
adding a VFD to the smaller motor. Using the VFD on
the smaller fan motor, as opposed to the larger motor,
reduces the cost of the VFD, wiring, and the fan
motors. As the low speed fan motor operates
approximately 85% of the time, this system also
provides closer capacity control and additional
energy savings as compared to the ENERGY-MISER®
Fan System alone. The full size motor is available for
stand-by operation and for the relatively few hours per
year when full unit capacity is required.

Both the ENERGY-MISER® Fan System and the


BALTIGUARD PLUSTM Fan System are perfect for
one or two cell installations where reliability, energy
savings, and low first cost are critical.

NEMA 3R VFD

Baltimore Aircoil Company


G13

Engineering Specifications
See our website at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com for an electronic copy of product engineering specifications.

8.0 Equipment Controls (Optional)


Optional enclosed control features: (A temperature sensor

BAC Custom Engineered Controls


8.1 Variable Frequency Drive(s): A variable frequency
drive (VFD) shall be provided for each fan motor. The shall be provided with the enclosed controls.) (A
supplier of the VFD shall be the manufacturer of the temperature controller shall be provided with the
evaporative cooling equipment. The VFD shall have a enclosed controls.) (A basin heater contactor with circuit
3-contactor bypass, 3% input line reactor, a removable breaker shall be provided.) (A vibration cutout switch
keypad, an RS232 terminal for PC connection, drive input shall be provided.)
current rating of 100 kAIC, bypass rating of 36 kAIC,
500,000 hours MTBF and a circuit breaker disconnect.
8.2 Safety Switch(s): A heavy-duty, non-fusible safety
Fuse protection will not be accepted. Control voltage shall
disconnect switch shall be provided by the manufacturer
be 24V to minimize the size of the enclosure which should
of the evaporative cooling equipment. Switch shall be
not exceed __ft x __ft x __ft and the weight of the
single-throw, 3-pole design, rated up to 600 VAC. Switch
enclosure should not exceed __lbs. VFD shall be
shall have triple padlocking capability, a visible double
provided in a NEMA (1) (3R) (12) enclosure. The VFD
break rotary blade mechanism, a clearly visible On/Off
shall be compatible with a (ModBus) (LonWorks)
handle, an interlocking mechanism to prevent door from
(Johnson N2) Building Automation System.
opening with handle in the On position, and a clear line
shield. Safety switch shall be provided in a NEMA (1)
OR (3R) (12) enclosure.

8.1 Enclosed Controls: An enclosed control panel shall 8.3 Universal Mounting Brackets: Mounting brackets
be provided for each cell of the evaporative cooling shall be provided by the equipment manufacturer for each
equipment. The panel shall include full voltage, VFD, enclosed control panel or safety disconnect switch.
non-reversing (FVNR) fan motor and pump motor (if The brackets will have the necessary hardware to mount
applicable) starters in a common enclosure. The panel the controls on the unit without penetrating the basin,
shall use a main circuit breaker disconnect and separate handrails or platforms.
circuit breakers for each motor/speed. Fuse protection will
not be accepted. Panels containing basin heaters shall
have an Earth Leakage Breaker containing ground fault
protection. Starters above 25 A shall be NEMA rated. IEC
starters will be accepted for motors 25A and below. Panel
shall include a 120V/60Hz control power transformer,
Hand-Off-Auto switches for each starter or contactor, and
pilot lights for each component. Enclosed controls shall be
provided in a NEMA (1) (3R) (4) (4X) (12) enclosure.

...because temperature matters™


G14

Externally Mounted
Pre-wired Terminal Box
Product Report

BAC can simplify installation by pre-wiring


the fan motors and vibration cutout switch
on Series 3000 Cooling Towers equipped
with BAC Controls. All wiring is terminated
on the cased face of the BAC unit in a
clearly marked, 304 Stainless Steel, NEMA
3R terminal box. The power wirng only
needs to be run to the controls, the terminal
box and otheraccessories.

Features Include:
BAC terminal box with factory wiring
• All field wiring can be easily connected to
the outside of the BAC unit
• Material costs (conduit, wire, couplings,
hardware) associated with internal wiring
are reduced
• Field casing penetrations are eliminated
• Enclosure is constructed of Series 300
stainless steel and NEMA 3R rated
(rainproof and suitable for outdoor
location)

Currently, this option is available on


Series 3000 Cooling Towers provided
with BAC Controls.

External conduit/wiring by others

Baltimore Aircoil Company


H1

RS
Remote Sump Tanks

Remote Sump Tanks


Product Detail
Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H2

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .